Skip to main content

Full text of "Entomology. Bees. Comprehending the uses and economical management of the honey-bee of Britain and other countries, together with the descriptions of the known wild species"

See other formats


~K£T&SL*£L&S'1*3  iJfS^-iA: 

^riTDlMOlLO^r, 


Common  humble  Bee.     Red  tailed  Bee 


LGHDOff,  CHATTO  &WINDUS 

PICCADILLY 


THE 


NATUEALIST'S  LIBEAEY. 


EDITED  BY 

SIR  WILLIAM  JARDINE,  BART. 

F.R.S.B.,   F.L.S.,   ETC.,   ETC. 


VOL.  XXXIV. 


ENTOMOLOGY. 
BEES. 

COMPREHENDING  THE   USES  AND  ECONOMICAL  MANAGEMENT  OF  THE 

HONEY-BEE 

OP  BRITAIN  AND  OTHER  COUNTRIES, 
TOGETHER  WITH  DESCBIPTIONS  OP  THE  KNOWN  WILD   SPECIES. 


LONDON: 
HENRY  G.  BOHN,  YOEK  STEEET,  COVENT  GARDEN. 


BIOLOGY 

LIBRARY 

G 


CONTENTS. 


MEMOIR  OF  HUBER,       .                              .          .  17 

INTRODUCTION,     ...                     .           .  27 

Anatomy  of  the  Honey-Bee,       •  31 

The  Senses  of  the  Bees,  .                                               ,  44 

Sight,            ...  44 

Feeling  or  Touch,    .  46 

Taste,            ...  48 

Hearing,        ...  51 

Smelling,       ...  55 

Functions  of  the  Inmates  of  a  Hive,                              .  60 

Functions  of  the  Queen,             .  60 

Functions  of  the  Worker-Bee,    .  65 

Functions  of  the  Male  or  Drone,                        .           .  70 

The  Impregnation  of  the  Queen-Bee,     .           .           .  73 

Retarded  Impregnation,  .....  74 

Of  the  Brood,       ......  76 

The  Conversion  of  the  Larva  of  a  Worker  into  a  Queen,     '     88 

The  Architecture  of  Bees,           ....  99 

The   different  Substances  found  in  a  Hive,  viz.  Honey, 

Wax,  Farina,  and  Propolis,          .            .            .  113 
The  Formation  of  Swarms,          .            .            .            .134 

The  Diseases  and  Enemies  of  Bess,         .           .           .  147 
Enemies  of  Bees,              .            .            .            .            .149 

Practical  Management,    .  .  .  .  .157 

The  Apiary, 157 

Hives,            ......  166 

Straw  Hives,  167 

Wildman's  Storied  Straw  Hive,       .           .           *  168 


CONTENTS. 

Page 

Grecian  Hive,  .  .  .  .  .          168 

Lombard's  Hive,       .  .  .  .  .          173 

Bee-Boxes,    .  .  .  .  .  .172 

Huber's  Hive,  .  m  ,  .  .177 

Single-comb  Hive,    .  .  .  .  .179 

On  the  Management  of  Bees  in  Spring,  .  .          ]  85 

•  the  Swarming  Season,  197 

Second  Swarms,   .  .  .  .  .  .201 

Third  Swarms,      .  .  .  .  .  .201 

Virgin  Swarms,    ......          203 

Artificial  Swarms,  .....         208 

Deprivation  and  Transportation,  .  .  .          215 

General  Honey-Harvest,  ....         220 

Management  of  Bees  during  Winter,     .  .  .          231 

HU31BLE-BEES,       ......  239 

Common  Humble-Bee  (Bombus  Terrtstris)>  Plate  XIV.  243 
Lapidary  or  Red-tailed  Bee  (Bo?rtbus  Lapidarius),  Plate 

XVI.  Figs.  1.  2.   ..."  .252 
Moss  or  Carder  Bee  (Bomlus  Muscorum),  Plate  XVI. 

Fig.  3 253 

Donovan's  Humble-Bee  (Bombus  .Donovanettus),  Plate 

XVII.  Fig.  1.       .       '     .  .  .  .255 
Harris'  Humble-Bee  (Bomb*  Marrisellw),  PI.  XVIII. 

Fig.  1.      .           .                       ...  256 

Bombus  Grandis.    Plate  XVII.  Fig.  2.        .            .  256 

Apaihus  Vestcdis.    Plate  XVIII.  Fig.  2.      .            .  257 

Apathus  Rupestris.  Plate  XVIII.  Fig.  3.  259 

FOREIGN  BEES,     .          .          .           ...           .  260 

Euglossa  Surinamensis.  Plate  XIX.  Fig.  1.  .  261 

Euglossa  Analis.  Plate  XIX.  Fig.  2.  ,  .  .  262 

Afflae  Caendea.  Plate  XIX.  Fig.  3.  .  .  263 

Ceniris  Nobilis.  Plate  XX.  Fig.  1.  .  .  263 

Centris  Grossa.  Plate  XX.  Fig.  2.  .  .  264 
Xylocopa  Violacea.  Plate  XX.  Fig.  3.  .  .265 
Xylocopa  Teredo.  Plate  XXI.  Fig.  1.  Male.— Fig.  2. 

Female,    ......  268 

Xylocopa  Corniger.  Plate  XXI.  Fig.  3.  .  .  270 
Xylocopa  (Platynopoda,)  West.)  Tenuiscapa.  PI.  XXIII. 

Fig.  2 271 


CONTENTS 

Page 

Apis  Ligustica.     Plate  XXIV.   .  273 

Apis  Fasciata.             ...  274 

Apis  Adanso?iii.          ......  274 

Indicator  Major.   Greater  Honey-guide,    Plate  XXV.  278 

Apis  Unicolor.             ......  279 

Apis  Indica  ........  281 

Apis  Perojiii  ........  282 

Tyrannus  Intrepidus.     King-bird.     Plate  XXVI.  285 

Trigonis  Amalthea.     Plate  XXVII.     .         .         .  292 

lecheguana  (Polistes)  with  Nest.     Plate  XXVIII.  295 

Interior  of  a  Mexican  Bee's  Nest.     Plate  XXII.        .  300 

The  Rate  I  (Viverra  MelUvora.)     Plate  XXIX.         .  300 

European  Bee-  Eater  (  '  Merops  Apiaster.)     Plate  XXX.  301 

Portrait  of  Huber,          .....  2 

Vignette  Title-page,       .....  3 


In  all  thirty-two  plates  in  this  volume. 


MEMOIR    OF    HUBER. 


M  E  MJiliir-OiL  H  U  B  E  R. 


THE  Naturalist  wEosFfesearches  have  been  specially 
directed  to  the  instinct  and  operations  of  the  domestic 
Honey-  Bee,  will  be  strongly  disposed  to  regard  the 
subject  of  this  memoir  as  at  the  very  head  of  Apiarian 
science,  and  his  writings  as  forming  the  safest  and 
most  useful  text-book.  Multitudes  have  written  on 
this  interesting  department  of  Natural  History,  and 
have  added  more  or  less  to  our  knowledge  of  what 
has  been  a  subject  of  investigation  for  ages.  But 
none,  either  in  ancient  or  modern  times,  have  dis- 
played so  much  sagacity  of  research  as  Francis  Huber, 
nor  so  much  patient  perseverance  and  accuracy  of 
experiment,  even  admitting  some  errors  of  minor 
importance  detected  by  succeeding  observers.  His 
success  in  discovery,  notwithstanding  the  singular 
difficulty  he  had  to  struggle  with,  was  proportioned 
to  his  intelligence  and  acuteness  ;  and  this  difficulty 
arose,  not  from  what  some  of  his  advocates  have,  in 
their  zeal  in  his  defence  against  the  sneers  of  the 
sceptical,  termed  "  imperfect  vision,"  but  from  total 
blindness.  For,  from  the  period  when  he  first  applied 
B 


18  MEMOIR  OF  HUBEB. 

himself  in  good  earnest  to  investigate  the  nature  of 
his  winged  favourites,  external  nature  presented  to 
his  eyes  one  universal  blank ; 

"  So  thick  a  drop  serene  had  quenched  their  orbs." 

It  is  not,  therefore,  without  reason  that  his  friend 
and  eulogist  De  Candolle*  asserts  that  c*  nothing  of 
any  importance  has  heen  added  to  the  history  of  hees 
since  his  time ;  and  naturalists  of  unimpaired  vision 
have  nothing  of  consequence  to  subjoin  to  the  obser- 
vations of  a  brother  who  was  deprived  of  sight." 

Francis  Huber  was  born  at  Geneva  on  the  2d  July, 
1750.  His  father  possessed  a  decided  taste  for  sub- 
jects of  natural  science ;  the  son  inherited  the  taste  of 
his  father ;  and,  even  in  his  boyish  days,  pursued  his 
favourite  studies  with  such  intense  ardour  as  mate- 
rially to  injure  his  health,  and  bring  on  that  weakness 
in  his  visual  organs  which  eventually  ended  in  total 
blindness.  His  attention  had  been  led  to  what  be- 
came his  favourite, — indeed  his  sole  and  engrossing 
study,  the  habits  and  economy  of  the  Honey-Bee,  by 
his  admiration  of  the  writings  of  Reaumur,  and  above 
all,  by  his  acquaintance  with  Bonnet, — the  illustrious 
author  of  "  Contemplation  de  la  Nature,"  who  quickly 
discerned  the  intelligence  and  penetration  of  his 
young  friend,  and  who  kindly  and  strongly  encouraged 
him  in  his  peculiar  researches.  It  is  singular  enough 
that  these  two  distinguished  naturalists  and  friends 

*  See  Memoir  of  Huber  by  M.  de  Candolle  in  the  Edinburgh 
rniiosophical  Journal  for  April  1833. 


MEMOIR  OF  HUBEB.  19 

should  both  have  laboured  under  a  similar  personal 
defect,  occasioned,  too,  by  the  same  causes ;  for  the 
same  intenseness  and  minuteness  of  observation  which 
deprived  Huber  of  sight  altogether,  had  brought  on 
in  Bonnet  a  weakness  of  vision  which  for  a  time 
threatened  total  blindness,  and  from  which  he  never 
fully  recovered. 

It  will  readily  occur  to  every  one  that  the  loss  of 
sight  in  Huber  must  not  only  have  presented  a  very 
serious  obstacle  to  the  successful  study  of  his  favourite 
science,  but  must  have  had  the  effect  also  of  throwing 
considerable  doubt  on  the  accuracy  of  his  experiments 
and  the  reality  of  his  discoveries.  His  most  devoted 
admirers  and  most  unhesitating  followers  in  every 
thing  connected  with  the  economy  of  Bees,  are  bound 
in  candour  to  acknowledge,  tbat  his  observations, 
reported,  as  they  were,  at  second  hand,  and  depend- 
ing for  their  accuracy  on  the  intelligence  and  fidelity 
of  a  half-educated  assistant,  were,  of  themselves,  not 
entitled  to  be  received  without  caution  and  distrust. 
Francis  Burnens,  his  assistant,  had  no  doubt  entered 
with  enthusiasm  into  the  pursuit,  and  appears  to  have 
conducted  the  experiments  not  only  with  the  most 
patient  assiduity,  but  with  great  address  and  no  small 
share  of  steadiness  and  courage,  qualities  indispensable 
in  those  who  take  liberties  with  the  irritabile  genus 
apum.  Still  Burnens  was  but  an  uncultivated  peasant 
when  he  became  Huber' s  hired  servant,  and  possessed 
none  of  those  acquired  accomplishments  which  serve 
to  sharpen  the  intellectual  faculties,  and  fit  the  mind 
for  observing  and  discriminating  with  correctness. 


20  MEMOIR  OF  HUBER. 

It  cannot  reasonably  excite  our  wonder,  therefore, 
that  on  the  first  appearance  of  Huber's  observations, 
the  literary^  or  rather  the  scientific  world,  was  some- 
what startled,  not  only  at  the  novelty  of  his  discoveries, 
but  also  at  the  instrumentality  by  which  they  had 
been  effected.  Huber,  however,  had  taken  great 
pains  in  cultivating  the  naturally  acute  mind  of  the 
young  man,  in  directing  his  researches,  and  accus- 
toming him  to  rigorous  accuracy  in  his  observations. 
And  the  fact  that  a  glimmering  of  many  of  the  dis- 
coveries reported  by  the  assistant  to  his  master  had 
presented  themselves  to  the  minds  of  Linnseus,  Reau- 
mur, and  other  preceding  observers,  should  so  far 
satisfy  us  that  they  were  not  brought  forward  merely 
to  support  a  preconceived  theory,  (of  which,  it  is 
probable,  Burnens  had  no  idea,)  nor  owed  their  origin 
to  a  vivid  and  exuberant  imagination.  At  a  future 
period  Hubef  was  deprived  of  the  aid  of  this  valuable 
coadjutor ;  but  the  loss  was  more  than  compensated, 
and  accuracy  in  experiment  and  observation,  if  pos- 
sible, still  more  unquestionably  secured,  by  the  assis- 
tance and  co-operation  of  his  son,  P.  Huber,  who 
has  given  so  much  delight  to  the  lovers  of  natural 
history  by  his  <(  Researches  concerning  the  habits  of 
Ants." 

But,  whatever  hesitation  may  arise  in  our  minds 
from  the  fact  of  Huber's  discoveries  not  being  the 
result  of  his  personal  observation,  no  doubt  can  rea- 
sonably remain  as  to  such  of  them  as  have  been 
repeatedly  confirmed  and  verified  by  subsequent  ob- 
servers. And  this  has  actually  taken  place,  and  holds 


MEMOIR  OF  IIUBER.  21 

strictly  true  in  regard  to  the  most  important  of  them. 
His  discoveries  respecting  the  impregnation  of  the 
Queen-Bee, — the  consequences  of  retarded  impreg- 
nation,— the  power  possessed  by  the  working-bees  of 
converting  a  worker-larva  into  a  Queen, — a  fact,  though 
not  originally  discovered  by  Huber,  yet,  until  his  deci- 
sive experiments  and  illustrations,  never  entirely 
known  or  credited, — the  origin  of  Wax,  and  the 
manner  of  its  elaboration, — the  nature  of  Propolis, 
— the  mode  of  constructing  the  combs  and  cells, — 
and  of  ventilating  or  renovating  the  vitiated  atmos- 
phere of  the  hives, — these,  and  a  variety  of  other 
particulars  of  inferior  moment,  have  almost  all  been 
repeatedly  verified  by  succeeding  observers,  and 
many  of  them  by  the  writer  of  this  brief  Memoir. 
It  is  readily  admitted,  that  some  of  his  experiments, 
when  repeated,,  have  not  been  attended  by  the  re- 
sults which  he  led  us  to  expect ;  and  some  incidents 
in  the  proceedings  of  the  Bees  stated  as  having  been 
observed  by  him  or  his  assistant,  have  not  yet  been 
witnessed  by  succeeding  observers.  But  in  some  of 
these,  the  error  may  have  been  in  the  repetition  ;  in 
others,  the  result,  even  tinder  circumstances  appa- 
rently the  same,  may  not  always  be  uniform,  for  the 
instinct  of  Bees  is  liable  to  modification  ;  and  in  some, 
he  doubtless  may  be,  and  probably  is,  mistaken.  In 
passing  judgment,  however,  on  his  reported  disco- 
veries, we  ought  to  keep  in  view,  that  the  author  of 
them  has  thrown  more  light  on  this  portion  of  natural 
history,  and  pursued  it  with  a  more  assiduous  and 
minute  accuracy,  than  all  the  other  natur^ists  taken 


22  MEMOIR  OF  HUBER. 

together,  who  have  turned  their  attention  to  the  same 
pursuits ;  and  that  therefore  nothing  short  of  the 
direct  evidence  of  our  senses,  the  most  rigid  scrutiny, 
and  the  most  minute  correctness  of  detail  in  experi- 
ment, can  justify  our  denouncing  his  accuracy,  or 
drawing  different  conclusions.  His  experiments  were 
admirably  fitted  to  elicit  the  truth,  and  his  inferences 
so  strictly  logical,  as  to  afford  all  reasonable  security 
against  any  very  important  error. 

H  uber's  "Nouvelles  observations  sur  les  Abeilles", 
addressed  in  the  form  of  letters  to  his  friend  Bonnet, 
appeared  in  1792  in  one  volume.  In  1814,  a  second 
edition  was  published  at  Paris  in  two  volumes,  com- 
prehending the  result  of  additional  researches  on  the 
same  subject,  edited  in  part  by  his  son.  An  English 
version  appeared  in  1806,  and  was  very  favourably 
noticed  by  the  Edinburgh  Review.  A  third  edition 
of  this  translation  was  published  in  Edinburgh  in 
1821,  embracing  not  only  the  original  work  of  1792, 
but  also  the  several  additions  contained  in  thatof  1814, 
and  which  had  originally  made  their  appearance  in 
the  Bibliotheque  Britannique.  These  additional  ob- 
servations were,  On  the  Origin  of  Wax,  On  the  use  of 
Farina  or  Pollen,  On  the  Architecture  of  Bees,  and 
On  the  precautions  adopted  by  these  insects  against 
the  ravages  of  the  Sphinx  Atropos. 

To  enlarge  on  the  personal  character  and  domestic 
circumstances  of  Huber,  falls  not  strictly  within  our 
province,  which  embraces  only,  or  chiefly,  his  cha- 
racter and  writings  as  a  naturalist.  There  are  how- 
ever some  features  in  his  disposition,  and  some  cir- 


MEMOIR  OF  HUBER.  23 

cumstances  in  his  personal  history,  dwelt  upon  at 
considerable  length  by  De  Candolle,*  which  appear  so 
well  worthy  the  attention  of  our  readers,  that  we 
cannot  forego  the  opportunity  of  detailing  them, 
though  necessarily  in  an  abridged  form.  His  man- 
ners were  remarkably  mild  and  amiable, — as  is  fre- 
quently found  to  be  the  case  with  those  who  are  af- 
flicted with  blindness, — and  his  conversation  animated 
and  interesting.  ee  When  any  one,"  says  his  friend, 
e  spoke  to  him  on  subjects  which  interested  his  heart, 
his  noble  figure  became  strikingly  animated,  and  the 
vivacity  of  his  countenance  seemed  by  a  mysterious 
magic  to  animate  even  his  eyes,  which  had  so  long 
been  condemned  to  blindness."  It  appears  that 
some  of  his  friends  would  gladly  have  persuaded  him 
to  try  the  effect  of  an  operation  on  one  of  his  eyes, 
which  seemed  to  be  affected  only  by  simple  cataract  ; 
but  he  declined  the  proposal,  and  bore  not  only  with- 
out complaint,  but  with  habitual  cheerfulness,  his 
sad  deprivation.  His  marriage  with  Maria  Aimee 
Lullin,  the  daughter  of  a  Swiss  magistrate,  was  in  a 
high  degree  romantic.  The  attachment  had  begun 
in  their  early  youth,  but  was  opposed  by  the  lady's 
father  on  the  ground  of  Huber's  increasing  infirmity  ; 
for  even  then,  the  gradual  decay  of  his  organs  of 
vision  was  become  but  too  manifest.  The  affection 
and  devotedness  of  the  young  lady,  however,  ap- 
peared to  strengthen  in  proportion  to  the  helplessness 
of  their  object.  She  declared  to  her  parents,  that 

*  See  Edinburgh  Phil.  Journal  for  April  1833. 


24  MEMOIR  OF  HUBER. 

although  she  would  have  readily  suhmitted  to  their 
will,  if  the  man  of  her  choice  could  have  done  with- 
out her ;  yet  as  he  now  required  the  constant  attend- 
ance of  a  person  who  loved  him,  nothing  should  pre- 
vent her  from  becoming  his  wife.  Accordingly,  as 
soon  as  she  had  attained  the  age  which  she  imagined 
gave  her  a  right  to  decide  for  herself,  she,  after  re- 
fusing many  brilliant  offers,  united  her  fate  with  that 
of  Huber.  The  union  was  a  happy  one.  Their 
mutual  good  conduct  soon  brought  about  the  pardon 
of  their  disobedience.  In  the  affection  and  society  of 
his  amiable  and  generous  minded  wife,  the  blind  man 
felt  no  want ;  she  was  "  eyes  to  the  blind," — "  his 
reader, — his  secretary  and  observer," — a  sharer  in 
his  enthusiasm  on  the  subject  of  natural  science,  and 
an  able  assistant  in  his  experiments.  She  was  spared 
to  him  forty  years.  "  As  long  as  she  lived,"  said  he 
in  his  old  age,  "  I  was  not  sensible  of  the  misfortune 
of  being  blind."  The  last  years  of  his  life  were 
soothed  by  the  affectionate  attentions  of  his  married 
daughter,  Madame  de  Molin,*  whose  residence  was 
at  Lausanne,  and  to  which  place  he  had  removed. 

It  was  about  this  period  that  he  learned  the  ex- 
istence in  Mexico  of  Bees  without  stings ;  and  he 
was,  by  the  kind  exertions  of  a  friend,  soon  after 
gratified  with  the  present  of  a  hive  of  that  species. 

*  We  have  to  express  our  acknowledgments  to  this  lady  for 
her  ready  kindness  in  permitting  a  friend  in  Geneva  to  have 
a  copy  taken  of  the  very  interesting  miniature  likeness  of  her 
venerable  father  in  her  possession,  and  which  forms  the  Frontis- 
Apiece  to  this  volume. 


MEMOIR  OF  HUBER.  25 

To  him,  whose  life  had  been  almost  exclusively  de- 
voted to  the  study  and  admiration  of  these  insects, 
we  may  conceive  how  great  a  source  of  enjoyment 
this  gift  must  have  proved.  His  feeling  towards  his 
bees  was  not  a  feeling  of  fondness  in  an  ordinary 
degree ;  it  was  a,,passion,  as  it  almost  invariably  be- 
comes with  every  one  who  makes  them  his  study. 
"  Beaucoup  de  gens  aiment  les  abeilles,"  says  the 
enthusiastic  Gelieu,  "  je  n'ai  vu  personne  qui  les 
aima  mediocrement ;  on  se  passionne  pour  elles." 
The  days  of  Huber  were  now  drawing  to  a  close. 
In  the  full  possession  of  his  mental  faculties,  he  was 
able  to  converse  with  his  friends  with  his  accustomed 
ease  and  tranquillity,  and  even  to  correspond  by  let* 
ter  with  those  at  a  distance,  within  two  days  of  his 
death.  He  died  in  the  arms  of  his  daughter  on  the 
22d  of  December  1831,  in  the  81st  year  of  his  age. 


THE  HONEY-BEE. 
APIS  MELLIFICA.    PLATE  I. 

INTRODUCTION. 

THE  domestic  Honey-Bee  has  excited  a  lively  and 
almost  universal  interest  from  the  earliest  ages.  The 
philosopher  and  the  poet  have  each  delighted  in  the 
study  of  an  insect  whose  nature  and  habits  afford 
such  ample  scope  for  inquiry  and  contemplation ;  and 
even  the  less  intellectual  peasant,  while  not  insensi- 
ble of  the  profit  arising  from  its  judicious  culture, 
has  regarded,  with  pleasure  and  admiration,  its  in- 
genious operations  and  unceasing  activity.  "  Wise 
in  their  government,"  observes  the  venerable  Kirby, 
"  diligent  and  active  in  their  employments,  devoted 
to  their  young  and  to  their  queen,  the  Bees  read  a 
lecture  to  mankind  that  exemplifies  their  oriental 
name  Deburah,  she  that  speaketh" 

So  high  did  the  ancients  carry  their  admiration  of 
this  tiny  portion  of  animated  nature,  that  one  philo- 
sopher, it  is  said,  made  it  the  sole  object  of  his 
study  for  nearly  three-score  years ;  another  retired 
to  the  woods,  and  devoted  to  its  contemplation  the 
whole  of  his  life;  while  the  great  Latin  poet,  the 


28  THE  HONEY-BEE. 

enthusiastic  Virgil,  stating,  and  probably  adopting,  a 
prevalent  opinion,  speaks  of  the  Bee  as  "  having 
received  a  direct  emanation  from  the  divine  intelli- 
gence." After  all  this  study,  however,  these  enthu- 
siastic admirers  have  thrown  but  little  light  on  the 
real  nature  of  this  extraordinary  insect ;  and  while 
they  have  handed  down  to  us  many  judicious  pre- 
cepts for  its  practical  treatment,  their  disquisitions  on 
its  natural  history  can  now  only  excite  a  smile.  The 
chief  cause  of  this  failure  may  be  fairly  ascribed, 
perhaps,  to  the  want  of  those  facilities  for  discovery 
which  modern  science  has  afforded,  and  by  which 
the  most  hidden  mysteries  of  Bee  economy  are  ren- 
dered clear  and  palpable.  A  host  of  writers  on  the 
nature  of  the  Bee  appeared  during  the  last  century, 
who,  availing  themselves  of  the  improvements  in 
general  science,  made  many  interesting  additions  to 
our  stock  of  knowledge  on  the  subject.  Swammer- 
dam,  Maraldi,  Reaumur,  Bonnet,  Schirach,  and  more 
recently  Huber  on  the  Continent,  and  Thorley,  Wild- 
man,  Keys,  Hunter,  and  Bonner,  among  ourselves, 
multiplied,  a  hundred-fold,  the  discoveries  of  Aris- 
totle, Columella,  and  Varo ;  and  the  vague  conjec- 
tures and  fabulous  details  of  the  latter  philosophers, 
have  been  succeeded  by  rational  research  and  dis- 
criminating experiment.  But  even  in  the  investiga- 
tions of  the  first  named  writers,  not  excepting  the 
most  accurate  and  successful  experimenter  of  them 
all,  the  indefatigable  Huber,  there  are  some  obvious 
errors  which  longer  experience  and  observation  have 
been  enabled  to  detect,  and  some  questionable  state- 


THE  HONEY-BEE.  29 

ments  which  can  be  attributed  only  to  a  want  of 
cool  and  dispassionate  inquiry.  In  fact,  much  has 
been  written  and  published  on  the  subject  calculated 
to  startle  a  sober  reader;  and  some  of  those  dis- 
coveries which  have  been  blazoned  in  publications, 
both  at  home  and  abroad — though  most  frequently, 
perhaps,  on  the  Continent — will  be  found,  on  strict 
examination,  to  have  no  existence  but  in  the  warm 
fancy  or  blind  enthusiasm  of  the  observers.  The 
incontrovertible  facts  in  the  natural  history  of  the 
Bee,  are,  in  themselves,  too  remarkable  to  justify 
any  attempt  to  draw  upon  the  imagination  for  addi- 
tional wonder;  and  the  Naturalist  who  is  desirous 
of  making  himself  thoroughly  acquainted  with  the 
instincts  and  habits  of  this  interesting  little  creature, 
should  be  cautious  in  considering,  as  an  established 
fact,  any  discovery,  or  supposed  discovery,  which 
has  not  been,  again  and  again,  verified  by  rigid  ex- 
periment. 

In  the  following  details,  embracing  the  Natural 
History  and  Practical  Management  of  the  Honey-Bee, 
we  have  endeavoured  to  avoid  this  error,  stating 
nothing  as  fact,  but  what  we  know  to  be  so  from 
undoubted  testimony,  or  from  our  own  knowledge 
and  experience.  At  the  same  time,  we  have  not 
omitted  to  notice  such  alleged  discoveries  or  results 
of  experiments,  as  appear  to  us  to  be  unsupported 
by  sufficient  evidence,  or  at  variance  with  experi- 
ments of  our  own,  made  for  the  express  purpose  of 
verification,  leaving  it  to  the  reader  to  receive  or  re- 
ject them  as  his  judgment  may  dictate.  We  have 


30  THE  HONEY-BEE. 

availed  ourselves  of  the  information  dispersed  through- 
out a  variety  of  publications,  both  ancient  and  mo- 
dern,* with  such  additions  of  our  own,  as  have  been 
acquired  by  the  observation  of  Bees  for  a  period  of 
thirty  years.  Our  prescribed  limits  have  restricted 
us,  in  a  great  degree,  to  mere  matters  of  fact,  and 
prevented  us  often  from  illustrating  our  subject,  as 
we  might  have  done  with  advantage,  by  reference  to 
the  habits  and  instincts  of  other  of  the  insect  tribes. 
The  same  cause  has  operated  as  a  bar  to  our  indulg- 
ing so  frequently  as  our  inclination  would  have  led 
us,  in  those  reflections  which  the  wonders  in  animal 
economy  are  so  well  fitted  to  excite,  and  which  lead 
so  irresistibly  to  the  conclusion  that  there  is  a  Wise 
and  Designing  Cause.  We  trust,  however,  that  the 
facts  detailed,  will,  of  themselves,  lead  the  mind  of 
the  intelligent  reader  to  such  reflections,  and  thus 
become  the  source  of  a  purer  gratification  than  would 
have  been  derived  from  the  suggestions  of  others. 

*  We  have  to  acknowledge  our  special  obligations  to  the 
Treatises  of  M.  Feburier  of  Paris,  and  of  Dr.  Bevan  of  South 
Wales,  Author  of"  The  Honey-Bee." 

%*  Some  of  our  readers  may  be  inclined  to  question  the 
propriety  of  having  placed  the  Queen-bee  upon  flowers,  on 
which  she  is  never  seen,  but  it  has,  throughout  our  plates, 
been  our  endeavour  to  make  them  pictorial  as  well  as  scienti- 
fically correct,  the  more  necessary  in  a  volume  such  as  the 
present,  where  our  materials  are  rather  scanty,  a  loss,  however, 
fully  compensated  by  the  extraordinary  interest  in  the  subject 
itself. 


ON  THE  ANATOMY  OF  THE  HONEY-BEE. 


THE  Honey-Bee,  Apis  mettifica,  is  of  the  order 
Hymenoptera,  or  that  of  insects  having  four  membran- 
aceous  wings.  Its  anatomic  structure  presents,  even 
to  the  superficial  observer,  striking  evidences  of  design 
in  the  All-wise  Contriver,  and  of  the  admirable  adap- 
tation of  its  parts  to  their  several  uses. 

The  body  of  the  insect  is  about  half  an  inch  long, 
of  a  blackish-brown  colour  which  deepens  with  age, 
and  is  wholly  covered  with  close-set  hairs,  which 
assist  greatly  in  collecting  the  farina  of  flowers. 
(Wood-cut,  Fig.  2.) 

b 


32  ON  THE  ANATOMY  OF 

Tearing  open  the  anthers  of  the  plant  on  which  it 
has  alighted,  and  rolling  its  little  body  in  the  bottom 
of  the  corolla,  the  insect  rapidly  brushes  off  the  farina, 
moistens  it  with  its  mouth,  and  passes  it  from  one 
pair  of  legs  to  another,  till  it  is  safely  lodged  in  the 
form  of  a  kidney-shaped  pellet  in  a  spoon-like  recep- 
tacle in  its  thigh  to  be  afterwards  noticed.  These 
hairs  deserve  to  be  particularly  remarked  on  account 
of  their  peculiar  formation,  being  feather -shaped,  or 
rather  consisting  each  of  a  stem  with  branches  dis- 
posed around  it,  and,  therefore,  besides  their  more 
effectually  retaining  the  animal  heat,  peculiarly  adapted 
for  their  office  of  sweeping  off  the  farina. 

The  HEAD,  which  is  of  a  triangular  shape  and  much 
flattened,  is  furnished  with  a  pair  of  large  eyes,  (Wood- 
cut, p.  3 1 ,  Fig.  1 ,  a  a, )  of  what  is  called  by  naturalists  the 
composite  construction,  and  consisting  of  a  vast  assem- 
blage of  small  hexagonal  surfaces,  dispooed  with 
exquisite  regularity,  each  constituting  in  itself  a  per- 
fect eye ;  they  are  thickly  studded  with  hairs,  which 
preserve  them  from  dust,  &c.  In  addition  to  these 
means  of  vision,  the  bee  is  provided  with  three  small 
stemmata,  or  coronetted  eyes,  situated  in  the  very 
crown  of  the  head,  and  arranged  in  the  form  of  a 
triangle.  These  must  add  considerably  to  the  capa- 
city of  vision  in  an  insect  whose  most  important 
operations  are  carried  on  in  deep  obscurity.  As  to 
the  special  or  peculiar  use  these  ocelli  may  serve, 
Reaumur  and  Blumeribach  were  of  opinion,  that, 
while  the  large  compound  organs  are  used  for  viewing 
distant  objects,  the  simple  ones  are  employed  on 


' 


Honey-bee. 
2.  Qiteerv. 


3.  Worker. 


THE  HONEY-BEE.  S3 

objects  close  at  hand.  It  is  not  improbable.,  however 
tli at  these  last,  from  their  peculiar  position,  are  ap- 
propriated to  upward  vision. 

The  ANTENNA  (Fig.  I.  £.)  present  us  with  another 
remarkable  appendage  of  the  head.  These  are 
two  tubes  about  the  thickness  of  a  hair,  springing 
from  between  the  eyes,  and  a  little  below  the  ocelli ; 
they  are  jointed  throughout  their  whole  length,  each 
consisting  of  twelve  articulations,  and  therefore  cap- 
able of  every  variety  of  flexure.  Their  extremities 
are  tipped  with  small  round  knobs,  exquisitely  sensi- 
ble ;  and  which,  from  their  resemblance  to  the  stem- 
mata  or  ocelli,  have  been  supposed  by  some  to  serve 
as  organs  of  vision  ;  by  others,  as  connected  with  the 
sense  of  hearing ;  and  by  others,  as  organs  of  feeling 
or  touch.  This  last  seems  the  most  probable  con- 
jecture, as  on  approaching  any  solid  object  or  obstacle, 
the  Bee  cautiously  brings  its  antennae  in  contact  with 
it,  as  if  exploring  its  nature.  The  insects  use  these 
organs,  also,  as  a  means  of  recognizing  one  another ; 
and  an  interesting  instance  is  stated  by  Huber,  in 
which  they  were  employed  to  ascertain  the  presence 
of  their  queen,  (vide  page  48.) 

The  MOUTH  of  the  Bee  comprehends  the  tongue, 
the  mandibles  or  upper  jaws,  the  maxillae  or  lower 
jaws,  the  labrum  or  upper  lip,  the  labium  or  lower 
lip,  with  the  proboscis  connected  with  it,  and  four 
palpi  or  feelers.  The  tongue  of  the  Bee,  like  that 
of  other  animals,  is  situated  within  the  mouth,  and 
is  so  small  and  insignificant  in  its  form,  as  not  to  be 
easily  discernible.  In  most  anatomical  descriptions 


34  ON  THE  ANATOMY  OF 

of  the  Bee,  the  real  tongue,  now  described,  has  been 
erroneously  confounded  with  the  ligula  or  central 
piece  of  the  proboscis,  afterwards  to  be  described. 
The  upper  jaw  (Wood-Cut,  page  31,  fig.  1.  c,  c.) 
of  the  Bee,  as  of  all  other  insects,  is  divided  verti- 
cally into  two,  thus  forming,  in  fact,  &  pair  of  jaws 
under  the  name  of  mandibles.  They  move  horizon- 
tally, are  furnished  with  teeth,  and  serve  to  the  little 
labourers  as  tools,  with  which  they  perform  a  variety 
of  operations,  as  manipulating  the  wax,  constructing 
the  combs,  and  polishing  them,  seizing  their  enemies, 
destroying  the  drones,  &c.  The  lower  jaws  or  maxillae, 
divided  vertically  as  the  others,  form,  together  with 
the  labium  or  under  lip,  the  complicated  apparatus 
of  the  PROBOSCIS.  Its  parts  are  represented  in  the 
following  figure. 


THE  HONEY-BEE.  35 

This  organ,  beautiful  in  its  construction,  and 
admirably  adapted  to  its  end,  serving  to  tbe  insect 
the  purpose  of  extracting  the  juices  secreted  in  the 
nectaries  of  flowers,  consists,  principally,  of  a  long 
slender  piece,  named,  by  entomologists,  the  Ligula, 
and  erroneously,  though,  considering  its  position  and 
use,  not  unnaturally,  regarded  as  the  tongue,  (Wood- 
Cut,  page  34,  fig.  a.)  It  is,  strictly  speaking,  formed 
by  a  prolongation  of  the  lower  lip.  It  is  not  tubular, 
as  has  been  supposed,  but  solid  throughout,  consisting 
of  a  close  succession  of  cartilaginous  rings,  above 
forty  in  number,  each  of  which  is  fringed  with  very 
minute  hairs,  and  having  also  a  small  tuft  of  hair 
at  its  extremity.  It  is  of  a  flattish  form,  and  about 
the  thickness  of  a  human  hair;  and  from  its  car- 
tilaginous structure,  capable  of  being  easily  moved 
in  all  directions,  rolling  from  side  to  side,  and  lapping 
or  licking  up  whatever,  by  the  aid  of  the  hairy  fringes, 
adheres  to  it.  It  is  probably,  by  muscular  motion, 
that  the  fluid  which  it  laps,  is  propelled  into  the 
pharynx  or  canal,  situated  at  its  root,  and  through 
which  it  is  conveyed  to  the  honey-bag. 

From  the  base  of  this  lapping  instrument,  arise  the 
labial  Palpi  or  Feelers,  composed  of  four  articulations, 
(b,  £.)  of  unequal  length,  the  basal  one  being  by  much 
the  longest,  and  whose  peculiar  office  is  to  ascertain 
the  nature  of  the  food  ;  and  both  these  and  the  ligula 
are  protected  from  injury  by  the  maxillae  or  lower 
jaws,  (c,  c.)  which  envelop  them,  when  in  a  quiescent 
state,  as  between  two  demi-sheaths,  and  thus  pre- 
sent the  appearance  of  a  single  tube.  About  the 
middle  of  the  maxillse,  are  situated  the  maxillary 


36  ON  THE  ANATOMY  OF 

palpi,  of  very  diminutive  size,  but  having  the  same 
office  to  perform  as  those  situated  at  the  base  of  the 
ligula.  The  whole  of  the  apparatus  is  capable  of 
being  doubled  up  by  means  of  an  articulation  or  joint 
in  the  middle.  The  half  next  the  lip  bends  itset* 
inwards,  and  lays  itself  along  the  other  half  which 
stretches  towards  the  root,  and  both  are  folded 
together,  within  a  very  small  compass,  under  the 
head  and  neck.  The  whole  machinery  rests  on  a 
pedicle,  not  seen  in  the  figure,  which  admits  of  its 
being  drawn  back  or  propelled  forwards  to  a  con- 
siderable extent.  The  celebrated  naturalist,  Ray, 
whose  knowledge  of  the  minutiae  of  insect  anatomy 
was  but  slender,  "  was/'  Kirby  remarks,  "  at  a  loss 
to  conceive  what  could  be  the  use  of  the  complex 
machinery  of  the  proboscis.  We  who  know  the 
admirable  art  and  contrivance  manifested  in  the  con- 
struction of  this  organ,  need  not  wonder,  but  we 
shall  be  inexcusable  if  we  do  not  adore."  * 

The  TRUNK  of  the  Bee,  or  Thorax,  (Wood-Cut, 
p.  31,  fig.  2,  a.)  approaches  in  figure  to  a  sphere, 
and  is  united  to  the  head  by  a  pedicle  or  thread-like 
ligament.  It  contains  the  muscles  of  the  wings  and 
legs.  The  former  consist  of  two  pair  of  unequal 
size,  and  are  attached  to  each  other  by  slender  hooks, 
easily  discernible  through  a  microscope,  and  thereby 
their  motion,  and  the  flight  of  the  insect,  are  rendered 
more  steady.  Behind  the  wings,  on  each  side  of  the 
Trunk,  are  situated  several  small  orifices,  called 
stigmata  or  spiracles,  through  which  respiration  is 
effected.  These  orifices  are  connected  with  a  system 
*  Monographia  Apura  Angliae,  II.  342. 


THE  HONEY-BEE.  37 

of  air-vessels,  pervading  every  part  of  the  body,  and 
serving  the  purpose  of  lungs.  The  rushing  of  the 
air  through  them  against  the  wings,  while  in  motion, 
is  supposed  to  he  the  cause  of  the  humming  sound 
made  by  the  Bees. 

To  the  lower  part  of  the  trunk  are  attached  three 
pair  of  LEGS.  The  anterior  pair,  which  are  most  effi- 
cient instruments,  serving  to  the  insect  the  same  pur- 
pose as  the  arms  and  hands  to  man,  are  the  shortest, 
and  the  posterior  pair  the  longest.  In  each  of  these 
limbs  there  are  several  articulations  or  joints,  of 
which  three  are  larger  than  the  others,  serving  to 
connect  the  thigh,  the  leg  or  pallet,  and  the  foot  or 
tarsus ;  the  others  are  situated  chiefly  in  the  tarsus. 
(Plate  II.  Fig.  2,,  a.  the  haunch,  b.  the  thigh,  c.  the 
tibia  or  pallet,  containing  on  the  opposite  side,  as 
represented  at  Fig.  4  a.,  the  basket  or  cavity ;  d}  e. 
the  foot.)  In  each  of  the  hinder  limbs,  one  of 
which  is  represented  in  Plate  II.  Fig.  2,  there  is 
an  admirable  provision  made  for  enabling  the  Bee 
to  carry  to  its  hive  an  important  part  of  its  stores, 
and  which  neither  the  queen  nor  the  male  possess, 
^eing  exempted  from  that  labour,  viz.  a  small  trian- 
gular cavity  of  a  spoon-like  shape,  the  exterior  of 
which  is  smooth  and  glossy,  while  its  inner  surface 
is  lined  with  strong  close-set  hairs.  This  cavity  forms 
a,  kind  of  basket,  destined  to  receive  the  pollen  of 
flowers,  one  of  the  ingredients  composing  the  food  of 
the  young.  It  receives  also  the  propolis,  a  viscous 
substance,  by  which  the  combs  are  attached  to  the 
roof  and  walls  of  the  hive,  and  by  which  any  open- 
ings are  stopped  that  might  admit  vermin  or  the  cold. 


ON  THE  ANATOMY  OF 

The  hairs  with  which  the  basket  is  lined,  are  designed 
to  retain  firmly  the  materials  with  which  the  thigh  is 
loaded.  The  three  pair  of  legs  are  all  furnished, 
particularly  at  the  joints,  with  thick-set  hairs,  form- 
ing brushes,  some  of  them  round,  some  flattened, 
and  which  serve  the  purpose  of  sweeping  off  the 
farina.  There  is  yet  another  remark ahle  peculiarity 
in  this  third  pair  of  limbs.  The  junction  of  the  pallet 
and  tarsus  is  effected  in  such  a  manner  as  to  form, 
by  the  curved  shape  of  the  corresponding  parts,  "  a 
pair  of  real  pincers.  A  row  of  shelly  teeth,  (PL  II.  Fig. 
3  a,)  like  those  of  a  comb,  proceed  from  the  lower  edge 
of  the  pallet,  corresponding  to  bundles  of  very  strong 
hairs,  with  which  the  neighbouring  portion  of  the 
brush  is  provided.  When  the  two  edges  of  the  pin- 
cers meet — that  is,  the  under  edge  of  the  pallet,  and 
the  upper  edge  of  the  brush,  the  hairs  of  each  are 
incorporated  together."*  The  extremities  of  the  six 
feet  or  tarsi,  terminate  each  in  two  hooks,  with  their 
points  opposed  to  each  other,  by  means  of  which  the 
Bees  fix  themselves  to  the  roof  of  the  hive,  and  to 
one  another,  when  suspended,  as  they  often  are,  in 
the  form  of  curtains,  inverted  cones,  festoons,  lad- 
ders, &c.  From  the  middle  of  these  hooks  proceeds 
a  little  thin  appendix,  which,  when  not  in  use,  lies 
folded  double  through  its  whole  breadth ;  when  in 
action  it  enables  the  insect  to  sustain  its  body  in 
opposition  to  the  force  of  gravity,  and  thereby  adhere 
to,  and  walk  freely  and  securely  upon  glass  and 
other  slippery  substances,  with  its  feet  upwards. 

*  Huber's  Observations  on  Bees,  p.  351. 


Fig.  4. 


ANATOMICAL  STRUCTURE  UK  THE  BE] 
{Copied^  frmn  Jin. '/,-/• 


THE  HONEY-BEE.  39 

The  ABDOMEN,  (Plate  III.  figs.  3,  4,  5,  &  6,) 
attached  to  the  posterior  part  of  the  thorax  by  a 
slender  ligament  like  that  which  unites  the  thorax 
and  the  head,  consists  of  six  scaly  rings  of  unequal 
breadth.  It  contains  two  stomachs,  the  small  in- 
testines, the  venom-bag,  and  the  sting.  An  open- 
ing, placed  at  the  root  of  the  proboscis,  is  the  mouth 
of  the  oesophagus  or  gullet,  which  traverses  the 
trunk,  and  leads  to  the  anterior  stomach.  This  last 
named  vessel  is  but  a  dilatation  of  the  gullet,  and  in 
fact  forms  the  honey-bag.  When  full,  it  exhibits 
the  form  of  a  small  transparent  globe,  somewhat  less 
in  size  than  a  pea.  It  is  susceptible  of  contraction, 
and  so  organised  as  to  enable  the  Bee  to  disgorge  its 
contents.  The  second  stomach,  which  is  separated 
from  the  first,  of  which  it  appears  to  be  merely  a 
continuation,  only  by  a  very  short  tube,  is  cylin- 
drical, and  very  muscular ;  it  is  the  receptacle  for 
the  food,  which  is  there  digested,  and  conveyed  by 
the  small  intestines  to  all  parts  of  the  body  for  ite 
nutriment.  It  receives  also  the  honey  from  which 
wax  is  elaborated.  Scales  of  this  last  mentioned 
substance  are  found  ranged  in  pairs,  and  contained 
in  minute  receptacles  under  the  lower  segments  of 
the  abdomen.  No  direct  channel  of  communication 
between  the  stomach  and  these  receptacles  or  wax- 
pockets  has  yet  been  discovered ;  but  Huber  con- 
jectures that  the  secreting  vessels  are  contained  in 
the  membrane  which  lines  these  receptacles,  and 
which  is  covered  with  a  reticulation  of  hexagonal 
meshes  analogous  to  the  inner  coat  of  the  second 
stomach  of  ruminating  quadrupeds.  Plate  III.  Fi*?.  1, 


40 


ON  THE  ANATOMY  OF 


copied  from  Huber,  gives  a  representation  of  one 
of  the  segments  or  rings,  in  which  a  b  is  a  small 
horny  prominence,  forming  the  division  between  two 
areas  which  are  bounded  by  a  solid  edge  c  n  d g  m  e, 
"  The  scales  of  wax,  (Fig.  2,)  are  deposited  in  thes< 
two  areas,  and  assume  the  same  shape,  viz.  an  irregulai 
pentagon.  Only  eight  scales  are  furnished  by  each 
individual  Bee,  for  the  first  and  last  ring,  constituted 
differently  from  the  others,  afford  none.  The  scales 
do  not  rest  immediately  on  the  body  of  the  insect ; 
a  slight  liquid  medium  is  interposed,  which  serves 
to  lubricate  the  junctures  of  the  rings,  and  facilitate 
the  extraction  of  the  scales,  which  might  otherwise 
adhere  too  firmly  to  the  sides  of  the  receptacles."  * 


*  Huberts  Observations  on  Bees,  page  324. 


Tig.  /. 


THE  HONEY-BEE.  41 

THE  STING,  with  its  appendages,  (annexed  Wood- 
Cut,)  lies  close  to  the  last  stomach,,  and,  like  the 
proboscis,  may  seem  to  the  naked  eye  a  simple  in- 
strument, while  it  is,  in  fact,  no  less  complex  in  its 
structure  than  the  former  apparatus.  Instead  of 
being  a  simple  sharp-pointed  weapon,,  like  a  fine 
needle,  it  is  composed  of  two  branches  or  darts,  a  a, 
applied  to  each  other  longitudinally,  and  lodged  in 
one  sheath,  b  b.  One  of  these  darts  is  somewhat 
longer  than  the  other;  they  penetrate  alternately, 
taking  hold  of  the  flesh,  till  the  whole  sting  is  com- 
pletely buried.  The  sheath  is  formed  by  two  horny 
scales,  (themselves  inclosed  within  two  fleshy  sheaths, 
c  c,)  along  the  groove  of  which,  when  the  sting  is 
extruded,  flows  the  poison  from  a  bag  or  reservoir  d, 
in  the  body  of  the  insect  near  the  root  of  the  sting. 
The  darts  composing  this  weapon,  are  each  furnished 
with  five  teeth  or  barbs,  set  obliquely  on  their  outer 
side,  which  give  the  instrument  the  appearance  of  an 
arrow,  and  by  which  it  is  retained  in  the  wound  it 
has  made,  till  the  poison  has  been  injected ;  and 
though  it  is  said  the  insect  has  the  power  of  raising 
or  depressing  them  at  pleasure,  it  often  happens  that 
when  suddenly  driven  away,  it  is  unable  to  extricate 
itself  without  leaving  behind  it  the  whole  apparatus, 
and  even  part  of  its  intestines ;  death  is  the  inevit- 
able consequence.  Though  detached  from  the  ani- 
mal, this  formidable  weapon  still  retains,  by  means 
of  the  strong  muscles  by  which  it  is  impelled,  the 
power  of  forcing  itself  still  deeper.  On  the  subject 


42  ON  THE  ANATOMY  OF 

of  the  sting,  Paley*  ingeniously  remarks  :  <e  The 
action  of  the  sting  affords  an  example  of  the  .union 
of  chemistry  and  mechanism  ;  of  chemistry,  in  re- 
spect to  the  venom  which  in  so  small  a  quantity  can 
produce  such  powerful  effects :  of  mechanism,  as 
the  sting  is  not  a  simple,  but  a  compound  instru- 
ment. The  machinery  would  have  heen  compara- 
tively useless — telum  imbelle — had  it  not  been  for 
the  chemical  process,  by  which,  in  the  insect's  body, 
honey  is  converted  into  poison  ;  and  on  the  other 
hand,  the  poison  would  have  been  ineffectual  with- 
out an  instrument  to  wound,  and  a  syringe  to  inject 
the  fluid." 

Having  noticed  these  particulars  in  the  anatomi- 
cal structure  of  the  working-bee,  as  the  general  re- 
presentative of  the  species,  we  shall  next  point  out 
in  what  it  differs  from  the  conformation  of  the  queen, 
and  the  male  or  drone.  The  queen  is  frequently 
styled  by  the  Continental  Naturalists  the  Mother-Bee, 
and  with  great  propriety;  as  it  seems  now  ascer- 
tained that  her  distinguishing  qualities  have  a  closer 
reference  to  the  properties  of  a  parent,  than  to  the 
province  of  a  sovereign.  Her  body  differs  from  that  of 
the  worker,  (PI.  1,  fig.  2,)  in  being  considerably  larger, 
and  of  a  deeper  black  in  the  upper  parts,  while  the 
under  surface  and  the  limbs  are  of  a  rich  tawnj 
colour.  Her  proboscis  is  more  slender  ;  her  legs  are 
longer  than  those  of  the  worker,  but  without  the 
hairy  brushes  at  the  joints ;  and  as  she  is  exempted 

*  Natural  Theology,  page  234. 


OVARTI7M  OF  THE    QUEEN-BEE 


THE  HONEY-BEE.  43 

from  the  drudgery  of  collecting  farina  or  propolis, 
the  posterior  pair  are  without  the  spoon-like  cavity 
found  in  those  of  her  labouring  offspring.  When 
about  to  become  a  mother,  her  body  is  considerably 
swollen  and  elongated,  and  her  wings  in  consequence 
appear  disproportionally  short.  The  abdomen  of  the 
queen  contains  the  ovarium,  (Plate  IV.,)  consisting 
of  two  branches,  each  of  which  contains  a  large  as- 
semblage of  vessels  filled  with  eggs,  and  terminating 
in  what  is  called  the  oviduct.  This  duct,  when  ap- 
proaching the  anus,  dilates  itself  into  a  larger  re- 
ceptacle into  which  the  eggs  are  discharged,  and 
which  is  considered  by  Naturalists  as  the  sperm-re- 
servoir, or  depository  of  fecundating  matter;  from 
thence  they  are  extruded  by  the  insect,  and  depo- 
sited in  the  cell  prepared  for  their  reception.  The 
sting  possessed  by  the  Queen  is  bent,  while  that  of 
the  worker  is  straight ;  it  is  seldom,  however,  brought 
into  action, — perhaps  only  in  a  conflict  with  a  rival 
queen. 

The  male,  (PL  1,  fig.  1,)  is  considerably  more 
bulky  than  the  working  Bee.  The  eyes  are  more 
prominent ;  the  antennae  have  thirteen  articulations 
instead  of  twelve ;  the  proboscis  is  shorter,  the  hind- 
legs  have  not  the  basket  for  containing  farina,  and 
he  is  unprovided  with  a  sting.  The  cavity  of  the 
abdomen  is  wholly  occupied  with  the  digestive  and 
reproductive  organs.  The  very  loud  humming  noise 
he  makes  in  flying,  has  fixed  upon  him  the  appella- 
tion of  Drone. 


THE  SENSES  OF  BEES. 


Much  uncertainty  has  prevailed  on  the  suhject  01 
the  senses  possessed  by  this  insect,  not  so  much,  per- 
haps, in  regard  to  their  existence  as  to  the  locality  of 
the  organs.  Most  naturalists  admit  their  possession 
of  five  senses,  analogous  to  those  of  man,  though  the 
celebrated  Huher  seems  to  have  some  doubt  as  to  the 
existence  of  the  faculty  of  hearing  in  Bees,  at  least 
without  some  important  modifications.  Greater  diver- 
sity of  opinion,  however,  prevails  as  to  the  situation 
t>f  those  organs  by  which  the  impressions  of  sight, 
touch,  taste,  sound,  and  smell  are  produced  on  their 
sensations ;  and  many  curious  experiments  by  diffe- 
rent naturalists  have  been  made  with  a  view  to  ascer- 
tain the  truth,  but  which  have  not  always  led  to  the 
same  results.  In  researches  so  minute,  it  is,  perhaps, 
vain  to  look  for  perfect  accuracy  in  our  conclusions, 
and  we  must  be  satisfied  with  any  thing  like  a  reason- 
able approximation  to  the  truth. 

Sight. — In  our  remarks  on  the  anatomical  structure 
of  the  head  of  the  Bee,  we  observed,  that,  besides  the 
large  reticulated  eyes  placed,  as  in  other  animals,  on 
the  sides  of  the  head,  this  insect  possessed  three  stem- 


THE  SENSES  OF  BEES.  45 

mata  or  coronetted  eyes,  arranged  triangularly  on  its 
centre,  between  the  antennae.  That  these  little  specks 
are,  in  reality,  organs  of  vision,  has  been  made  appa- 
;ent  from  accurate  experiments,  in  which,  when  the 
reticulated  eyes  were  blindfolded,  the  insect  was  evi- 
dently not  deprived  of  sight,  though  the  direction  of 
its  flight,  being  vertical,  seemed  to  prove  that  the 
stemmata  were  adapted  only  or  chiefly  to  upward 
vision.  This  additional  organ  must,  doubtless,  add 
considerably  to  its  power  of  sight,  though,  probably, 
its  aid  may  be  confined  chiefly  to  the  obscure  recesses 
of  the  hive.  As  the  internal  operations  of  the  insect 
in  the  honey  season  are  carried  on  during  the  night  as 
well  as  the  day,  the  coronet-eyes  may,  as  Reaumur 
conjectures,  serve  to  it  the  purpose  of  a  microscope. 
As  to  the  general  power  of  vision  hi  the  Bee,  its 
organs  appear  better  adapted  to  distant  objects  than 
to  such  as  are  close  at  hand.  When  returning  loaded 
from  the  fields,  it  flies  with  unerring  certainty,  and 
distinguishes  at  once  its  own  domicile  in  the  midst  of 
a  crowded  apiary.  Yet  every  person  who  has  at  all 
made  this  insect  the  subject  of  observation,  must  have 
seen  it  often  at  a  loss,  in  returning  to  its  hive  to  find  the 
entrance,  especially  if  its  habitation  has  been  shifted 
ever  so  little  from  its  former  station ;  nay,  if,  without 
moving  the  hive,  the  entrance  has  been  turned  round 
a  single  inch  from  its  former  position,  the  Bee  flies 
with  unerring  precision  to  that  point  on  the  alighting 
board  where  the  door  formerly  stood,  and  frequently, 
after  many  fruitless  attempts  to  find  the  entrance,  it 
is  forced  to  rise  again  into  the  air,  with  a  view,  vsi 


46  THE  SENSES  OF  BEES. 

may  suppose,  of  removing  to  such  a  distance  from  the 
desired  ohject  as  is  suited  to  the  properties  or  focus 
of  its  visual  organ.  We  are  led  to  conclude,  therefore, 
from  these  well-known  facts,  that  the  eye  of  the  Bee 
has  a  lengthened  focus,  and  that  it  must  depend  on 
the  aid  of  other  organs  in  those  operations  wherein  its 
attention  is  directed  to  objects  close  at  hand. 

Feeling  or  Touch. — The  organs  of  this  sense  are 
supposed,  with  reason,  to  reside  in  the  antennse  and 
palpi  or  feelers,  particularly  in  the  former,  Huber 
concludes  that  the  antennae  supply  the  want  of  sight 
in  the  interior  of  the  hive,  and  that  it  is  solely  by 
Jieir  means  they  are  enabled  to  construct  their  combs 
m  darkness,  pour  their  honey  into  the  magazines,  feed 
ihe  young,  judge  of  their  age  and  necessities,  and  recog- 
nise their  queen.  Though  it  does  by  no  means  appear 
dear  that  the  bees  are  devoid  of  sight  when  employed 
in  their  in-door  operations, — though,  on  the  contrary, 
there  is  reason  to  believe,  as  already  stated,  that  the 
stemmata  or  ocelli  serve  as  orbs  of  vision, — this  natu- 
ralist is  probably  not  wrong  in  ascribing  to  the  antennae 
an  important  share  in  these  operations.  That  the 
bees  use  them  as  means  of  communication  and  recog- 
nition, seems  readily  admitted  by  apiarians.  When 
a  hive  has  lost  its  queen,  the  event,  as  may  well  be 
supposed,  causes  a  high  degree  of  agitation  in  the 
colony;  the  disturbed  workers,  who  have  first,  by 
some  unknown  means,  acquired  the  knowledge  of  this 
public  calamity,  soon  quit  their  immediate  circle,  and, 
"meeting  their  companions,"  says  Huber,  "the  an- 
tennae are  reciprocally  crossed,  and  they  slightly  strike 


THE  SENSES  OP  BEES.  4~ 

them."  The  communication  made  by  these  means 
_s  quickly  disseminated,  and  in  a  few  minutes  the 
whole  colony  is  in  a  state  of  agitation  and  distress. 
Of  the  antennae  being  employed  as  instruments  of 
recognition,  the  same  naturalist  gives  a  striking  in- 
stance, which  our  limits  prohibit  us  from  giving  in 
his  own  words ;  suffice  it  to  say  here,  that  by  means 
of  a  wire  grating,  wide  enough  only  to  admit  the  cir- 
culation of  air,  inserted  in  the  middle  of  the  hive,  he 
separated  the  queen  from  the  half  of  her  subjects, 
and  ascertained  that  neither  sight,  hearing,  nor  smell 
made  the  near  neighbourhood  of  their  sovereign  known 
to  them,  for  they  proceeded  to  rear  a  new  queen  from 
the  larva  of  a  worker,  as  if  the  other  were  irrecoverably 
lost.  But  when  he  substituted  a  grating  wide  enough 
to  allow  the  transmission  of  the  antennae,  all  went  on 
as  usual,  for  the  bees  soon  ascertained  by  these  organs 
the  existence  of  their  queen. 

Another  important  use  which  the  bees  make  of  this 
organ  of  touch  deserves  notice.  "  Let  us  follow  their 
operations  by  moonshine,  when  they  keep  watch  at 
the  opening  of  the  hive  to  prevent  the  intrusion  of 
moths  then  on  the  wing.  It  is  curious  to  observe  how 
artfully  the  moth  knows  to  profit  to  the  disadvantage 
of  the  bees  which  require  much  light  for  seeing  objects, 
and  the  precautions  taken  by  the  latter  in  reconnoitering 
and  expelling  so  dangerous  an  enemy.  Like  vigilant 
sentinels,  they  patrole  around  their  habitations  with 
their  antennae  stretched  out  straight  before  them,  or 
turning  to  right  and  left ;  woe  to  the  moth  if  it  can- 
not escape  their  contact;  it  tries  to  glide  along  bet  ween 


43  THE  SENSES  OF  BEES. 

the  guards,  carefully  avoiding  their  flexible  organs, 
as  if  aware  that  its  safety  depended  on  its  caution/'* 
Taste.  In  Bees,  Taste  appears,  on  a  slight  view, 
to  differ  most  materially  fron*  that  sense  in  man  ; 
and  because  with  all  their  eager  fondness  for  the 
rich  nectar  of  flowers,  they  are  frequently  detected 
lapping  the  impure  fluid  from  corrupted  marshes,  it 
has  been  hastily  concluded,  that  their  sense  of  Taste 
is  very  defective.  Huber  thought  it  the  least  perfect 
of  the  Bee-senses,  and  instances  their  gathering 
honey  even  from  poisonous  flowers,  and  regaling 
themselves  with  foetid  liquids.  Now,  with  deference 
to  this  distinguished  observer,  it  may  be  permitted, 
perhaps,  to  defend  our  favourites  from  so  injurious 
an  imputation.  We  have  prima  facie  evidence  of 
the  delicacy  of  their  taste  in  their  eager  activity  in 
collecting  their  delicious  stores  of  honey  secreted  by 
the  most  fragrant  flowers ;  and  such  is  their  ardour 
in  these  operations,  that  they  defy  the  elements  when 
the  honey-season  is  at  its  height,  and,  laying  aside 
their  usual  fears  of  bad  weather,  boldly  encounter 
wind  and  rain  to  get  at  their  favourite  fluid.  Huber 
acknowledges,  that  when  fe  the  lime-tree  and  black 
grain  blossom,  they  brave  the  rain,  depart  before  sun- 
rise, and  return  later  than  ordinary.  But  their  activity 
relaxes  after  the  flowers  have  faded ;  and  when  the 
enamel  adorning  the  meadows  has  fallen  under  the 
scythe,  the  Bees  remain  in  their  dwelling,  however 
brilliant  the  sunshine/'  Wherefore  have  they  not, 

*  Huber,  284. 


THE  HONEY-BE*..  49 

in  this  decline  of  the  flowering  season,  recourse  to 
the  foul  marsh  and  slimy  pool,  which  they  are 
charged  with  frequenting  ?  Simply  because  the  pur- 
poses for  which  they  did  frequent  these  unwholesome 
liquids  have  already  heen  answered.  The  truth  is, 
the  Bees  have  recourse  in  spring,  but  generally 
speaking,  in  spring  only,  to  dunghills  and  stagnant 
marshes,  for  the  sake  of  the  salts  with  which  they 
are  impregnated,  and  which  their  instinct  teaches 
tli em  are  advantageous  to  their  health  after  their 
long  winter  confinement.  If  we  place  before  the 
Bees  a  portion  of  honey,  and  a  portion  of  liquid 
drawn  from  a  corrupt  source,  their  choice  will  com- 
pletely vindicate  the  purity  of  their  taste,  and  their 
power  of  discrimination  in  the  selection  of  their  food. 
It  is  not  meant  to  be  denied,  however,  that  the 
sense  of  taste  in  Bees  is  ever  at  fault.  This  would 
be  going  in  the  face  of  some  well  authenticated  in- 
stances of  honey  being  injured,  and  even  rendered 
dangerous,  in  consequence  of  the  Bees  feeding  on 
noxious  plants.  Towards  the  close  of  the  year, 
when  flowers  become  scarce,  and  in  those  parts 
of  the  country  where  alders  abound,  and  where 
onions  and  leeks  are  cultivated  on  a  large  scale,  and 
allowed  to  run  to  seed,  the  Bees,  from  taste,  or  from 
necessity,  or  from  anxiety  to  complete  their  winter 
stores,  are  seen  to  feed  on  these  plants,  which  com- 
municate to  the  honey  a  very  disagreeable  flavour. 
But  this  is  not  all.  The  fact  stated  by  Xenophon 
in  the  retreat  of  the  Ten  Thousand,  and  confirmed 
by  Diodorus  Siculus,  proves  that  there  are  plants  in 


5t)  'THE  SENSES  OF  BEES. 

Asia  Minor  which  give  to  the  honey  not  only  dis- 
agreeable,, but  poisonous  qualities.  He  tells  us  that 
the  soldiers.,  having  eaten  a  quantity  of  honey  in  the 
environs  of  Trebizonde,  were  seized  with  vertigo, 
vomitings,  &c.  This  effect  was  attributed  to  the 
rose-laurel,  (Rhododendron  Ponticum,)  and  yellow 
azalea,  (Azalea  Pontica.)  Father  Lamberti,  also, 
assures  us  that  a  shrub  of  Mingrelia  produces  a  kind 
of  honey  which  causes  very  deleterious  effects.  It 
is  quite  possible  that  the  poisonous  juices  extracted 
from  these  plants  might  be  innoxious  to  the  Bees 
themselves,  and  thus  the  correctness  of  their  taste 
might  be  so  far  vindicated.  Sir  J.  E.  Smith  asserts, 
that  "  the  nectar  of  plants  is  not  poisonous  to  Bees ;" 
and  an  instance  is  given  in  the  American  Philosophical 
Transactions,  of  a  party  of  young  men,  who,  induced 
by  the  prospect  of  gain,  having  removed  their  hives 
from  Pennsylvania  to  the  Jerseys,  where  there  are 
vast  savannahs,  finely  painted  with  the  flowers  of  the 
Kalmia  angustifolia,,  could  not  use  or  dispose  of  their 
honey  on  account  of  its  intoxicating  quality;  yet 
'  the  Bees  increased  prodigiously ;"  an  increase  only 
to  be  explained,  says  Dr.  Bevan  in  his  Honey- Bee, 
by  their  being  well  and  harmlessly  fed.  Nor  is  this 
defence  of  the  taste  of  Bees  successfully  controverted 
Dy  the  following  occurrence  stated  in  Nicholson's 
Tournal.*  <(  A  large  swarm  of  Bees  having  settled," 
observe  that  they  had  merely  alighted  upon  it,  tc 
lest  perhaps  after  a  long  flight,  "  on  a  branch  of  the 
Boison-ash,  (Rhus  Vernix,  L.)  in  the  county  of  West 
*  Page  237. 


THE  HONEY-BEE.  51 

Chester  in  the  province  of  New  York,  was  put  into 
a  hive  and  removed  to  the  place  where  it  was  to 
remain.  Next  morning  the  Bees  were  found  dead, 
swelled  to  douhle  their  natural  size,  and  black, 
except  a  few  which  appeared  torpid  and  feeble,  and 
soon  died  on  exposure  to  the  air/'  This  was  attri- 
buted to  their  being  poisoned,  not  by  their  having 
fed  upon,  but  by  the  effluvia  of  the  Rhus  Vernix. 

Hearing. — Considerable  difference  of  opinion  has 
prevailed  amongst  Naturalists,  both  as  to  the  exist- 
ence of  this  sense  in  Bees,  and  the  situation  of 
the  organ.  Aristotle  was  doubtful  whether  Bees 
possess  this  sense:  "  Incertum  est,  an  audiant." 
Linnaeus  and  Bonnet  denied  them  the  faculty,  and 
Huber  seems  undecided  on  the  point ;  while  a  host 
of  others,  among  whom  are  ranked  Kirby  and 
Spence,  maintain  its  existence,  and  place  the  organ 
in  the  antennae.  We  know  that  the  Bees  dislike 
noise,  for  an  apiar}7  situated  near  mills,  smithies,  or 
other  noisy  work- shops,  is  seldom  prosperous.  The 
different  modulations  of  sound  produced  by  the  wings 
in  flying,  seem  intended  as  means  of  communication 
addressed  to  an  organ  of  hearing,  as  signals  of  attack, 
of  recal,  of  departure,  &c.  In  consequence  of  a 
belief  in  the  reality  of  this  sense  in  Bees,  the  practice 
is  common  of  beating  sonorous  bodies  at  the  moment 
of  swarming,  in  order  to  prevent  them  from  com- 
municating with  one  another,  and  thus  to  present 
an  obstacle  to  their  flying  away.  We  know  also 
that  many  other  insects  possess  this  faculty;  and,  as 
we  observe  in  the  proceedings  of  Bees,  the  same 


52  THE  SENSES  OF  BEES. 

effects  which  in  other  insects  unquestionably  proceed 
from  the  sense  of  hearing,  we  regard  these  effects 
as  presumptive  evidence  of  the  former  possessing 
the  same  faculty.  'Huber  sets  out  with  intimating  a 
doubt  of  its  existence, — possibly  in  deference  to  his 
friend  Bonnet,  to  whom  his  letters  are  addressed, 
and  who  was  an  unbeliever  in  its  reality, — yet  in  the 
end  confesses  that  he  is  strongly  tempted  to  believe 
in  it,  or  at  least  to  admit  a  sense  in  Bees  analogous 
to  hearing,  observing  that  certain  sounds,  as  produced 
by  Bees,  apparently  serve  as  a  signal  to  their  com- 
panions, and  are  followed  by  regular  consequences,  and 
that,  therefore,  they  may  be  additional  means  of  com- 
munication to  those  afforded  by  the  antennae.  He 
mentions  particularly  a  sound  emitted  by  the  queen, 
which  produces  paralyzing  effects  on  the  Bees  in 
certain  circumstances.  Describing  the  attempts  of  a 
reigning  queen  to  destroy  her  rivals  while  yet  jn 
their  cells,  he  tells  us,  that  "  the  Bees  on  guard 
pulled,  bit  her,  and  chased  her  away."  In  these 
circumstances  she  emitted  the  sound  alluded  to; 
"standing,  while  doing  so,  with  her  thorax  against 
a  comb,  and  her  wings  crossed  on  her  back,  in 
motion,  but  without  being  unfolded  or  farther  opened. 
Whatever  might  be  the  cause  of  her  assuming  this 
attitude,  the  Bees  were  affected  by  it ;  all  hung  down 
their  heads,  and  remained  motionless."*  On  another 
occasion,  after  a  queen  had  put  her  rival  to  death, 
"  she  approached  a  royal  cell,  and  took  this  moment 
to  utter  the  sound,  and  assume  that  posture  which 
*  Huber,  157. 


THE  HONEY-BEE.  53 

Strikes  the  Bees  motionless/'*  This  discovery  of 
Huber  has  been  brought  forward  on  his  authority  by 
Naturalists,  as  a  conclusive  evidence  of  line  existence 
of  the  auditory  faculty  in  Bees.  And  so  it  would 
be,  if  Huber  was  not  mistaken  in  his  supposed  dis- 
covery. A  voice  of  sovereignty  producing  such 
powerful  and  instantaneous  effects  on  her  subjects, 
is  so  remarkable  a  property  of  her  Bee-majesty,  that 
it  would  be  desirable  to  have  its  existence  proved 
beyond  doubt  by  succeeding  experiments.  With 
much  confidence  in  the  accuracy  of  this  distinguished 
Naturalist's  observations,  we  entertain  some  hesita- 
tion on  the  subject  of  this  magical  sound.  We  have 
seen  the  queen  in  all  the  circumstances,  and  in  all 
the  positions  observable  within  a  hive ;  (with  one 
exception,  viz.  combating  a  rival  queen,)  we  have 
observed  her  very  frequently  in  the  particular  situa- 
tion described  by  Huber  when  he  first  heard  the 
commanding  voice,  endeavouring  to  tear  open  the 
cell  of  a  rival,  and  angrily  repulsed  by  the  workers ; 
then  standing  at  a  little  distance  on  the  surface  of 
the  comb,  with  her  wings  crossed  over  her  back, 
and  in  motion,  though  not  fully  unfolded,  and  emit- 
ting the  dear  distinct  sound  which  is  heard  in  a  hive 
for  a  day  or  two  before  the  departure  of  a  second 
swarm ;  and  certainly  we  never  witnessed  any  such 
effect  produced  on  the  Bees  as  Huber  speaks  of,  and 
which,  had  it  taken  place,  could  not  possibly  have 
escaped  our  observation.  On  the  contrary,  the  Bees 
Eeemed  not  in  the  slightest  degree  affected  by  her 
*  Huber,  162. 


54  THE  SENSES  OF  BEES. 

wrath,  for  she  was  evidently  in  a  state  of  great  irrita- 
tion, but  continued  to  surround  the  cell  of  the  captive 
queen  with  a  dogged-looking  obstinacy,  apparently 
expecting  and  prepared  for  another  attempt  on  it  by 
the  enraged  sovereign.  Huber  may  be  in  the  right, 
and  his  general  accuracy  affords  a  presumption  in  his 
favour;  nevertheless^  it  would  be  very  satisfactory 
to  have  his  accuracy  in  this  particular  point  confirmed 
by  some  other  observer.  Taking  it  for  granted  that 
the  sense  of  hearing  does  exist  in  Bees,  where  are 
we  to  look  for  the  situation  of  the  organ  ?  Natura- 
lists are  not  agreed  on  this  point,  but  the  majority 
seem  to  vest  it  in  the  antennae.  Kirby  and  Spenoe 
notice  the  analogy  borne  by  antennae  to  the  ears  of 
vertebrate  animals,  such  as  their  corresponding  in 
number,  and  standing  out  of  the  head ;  and  observe 
that  no  other  organ  has  been  found  which  can  be 
supposed  to  represent  the  ear.  In  that  case  this  ap- 
pendage of  the  head  of  the  Bee  must  be  regarded  as 
a  compound  organ,  exercising  the  functions  of  both 
hearing  and  touch.  It  has  already  been  hinted  that 
some  observers  have  regarded  it  as  the  organ  of 
vision  ;  and  we  shall  afterwards  find  that  there  are 
those  who  look  upon  it  as  the  organ  of  smell.  In 
this  deficiency  of  precise  knowledge  on  the  subject 
we  may  perhaps  rest  satisfied  with  the  opinion  of 
Kirby,  that  "  the  antennae,  by  a  peculiar  structure, 
may  collect  notices  from  the  atmosphere,  receive 
pulses  or  vibrations,  and  communicate  them  to  the 
sensorium,  which  communications,  though  not  pre- 
cisely to  be  called  hwing>  may  answer  the  same 


THE  HONEY-BEE.  55 

purpose/'  The  same  author  gives  an  anecdote  of 
another  insect,  which  goes  to  prove  that  the  antennse 
are  indeed  the  organs  of  this  sense : — "  A  little  moth 
was  reposing  on  my  window ;  I  made  a  quiet^  not 
loud,  but  distinct  noise ;  the  nearest  antennse  imme- 
diately moved  towards  me;  I  repeated  the  noise  at 
least  a  dozen  times,  and  it  was  followed  every  time 
by  the  same  motion  of  that  organ,  till  at  length  the 
insect  being  alarmed,  became  agitated  and  violent  in 
its  motions.  In  this  instance  it  could  not  be  touch) 
since  the  antennae  were  not  applied  to  a  surface,  but 
directed  towards  the  quarters  from  which  the  sound 
came,  as  if  to  listen/' 

Smelling. — Of  all  their  senses,  that  of  smell  in  Bees 
is  the  most  acute.  Attracted  by  the  fragrance  of  the 
flowers,  we  see  them  winging  their  eager  way  to  a 
very  considerable  distance,  in  a  straight  undeviating 
course,  and  in  the  very  teeth  of  a  strong  wind,*  in 
search  of  those  plants  which  promise  an  abundant 
*  It  has  been  said  that  Bees  ballast  themselves  with  sand 
or  gravel  when  in  danger  of  being  blown  away  by  the  wind. 
The  notion  was  first  entertained  by  Aristotle,  and  repeated  by 
Virgil,  to  whose  poetic  imagination  such  a  trait  in  the  habits 
of  his  favourite  insects  would  be  highly  grateful : — 

Saepe  lapillos 

Ut  cymbae  instabiles,  fluctu  jactante  saburram 
Tollunt :  his  sese  per  inania  nubila  librant. 

Pliny  has  also  lent  his  aid  to  the  currency  of  this  notion ;  and 
it  is  found  in  Dissertations  on  the  Natural  History  of  Bees, 
as  a  surprising  instance  of  bee-instinct,  notwithstanding  the 
corrections  of  Swammerdam  and  Reaumur,  both  of  whom  have 
shewn  that  the  Mason-Bee  has  been  mistaken  for  the  Honei* 
Bee,  the  former  of  whom  is  often  seen  hastening  through  feht 
air,  loaded  with  sand  and  gravel,  the  materials  of  its  nest. 


56  THE  SENSES  OF  BEES. 

honey- harvest.  Very  striking  proofs  of  the  acuteness 
of  this  sense  may  be  observed  within  the  limits  of 
the  apiary.  Early  in  spring,  when  the  bee-master 
begins  feeding  his  colony,  he  has  reason  to  marvel 
at  the  instantaneous  notice  which  this  organ  gives 
"hem  of  his  approach.  Arriving  amongst  his  hives, 
hough  from  the  dullness  of  a  spring  morning,  not  a 
bee  is  seen  stirring  out  of  doors,  he  has  not  time  t« 
fill  the  feeding-troughs  from  the  vessel  in  his  hand 
>efore  he  is  surrounded  by  hundreds;  and  in  the 
space  of  five  minutes  or  less,  the  float-board  of  every 
trough  is  covered  with  a  dense  mass  of  eager  feeders. 
In  feeding  a  newly-lodged  swarm  during  unfavour- 
able weather  in  summer,  it  is  curious  to  observe 
through  the  glass,  in  pushing  in  the  sliding- trough 
which  runs  flush  with  the  floor,  the  motionless  hemi- 
spherical mass  at  the  ceiling  of  the  hive,  becoming 
instantaneously  elongated,  and  changed  into  the  form 
of  an  inverted  living  pyramid,  having  its  apex  resting 
on  the  float-board,  while  a  score  or  two  of  stragglers, 
who  have  in  the  confusion  been  separated  or  have 
fallen  from  the  mass  above,  hasten  along  the  floor, 
snuffing  the  grateful  fragrance,  ranging  themselves  in 
i  line  on  the  edge  of  the  trough,  and  eagerly  plung- 
ing their  probosces  into  the  liquid.  It  is  to  their  ex- 
quisite sense  of  smell  also,  in  all  likelihood,  that  we 
must  attribute  their  capability  of  distinguishing  friend 
from  foe  among  their  own  species.  If  a  stranger-bee 
by  mistake  enter  a  hive,  and  this  sometimes  happens 
in  consequence  of  some  slight  alteration  in  the  arrange- 
ment of  the  apiary,  his  close  resemblance  to  his 


THE  HONEY-BEE.  57 

fellow-insects  will  not  secure  him  from  an  immediate 
attack  from  all  quarters ;  he  is  detected  by  a  more 
subtle  sense  than  vision.,  and  instant  flight  alone  can 
save  him.  Huber,  to  whose  researches  we  are  so 
nuch  indebted  in  regard  to  the  senses  of  Bees,  has 
lade  some  very  conclusive  experiments  on  that  of 
inell,  all  of  which  we  have  repeated  with  precisely 
die  same  results.  Like  his,  our  first  experiment  was 
to  ascertain  the  acuteness  of  the  sense.  He  con- 
cealed a  vessel  with  honey  behind  the  shutters  of  an 
open  window,  near  the  apiary.  In  our  experiment, 
a  small  box  containing  a  portion  of  honey  mingled 
with  ale,  and  covered  with  a  piece  of  wire-gauze,  was 
placed  at  a  distance  of  100  yards  from  the  apiary, 
close  to  the  bottom  of  a  hedge,  where  it  was  by  no 
means  conspicuous.  In  a  quarter  of  an  hour,  a  bee 
alighted  on  the  box,  and  in  a  few  minutes  more, 
while  this  bee  was  eagerly  exploring  and  striving  to 
gain  an  entrance,  several  more  joined  it.  The  cover 
was  then  raised,  and  admission  given ;  and  after  the 
first  visitors  had  gone  off  with  a  bellyful,  the  feeders 
increased  in  the  space  of  an  hour  to  hundreds. 

To  diversify  the  trial,  Huber  procured  four  small 
ooxes,  to  the  apertures  of  which,  large  enough  to  admit 
i  bee,  he  fitted  shutters  or  valves,  made  of  card-paper, 
,vhich  it  was  necessary  should  be  forced  open  in  order 
o  gain  admission.     Honey  being  t»ut  into  them,  they 
vere  placed  at  the  distance  of  200  paces  from  the 
piary.  In  half  an  hour,  bees  were  seen  arriving;  care- 
oily  traversing  the  boxes,  they  soon  discovered  the 
Denings,  pressed  against  the  valves,  and  reached  the 


58  THE  SENSES  OF  BEES. 

honey  This  is  a  striking  instance  of  the  delicacy  of 
smell  in  these  insects,  as  not  only  was  the  honey 
quite  concealed  from  view,  but  its  odorous  effluvia 
from  its  being  covered  and  disguised  in  the  experi- 
ment, could  not  be  much  diffused.  We  repeated 
successfully  the  same  experiment.  In  fact,  after  the 
first  trial,  we  had  no  doubt  of  the  issue  of  the  second ; 
for  if  once  the  sense  of  smell  in  the  Bees  ascertained 
the  existence  and  situation  of  the  honey,  we  had  seen 
enough  of  their  ingenuity  in  other  cases,  not  to  doubt 
their  success  in  obtaining  entrance.  In  endeavouring 
to  ascertain  the  precise  situation  of  the  organ,  there 
is  considerable  difficulty,  and  our  curiosity  cannot 
easily  be  gratified  without  some  sacrifice  of  bee-life. 
Huber's  experiment  to  ascertain  this  point,  is  full  of 
interest,  and  we  recommend  a  perusal  of  the  account 
of  it  as  detailed  in  his  work.  He  dipped  a  pencil  in 
oil  of  turpentine,  a  substance  very  disagreeable  to 
insects,  and  presented  it  to  the  thorax,  the  stigmata, 
the  abdomen,  the  antennae,  the  eyes,  and  the  pro- 
boscis, without  the  bee  betraying  the  slightest  symp- 
tom of  uneasy  feeling.  It  was  otherwise  when  he 
held  it  to  the  mouth ;  it  started,  left  the  honey  by 
ivhich  it  had  been  enticed,  and  was  on  the  point  of 
taking  flight  when  the  pencil  was  withdrawn.  He 
next  filled  the  mouth  with  flour-paste,  when  the  in- 
sect seemed  to  have  lost  the  sense  of  smell  altogether. 
Honey  did  not  attract  it,  nor  did  offensive  odours, 
even  the  formidable  turpentine,  annoy  it.  The  organ 
of  smell,  therefore,  appears  to  reside  in  the  mouth, 
or  in  the  parts  depending  on  it.  To  those  who 


THE  HONEY-BEE.  59 

may  wish  to  repeat  this  experiment,  we  would 
recommend  that  they  previously  deprive  the  hee  under 
operation  of  a  portion  of  its  sting,  which  may  be  easily 
done  by  forcing  the  insect  to  extrude  it,  and  then 
snipping  it  off  about  the  middle  with  a  pair  of  scissors ; 
the  excision  will  not  vitally  injure  the  insect,  and 
will  give  confidence  to  the  experimenter. 

We  cannot  conclude  this  disquisition  on  the  sense 
of  smell  in  Bees,  without  gratifying  our  readers  by 
extracting  from  Dr.  Bevan's  work,  a  remarkable  in- 
stance of  its  acuteness  and  delicacy ;  and  which  had 
been  communicated  to  him,  by  the  son  of  the  gentle- 
man who  is  the  subject  of  it.  It  is  generally  believed 
that  bees  have  an  antipathy  to  particular  individuals, 
arising,  probably  from  some  peculiar  odour  about 
them,  which,  though  not  discernible  by,  or  unpleasant 
to  man,  may  be  so  to  this  sensitive  insect.  ' '  M.  de 
Hofer,  Conseilleur  d*  Etat  du  Grand  Due  de  Baden, 
had  for  years  been  a  proprietor  and  admirer  of  Bees, 
and  rivalled  Wildman,  in  the  power  he  possessed  of 
approaching  them  with  impunity.  He  would  at  any 
time  search  for  the  queen,  and  taking  hold  of  her 
gently,  place  her  on  his  hand.  But  he  was  unfor- 
tunately attacked  with  a  violent  fever,  and  long  con- 
fined by  it.  On  his  recovery,  he  attempted  to  resume 
his  favourite  amusement  among  the  Bees,  returning 
to  them  with  all  that  confidence  and  pleasure  which 
he  had  felt  on  former  occasions ;  when,  to  Bis  great 
surprise  and  disappointment,  he  discovered  that  he 
was  no  longer  in  possession  of  their  favour;  and 
that  instead  of  being  received  by  them  as  an  old 


60  THE  SENSES  OF  BEES. 

friend,  he  was  treated  as  a  trespasser ;  nor  was  hft 
ever  able  after  this  period  to  perform  any  operation 
with  them,  or  to  approach  within  their  precincts, 
without  exciting  their  anger.  Here  then  it  is  pretty 
evident  that  some  change  had  taken  place  in  the 
Counsellor's  secretions  in  consequence  of  the  fever, 
which  though  not  noticeable  by  his  friends,  was 
offensive  to  the  olfactory  nerves  of  the  Bees."  * 

Functions  of  the  inmates  of  a  hive. — A  hive  con- 
sists of  the  Queen,  or  mother-bee,  the  Workers  vary- 
ing in  numbers,  from  10,000,  to  20,000  or  30,000, 
and  the  Males  or  Drones,  from  700  to  double  that 
number. 

Functions  of  the  Queen. — (see  PL  I.  Fig.  2.) — 
The  QUEEN  is  the  parent  of  the  hive  ;  and  her  sole 
province  and  occupation  consist  in  laying  the  eggs,, 
from  which  originate  those  prodigious  multitudes 
that  people  a  hive,  and  emigrate  from  it  in  the 
course  of  one  summer.  In  the  height  of  the  season, 
her  fertility  is  truly  astonishing,  as  she  lays  not  fewer 
than  200  eggs  per  day,  and  even  more  when  the 
season  is  particularly  warm  and  genial,  and  flowers 
are  abundant ;  and  this  laying  continues,  though  at  a 
gradually  diminishing  rate,  till  the  approach  of  cold 
weather  in  October.  So  early  as  February,  she  re- 
sumes her  labours  in  the  same  department,  and  sup- 
plies the  great  blank  made  in  the  population  by 
the  numerous  casualties  that  take  place  between  the 
end  of  summer  and  commencement  of  spring.  Her 
great  laying  of  the  eggs  of  workers  begins  generally 
*  Bevan's  Honey- Bee,  p.  304. 


THE  HONEY-BEE.  61 

about  the  fifth  day  of  her  age ;  and  she  continues 
to  deposit  eggs  of  the  same  kind  for  the  succeeding 
eleven  months;  after  which  she  commences  laying 
those  of  males.  It  is  during  the  depositing  of 
these  last,  that  the  Bees  are  led  by  their  instinct  to 
lay  the  foundation  of  royal  cells,  in  which,  if  the 
population  be  abundant,  the  Queen  deposits  eggs  at 
intervals  of  one  or  two  days  between  each.  In  the 
operation  of  laying,  which  we  have  a  thousand  times 
witnessed,  the  Queen  puts  her  head  into  a  cell,  and 
remains  in  that  position  about  a  second  or  two,  as  if 
to  ascertain  whether  it  is  in  a  fit  state  to  receive  the 
deposit.  She  then  withdraws  her  head,  curves  her 
body  downwards,  inserts  her  abdomen  into  the  cell, 
and  turns  half  round  on  herself ;  having  kept  this 
position  for  a  few  seconds,  she  withdraws  her  body, 
having  in  the  mean  time  laid  an  egg.  The  egg  itself, 
which  is  attached  to  the  bottom  of  the  cell  by  a  glu- 
tinous matter  with  which  it  is  imbued,  is  of  a  slender 
oval  shape,  slightly  curved,  rather  more  pointed 
in  the  lower  end  than  in  the  other.  She  passes  on 
from  cell  to  cell,  furnishing  each  with  the  germ 
of  a  future  inhabitant ;  arid  during  these  proceedings, 
she  receives  the  most  marked  and  affectionate  atten- 
tion from  the  workers.  She  is  seen  continually 
surrounded  by  a  circle  of  them,  who  caress  her  fondly 
with  their  antenna,  and  occasionally  supply  her  with 
food  from  their  probosces.  This  appearance  has 
given  rise  to  the  notion  commonly  entertained,  and 
asserted  even  by  some  Naturalists,  that  the  Queen  is 
followed  in  her  progress  through  the  hive  by  a  num 


02  'THE  SENSES  OF  BEES. 

ber  of  her  subjects  formed  in  a  circle  round  her,  and 
these  of  course  have  been  regarded  as  the  Queen's 
body  guards.  The  truth  is,  however  that  her  Bee- 
majesty  has  no  attendants,  strictly  speaking ;  none 
who  follow  in  her  train;  but  wherever  she  moves, 
the  workers  whom  she  encounters  in  her  progress 
instantly  and  hurriedly  clear  the  way  before  her,  and 
all  turning  their  heads  towards  their  approaching 
sovereign,  lavish  their  caresses  upon  her  with  much 
apparent  affection,  and  touch  her  softly  with  their 
antennse  ;  and  these  circumstances,  which  maybe 
observed  every  hour  in  the  day,  in  a  properly  con- 
structed glass  hive,  have  given  rise  to  the  idea  of 
guards.  The  moment  she  has  left  the  circle,  the 
bees  who  had  surrounded  her  instantly  resume  their 
labours,  and  she  passes  on,  v  receiving  from  every 
group  in  her  way  the  homage  due  to  a  Mother  and  a 
Queen.  On  one  occasion  we  gave  her  subjects  an 
opportunity  of  testifying  their  courage  in  her  defence 
as  well  as  their  affection  and  zeal.  Observing  her 
»aying  eggs  in  the  comb  next  to  the  glass  of  the  hive, 
we  gently  but  quickly  opened  the  pane,  and  endea- 
voured to  seize  her.  But  no  sooner  did  the  removal 
of  the  glass  afford  room, — (while  shut  it  was  almost 
in  contact  with  her  back;) — and  before  we  could 
accomplish  our  purpose,  they  threw  their  bodies 
upon  her  to  the  number  of  at  least  a  hundred,  and 
formed  a  cone  over  her  of  such  magnitude  that  she 
could  not  be  less  than  two  inches  distant  from  any 
Dart  of  the  surface.  We  dispersed  the  mass  with 
Dur  finger,  and  got  hold  of  her  precious  person,  and 


THE  HONEY-BEE.  63 

kept  looking  at  her  for  some  minutes  before  we  re- 
stored the  captive  to  her  alarmed  defenders.  It  is 
remarkable  that  this  violence  was  not  resented  by 
them ;  though  they  coursed  over  our  hands  in  scores, 
while  we  kept  hold  of  their  mistress/  not  one  indivi- 
dual used  its  sting.  The  all  engrossing  object  was 
the  Queen.  They  may  be  handled,  and  roughly  too, 
with  like  impunity  when  they  are  swarming.  Intent 
then  only  on  securing  a  habitation  for  themselves  and 
their  sovereign,  they  seem  incapable  of  entertaining 
at  the  same  moment  two  different  ideas,  if  we  may 
use  such  an  expression,  and  their  natural  irritability 
is  not  awakened  to  exertion. 

There  is  a  fact  connected  with  the  instinct  of  the 
Queen  in  laying  her  eggs,  which  deserves  particular 
notice,  and  which  we  have  not  seen  stated  by  any 
other  writer  on  the  subject  of  Bees.*  When  she 
has  laid  a  cluster  of  eggs  to  the  number  of  thirty  or 
forty,  more  or  less  according  to  circumstances,  on 
one  side  of  the  comb ;  instead  of  laying  in  all  the 
empty  cells  in  the  same  quarter,  she  removes  to  the 
other  side,  and  lays  in  the  cells  which  are  directly 
opposite  to  those  which  she  has  just  supplied  with 
eggs,  and,  generally  speaking,  in  none  else.  This 
mode  of  proceeding  is  of  a  piece  with  that  wise  ar- 
rangement which  runs  through  all  the  operations  of 
the  Bees,  and  is  another  effect  of  that  remarkable 
instinot  by  which  they  are  guided.  For  as  they  clus- 
ter closely  in  those  parts  of  the  comb  which  are  filled 
with  brood,  in  order  to  concentrate  the  heat  neces- 

*  The  writer  stated  this  fact  several  yeais  ago  in  the  Edin- 
'  burgh  Philosophical  Journal. 


64  THE  SENSES  OF  BEES. 

sary  for  their  being  hatched,  the  heat  will  of  course 
penetrate  to  the  other  side,  and  some  portion  of  it 
would  be  wasted  if  the  cells  on  that  side  were  eithoa* 
empty,  or  filled  only  with  honey.  But  when  both 
sides  are  filled  with  brood,  and  covered  with  hive-bees, 
the  heat  is  confined  to  the  spot  where  it  is  necessary, 
and  is  turned  to  full  account  in  bringing  the  young  to 
maturity.  See  PL  XII.  Fig.  1,  in  which  a,  b,  c,  repre- 
sent that  part  of  the  comb  in  an  experimental  hive 
where  the  observation  was  made,  which  was  filled  with 
brood,  the  rest  of  the  square  being,  with  the  exception 
of  the  uncoloured  part,  sealed  honey.  On  the  opposite 
side,  the  brood  comb  was  exactly  of  the  same  figure, 
insomuch,  that  on  the  narrowest  inspection,  I  could 
hardly  discern  one  cell  which  contained  brood  while 
its  opposite  contained  honey.  PL  VI.  exhibits  a  Royal 
Cell,  e,  containing  a  larva  nearly  ready  to  be  sealed 
up ;  /,  form  of  the  Royal  Cell  at  the  time  of  the  egg 
being  deposited  in  it;  g,  ditto,  when  sealed,  and  just 
before  hatching  takes  place ;  i,  ditto,  after  the  young 
Queen  has  been  hatched ;  h,  ditto,  with  a  ragged  open- 
ing in  the  broadside  through  which  the  dead  body  of 
a  young  Queen,  destroyed  by  the  Queen  regnant,  has 
been  dragged  out  by  the  bees. 

The  mutual  aversion  of  Queens  is  a  striking  feature 
in  the  natural  history  of  this  insect ;  and  though  not 
perhaps  strictly  in  place,  one  extraordinary  effect  of 
it  may  be  mentioned  here.  Their  mutual  enmity 
xnay  be  truly  said  to  be  an  in-born  disposition  with 
them,  for  no  sooner  has  the  first  of  the  race,  in  a 
hive  about  to  throw  off  a  second  swarm,  escaped 
from  her  own  cradle,  than  she  hurries  away  in  search 


:'RE  OF  THE  DIFFERENT  CLASSES  OF  CELLS. W 


THE  HONEY-BEE. 

of  those  of  her  rivals,  and,  as  will  be  afterwards 
scribed,  exerts  herself  with  the  most  impetuous 
eagerness  to  destroy  them.  When  two  Queens  hap- 
pen to  emerge  from  their  cells  at  the  same  time,  a 
pitched  battle  takes  place,  which  ends  in  the  death 
of  one  of  the  combatants.  We  have  never  witness- 
ed this  interesting  exhibition  of  bee-warfare, — this 
duellumj  as  described  by  Huber,  but  we  have  no 
doubt  of  its  being  a  fact,  after  the  very  unequivocal 
proofs  we  have  witnessed  of  this  mutual  aversion,  and 
particularly  the  instance  to  be  afterwards  stated. 

Functions  of  the  Worker-Bee — (See  PL  I.  Fig.  3.) 
— The  workers,  to  the  number  of  10,000,  20,000, 
and  even  30,000,  constitute  the  great  mass  of  the 
population,  and  on  them  devolve  the  whole  labours 
of  the  establishment.  Theirs  is  the  office  of  search- 
ing for  and  collecting  the  precious  fluid  which  not 
only  furnishes  their  daily  food,  as  well  as  that  of 
their  young,  and  the  surplus  of  which  is  laid  up  for 
winter  stores,  but  also  the  materials  from  which  they 
rear  their  beautiful  combs.  In  the  little  basket-sha- 
ped cavity  in  their  hind-legs,  they  bring  home  the 
pollen  or  farinaceous  dust  of  flowers,  kneaded  by  the 
help  of  the  morning  dew  into  tiny  balls,  which  form 
an  important  ingredient  in  the  nourishment  of  the 
brood ;  and  also  the  propolis  or  adhesive  gum  ex- 
tracted from  willows,  &c.  with  which  they  attach 
their  combs  to  the  upper  part  and  sides  of  the  hive, 
and  stop  every  crevice  that  might  admit  the  winter's 
coid.  Exploring  a  glass  hive  in  a  soft  spring  morn- 
ing, and  following  with  his  eye  a  Bee  loaded  wit  ft 

E 


66  THE  FUNCTIONS  OF  BEES. 

farina,  the  observer  will  perceive  the  little 
forager,  on  her  arrival  in  the  interior,  hurrying  ove* 
the  surface  of  the  comb  in  search  of  a  proper  cell  m 
which  to  deposit  her  burden ;  and  having  found  one 
fastening  herself  by  the  two  fore-feet  on  its  superior 
border,  then  bending  her  body  a  little  forward,  that 
her  hinder  feet  may  catch  hold  of  the  opposite  edge 
of  the  cell.  In  this  position  she  is  next  seen  thrust- 
ing back  her  second  pair  of  feet,  one  on  each  side, 
and  sweeping  with  them  from  top  to  bottom  along 
the  two  hinder  legs,  where  the  farina  balls  are  fixed, 
and  by  this  means  detaching  them  from  the  hairy 
linings  of  the  cavities,  and  depositing  them  in  the 
cell.  To  the  workers,  also,  are  committed  the  va- 
rious offices  of  guarding  the  entrance  of  the  hive  by 
night  and  day,  during  the  honey  season ;  of  repulsing 
marauders — of  keeping  their  abode  free  from  all 
offensive  matters — of  renewing  the  air  within  by  an 
ingenious  mode  of  ventilation — of  replacing  a  lost 
Queen,  and  of  destroying  the  drones  at  the  decline 
of  the  honey  season.  Receiving  from  nature  these 
weighty  charges,  they  labour  assiduously  to  fulfil 
them ;  and,  while  each  member  of  the  community 
acts  by  the  impulse  of  its  individual  instinct,  it  works 
less  for  private  than  for  the  general  good.  These 
labours  appear  unceasing ;  yet  do  the  weary  labour- 
ers sometimes  snatch  an  interval  of  repose.  During 
the  busy  season,  we  have  seen  hundreds  of  the 
workers  retiring  into  the  cells,  and  exhibiting  all  the 
marks  of  profound  sleep.  This  fact  is  very  easily 
observable,  especially  in  those  .cells  which  are  con- 


THE  HONEY-BEE.  0? 

structed — as  sometimes  happens — against  the  glass, 
and  where  that  substance  forms  one  side  of  the  cell. 
There  they  are,  the  fatigued  labourers,  stretched  at 
full  length,  with  their  heads  at  the  bottom,  and  every 
limb  apparently  in  a  relaxed  state,  while  the  little 
body  is  seen  heaving  gently  from  the  process  of  respira- 
tion. Huber  thinks  he  has  ascertained  that  there  are 
two  kinds  of  workers  in  a  hive,  one  of  which  he  calls 
Wax-workers,  and  the  other  Nurses.  The  difference 
between  these  Bees  had  probably  been  observed  by 
Aristotle  and  Pliny.  The  former  speaks  of  *e  opti- 
mum genus  apum,  quce  breves,  varies,  et  in  rotundi- 
tatem  compactiles  ;  secundce  quce  longoe  et  vespis  si- 
miles" Pliny  uses  similar  language.  It  does  not 
appear,  however,  that  these  naturalists  were  acquaint- 
ed with  the  different  functions — if  the  difference 
really  does  exist — of  the  two  classes.  The  office  of 
the  first  class,  according  to  Huber,  is  not  only  to 
collect  honey — which  both  kinds  do — but  also  to 
elaborate  the  wax,  and  construct  the  combs.  The 
particular  function  of  the  other,  is  to  take  care  of  the 
young.  They  may  be  distinguished  in  entering  the 
hive,  by  carefully  examining  their  shape  ;  the  wax- 
workers  having  their  bellies  somewhat  cylindrical, 
while  those  of  the  nurses  retain  their  ovoidal  figure. 
The  anatomical  structure  of  the  two  is  said  to  be 
different,  and  the  capacity  of  stomach  not  the  same  ; 
so  that  the  one  species  is  incapable  of  fulfilling  all  the 
functions  of  the  other.  Huber  has  also  directed  our 
attention  to  a  class  of  workers,  which  he  calls  Black 


68  THE  FUNCTIONS  OF  BEES. 

Bees,*  and  which  he  first  observed  in  1809,  and  on 
several  other  occasions  from  that  time  to  the  year 
1813.  In  every  thing  they  bear  a  perfect  resem- 
blance to  their  fellow- workers,  except  in  colour,,  which 
in  them  is  a  deep  black.  He  describes  them  as  per- 
secuted by  the  other  workers,  and  finally  expelled 
the  hives,  or  destroyed.  We  have  noticed  them, 
though  rarely ;  perhaps  not  more  than  one  or  two  in 
a  season.  The  other  Bees  did  not  molest  them,  as 
far  as  we  observed,  nor  indeed  seem  in  any  way  sen 
sible  of  their  presence.  It  is  not  improbable,  as 
Kirby  and  Spence  conjecture,  that  they  are  merely 
aged  Bees,  and  that  their  deeper  colour  arises  from 
the  hair  or  down,  with  which  the  young  are  so  thickly 
clothed,  being  worn  off  their  bodies. 

In  describing  the  functions  of  the  Working  Bee, 
it  would  be  improper  to  pass  over  unnoticed  the  fact, 
hat  it  sometimes  exercises  the  functions  of  a  mother. 
To  account  for  this  apparent  anomaly,  we  must 
remember  that  it  has  been  ascertained  by  minutely 
accurate  dissection,  that  all  the  workers  are  females, 
though  of  imperfect  organization, — a  fact  confirmed 
by  the  very  circumstance  we  are  now  discussing. 
We  must  also  keep  in  mind,  that  the  larva  of  a  Queen 
is  nourished  with  food  of  a  different  kind  from  that 
of  common  Bees ;  and  this  difference,  in  conjunction 
with  a  more  roomy  cell,  has,  in  the  opinion  of  natu- 
•nahsts,  the  effect  of  expanding  the  ovarium,  and 
qualifying  her  to  become  a  mother.  It  is  evident, 
*  Huber,  235. 


THE  HONEY-BEE.  69 

therefore,  that,  if  the  larva  of  a  common  Bee  were 
fed  with  the  royal  jelly,  the  imperfection  in  her  bodily 
organs  would,  as  far  at  least  as  depended  on  the 
nature  of  the  food,  be  removed,  and  she  would  be- 
come capable  of  laying  eggs.  Now  this  does  occa- 
sionally take  place;  some  of  the  royal  food  is  dropped, 
probably  by  accident,  into  some  of  the  cells  adjoining 
that  of  the  Queen,  and  the  Bees  therein  reared 
acquire  the  power  of  laying  eggs.  This  fact  was 
discovered  by  the  naturalist  Biem,  and  has  been  con- 
firmed by  Huber.  There  is,  however,  a  very  ma- 
terial and  hitherto  unaccounted  for  difference  between 
these  fertile  workers  and  perfect  Queens, — the  former 
lay  the  eggs  of  males  only.  We  would  certainly  have 
expected,  a  priori,  that  a  difference  between  them 
should  exist ;  because  the  workers  have  fed  on  the 
royal  jelly  only  for  a  short  time,  and  because  their 
birth-place  is  so  much  smaller.  But  we  cannot  easily 
conceive  how  these  circumstances  should  be  the  cause 
of  their  laying  only  male-eggs.  In  truth,  it  appears 
to  be  one  of  those  mysteries  in  bee -economy 
which,  with  all  our  researches  on  the  subject,  we 
cannot  yet  unravel.  These  fertile  workers  are  never 
found  in  any  hives  but  such  as  have  lost  their  natural 
Queen. 

The  natural  term  of  the  worker's  existence  does 
not  extend,  we  think,  beyond  six  or  eight  months. 
It  is  the  opinion  of  Dr.  Bevan  that  all  the  Bees  brought 
into  existence  at  the  Queen's  great  laying  in  spring, 
die  before  winter.  But  many  never  reach  that  period 
Showers  of  rain,  violent  blasts  of  wind,  sudden  changes 


70  THE  FUNCTIONS  OF  BEES. 

of  atmosphere,  destroy  them  in  hundreds.  In  the 
clear  cold  mornings  and  evenings  of  autumn,  their 
eagerness  for  foraging  entices  them  ahroad  early  and 
late ;  when,  alighting  on  the  ground,  many  are  chilled, 
and  quickly  perish.  And  should  they  escape  the 
blighting  atmosphere  at  the  close  of  autumn,  a  bright 
sunshine  in  a  winter  day,  when  the  ground  perhaps  is 
covered  with  snow,  brings  them  abroad  in  multitudes, 
and  the  half  of  them  never  return.  From  these  causes, 
independent  of  the  numbers  which  fall  a  prey  to 
enemies,  a  swarm  which  in  July  amounted  to  fifteen 
or  twenty  thousand,  will,  by  the  following  February 
or  March,  have  dwindled  to  a  mere  handful.  It  is 
otherwise  with  the  Queen  ;  going  seldom  abroad,  she 
is  little  exposed  to  accidents.  Her  natural  life  is 
prolonged  to  several  years,  though  the  precise  extent 
has  not  been  accurately  ascertained.  In  1834  we 
had  one  in  our  possession,  which  we  had  every  rea- 
son to  believe  was  not  less  than  four  years  old. 

Functions  of  the  Male  or  Drone, — (see  PL  I.  Fig. 
1.) — The  sole  office  of  the  Male,  or  at  least  the  pri- 
mary one,  is  to  pair  with  the  Queen.  He  is  the 
father  of  the  hive.  Indolent  and  luxurious,  he  takes 
no  part  in  the  internal  operations  of  the  domicile, 
fend  never  leaves  it  with  a  view  of  sharing  in  the 
labours  of  the  field.  When  he  does  venture  abroad, 
it  is  only  in  the  finest  weather,  and  during  the 
warmest  part  of  the  day,  at  which  time  the  young 
Queens  are  instinctively  led  to  go  out  in  search  of  the 
male.  He  is  easily  distinguished  from  the  workers 
by  his  larger  sis&e,  by  his  heavy  motion  in  flight,  and 


THE  HONEY-BEE.  71 

by  his  loud  humming  sound.  We  have  said  that 
the  primary  function  of  the  drones  is  to  perpetuate 
the  race  of  Bees  by  pairing  with  the  Queen,  but  some 
Naturalists  have  assigned  them  a  secondary  office, 
namely,  that  of  contributing  by  their  numbers  to  the 
heat  of  the  hive,  and  thus  aiding  in  bringing  the  brood 
to  maturity.  In  some  parts  of  the  continent,  accord- 
ingly, Feburier  tells  us,  they  have  received  the  name 
of  Hatchers.  There  are  occasionally  found  Drones 
of  a  small  size  in  hives  where  the  impregnation  of 
the  Queen  has  been  retarded.  In  such  circumstances, 
her  instinct,  as  we  shall  have  occasion  to  shew  in  the 
following  chapter,  is  so  impaired,  that  she  lays  her 
eggs  indiscriminately  in  all  kinds  of  cells, — those  of 
males  sometimes  in  the  cells  of  workers.  The  con- 
sequence is,  that  these  males,  when  hatched,  are 
diminutive  in  size,  having  been  cramped  in  their 
growth  by  the  smallness  of  their  birth-place. 

The  life  of  this  vir  gregis  is  extremely  short ;  the 
favoured  lover  perishes  soon  after  his  union  with  the 
female,  and  thus  anticipates,  though  only  by  a  short 
period,  the  destruction  which  awaits  his  race.  So 
early  as  the  beginning  of  August,  the  Bees,  as  if 
wishing  to  apply  (<  the  preventive  check"  to  a  super- 
abundant idle  population,  begin  to  manifest  deadly  in- 
tentions towards  them ;  and  the  unfortunate  victims, 
as  if  to  derive  consolation  from  one  another's  society, 
or  perhaps  driven  together  by  their  irascible  supe- 
riors, may  be  seen  about  that  period  clustering  closely 
together  in  some  corner  of  the  combs,  where  they 
remain  without  motion,  and  without  once  venturing 


72  THE  FUNCTIONS  OF  BEES. 

to  approach  the  provision-cells.  Thus  weakened  by 
hunger  and  captivity,  and  disqualified  for  resistance 
hy  the  want  of  a  sting,  they  fall  an  easy  prey  to 
their  merciless  assailants;  and  a  scene  of  carnage 
takes  place  which  it  is  difficult  to  describe.  The 
unhappy  wretches  are  seen  driven  to  the  bottom  of 
the  hive,  pursued  with  such  fury,  that,  in  spite  of 
their  strength,  which  is  greatly  superior  to  that  of 
their  persecutors,  and  which  enables  them  to  drag 
two  or  three  of  their  assailants  along  the  board,  and 
even  to  fly  off  with  them,  they  are  unable  to  avoid 
the  mortal  thrust  of  their  formidable  stings,  and  ex- 
pire instantaneously  from  the  effects  of  the  poison. 
But  death  overtakes  them  in  various  forms ;  for 
their  enemies  sometimes  seize  them  by  the  wings, 
and  with  their  strong  mandibles  gnaw  them  at  the 
roots,  and  disable  them  from  flying.  They  may  then 
be  seen  in  numbers  crawling  on  the  ground,  where 
they  perish  from  the  cold,  or  are  trampled  under 
foot,  and  devoured  by  birds  or  frogs.  Such  as  escape 
for  a  while,  may  be  seen  flying  from  destruction, 
lighting  on  the  shrubs  and  flowers  to  enjoy  a  mo- 
ment's respite  from  their  terrors ;  or  buzzing  about 
our  windows,  or  wandering  about  from  hive  to  hive, 
into  one  of  which  they  no  sooner  enter,  than  certain 
death  awaits  them.  Nay,  so  bitter  is  the  fury  of 
their  tormentors,  that,  not  satisfied  with  destroying 
these  unhappy  beings  themselves,  they  tear  from 
the  cells  such  of  the  doomed  race  as  are  yet  in  the 
state  of  larvae,  and  sucking  from  their  bodies,  with 
instinctive  economy,  the  fluids  they  contain,  cast  the 


THE  HONEY-BEE.  73 

lifeless  remains  out  of  the  hive.  There  are  cases 
however,  in  which  this  destruction  of  males  does 
not  take  place.  fc  In  hives  that  have  lost  their 
queen/'  says  Huber,  "the  males  are  spared;  and, 
while  a  savage  massacre  rages  in  other  hives,  they 
here  find  an  asylum.  They  are  tolerated  and  fed, 
and  many  are  seen  even  in  the  middle  of  January." 
The  cause  of  this  may  perhaps  he  looked  for  in  the 
additional  heat  which  they  would  generate  in  winter ; 
or  perhaps  they  may  he  preserved  for  the  purpose  of 
pairing  with  a  new  queen. 

On  the  Impregnation  of  the  Queen-Bee. — In  look- 
ing into  a  hive  in  spring  or  summer,  the  Queen  will 
be  seen  laying  eggs  in  the  cells ;  in  the  smaller  cells, 
those  of  workers,  and  in  the  larger  those  of  males  or 
drones.  These  eggs,  if  examined  on  the  fourth  day 
from  their  being  deposited,  will  be  found  hatched, 
and  a  small  worm  produced,  which  is  floating  in  a 
whitish  liquid,  ascertained  to  be  food  introduced  foi 
the  nourishment  of  the  infant  brood;  and  in  due 
time  a  perfect  bee  emerges  from  the  cell.  But  how 
is  this  living  animal  generated  ?  The  Queen  lays 
the  egg  without  doubt,  and  the  insect  is  evolved 
from  it ;  but  Low  is  the  egg  fecundated  or  rendered 
fertile?  Has  the  Queen  had  personal  union  with 
the  male  ?  No  one  can  speak  positively  to  such  a 
fact ;  by  what  other  means,  then,  is  this  effect  pro- 
duced? 

The  impregnation  of  the  Queen-Bee  is  a  branch  of 
Natural  History  which  has  given  rise  to  more  dis- 
cussion than  almost  any  other  fact,  connected  with 


74  THE  FUNCTIONS  OF  BEES. 

the  nature  of  the  insect.  And  indeed  the  difficulty, 
we  might  almost  say  impossibility  of  obtaining  any 
thing  like  ocular  evidence  on  the  subject,  will  readily 
account  for  the  diversity  of  opinion  that  has  hitherto 
prevailed.  And  we  should  hope  that  this  difficulty 
alone,  and  not  any  preconceived  theory  or  unreason- 
able prejudice,  is  the  cause  of  that  determined  per- 
tinacity with  which  the  discoveries  and  conclusions 
of  Huber,  on  this  subject,  are  still  in  some  instances 
rejected.  That  justly  celebrated  Naturalist,  insti- 
tuted a  set  of  experiments  on  the  subject  of  the 
queen's  impregnation,  the  result  of  which  leads  to  the 
conclusion  that  it  takes  place  in  the  air.  For  an  ac- 
count of  these  experiments,  we  must  refer  our  read- 
ers to  his  Observations,  page  18. 

Retarded  Impregnation. — There  is  a  fact  connect- 
ed with  this  part  of  the  natural  history  of  the  mother 
bee  which  involves  great  difficulties.  The  fact  itself 
was  discovered  by  Huber,  but  its  cause  he  was  unable 
to  develope,  and  no  succeeding  naturalist  has  been 
able  to  free  it  from  the  obscurity  in  which  he  has  left 
it, — we  mean  the  effects  of  Retarded  Impregnation. 
These  effects  are  such  as  we  could  hardly  credit,  were 
not  the  fact  confirmed  by  numerous  experiments.  If 
impregnation  be  delayed  longer  than  twenty  days 
from  the  Queen's  birth,  the  consequence  is  that  none 
but  male  eggs  are  laid,  even  during  the  whole  of  the 
Queen's  life.  This  phenomenon  has  baffled  every 
attempt  to  explain  its  cause.  "  There  are  mysteries/' 
observes  Feburier,  "  in  the  operations  of  nature,  both 
in  reference  to  the  rational  and  irrational  creation, 


THE  HONEY-BEE.  75 

which  will,  probably,  for  ever  remain  inscrutable  to 
man."  In  the  natural  state  of  things,  that  is,  when 
fecundation  has  not  been  postponed,  the  Queen  lays 
the  eggs  of  workers  in  forty-six  hours  after  her  union 
with  the  male,  and  continues  for  the  subsequent  eleven 
months  to  produce  these  alone,  and  it  is  only  after  this 
period  that  a  considerable  laying  of  the  eggs  of  drones 
commences.  These  male  eggs  require  eleven  months 
to  attain  to  maturity,  but,  under  the  effects  of  retarda- 
tion, they  are  matured  in  forty-six  hours.  The  eggs  c/ 
workers,|which,  in  the  usual  state  of  things,  would  havi 
been  laid  first,  never  come  to  light ;  their  vitality  has 
been  destroyed  by  some  vitiation  which  has  taken  place, 
and  the  cause  of  which  has  not  yet  been  discovered. 
Huber,  in  reasoning  on  the  subject,  and  contemplating 
the  difficulty  attending  it,  declares  it  to  be  "  an  abyss 
in  which  he  is  lost/'  There  is  another  circumstance 
which  he  has  not  adverted  to,  and  which  seems  to 
increase  these  difficulties.  He  asserts  that  before  a 
Queen  commences  her  great  laying  of  male-eggs,  she 
must  be  eleven  months  old.  But  he  acknowledges 
that  "  a  Queen,  hatched  in  spring,  will  perhaps  lay 
fifty  or  sixty  eggs  of  drones  in  whole,  during  the  course 
of  the  ensuing  summer."  *  We  know  this  to  be  true 
from  our  own  experience ;  and  also  as  the  usual  con- 
sequence of  this  appearance  of  male-eggs,  that  the 
Bees  commence  building  royal  cells, — the  Queen  lays 
in  them,  and  swarming  takes  place.  Now  this  partial 
laying  of  drone-eggs  takes  place  only  in  the  case  of 
very  early  swarms ;  and  if  the  weather  be  unfavour- 
*  Huber,  page  169. 


76  THE  BROOD. 

able,  it  does  not  happen  even  in  them.  But  if  in  the 
natural  state,,  the  space  of  eleven  months  be  necessary 
for  the  male-eggs  to  acquire  that  degree  of  increment 
they  must  have  attained  when  laid,  how  are  we  to 
explain  the  fact  of  two  or  three  score  of  these  male- 
eggs  making  their  appearance  before  the  Mother-bee 
is  six  weeks  old  ?  Leaving  this  matter  in  the  obscu- 
rity which  we  cannot  dispel,  we  have  only  farther  to 
observe,  that  in  every  case  of  retarded  impregnation 
the  instinct  of  the  Queen  appears  to  be  greatly  im- 
paired. She  lays  her  eggs  indiscriminately  in  drone 
and  worker  cells ;  now  and  then  even  in  royal  cells  ; 
and  does  not  evince  that  jealousy  and  irritable  temper- 
ament towards  her  rivals,  which,  in  the  natural  state, 
characterize  the  Queen. 

Of  the  Brood. — In  forty-six  hours  after  impregna- 
tion, the  Queen-bee,  as  already  noticed,  begins  to  lay 
the  eggs  of  workers,  and  continues  to  do  so  without 
interruption  throughout  the  season,  at  the  rate  of 
between  100  and  200  a  day,  unless  cold  weather  in- 
tervene, when  her  operations  are  suspended,  as  well 
as  the  hatching  retarded  of  the  eggs  already  laid. 
The  fruitfulness  of  the  mother-bee  is  indeed  aston- 
ishing. It  has  been  computed  that  the  numbers  pro- 
duced in  a  hive  by  one  Queen  during  the  laying  sea- 
son, amount  to  100,000  ;  and  we  are  satisfied  the 
computation  is  correct.  In  the  beginning  of  the  year 
it  is  a  tolerably  good  stock  hive  which  possesses  a 
population  of  2000  or  3000.  Yet  that  same  hive 
shall  in  June  throw  off  swarms  amounting  to  40,000 
or  50,000  ;  in  many  cases  the  first  swarm  itself,  and 


THE  HONEY  BEE.  77 

in  some  even  the  casl  or  second  swarm  throws  off  a 
colony  of  10,000  or  12,000 ;  and  still,  at  the  end  of 
harvest,  this  original  stock -hive  shall  exhibit  a  popu- 
lation of  1 8,000  or  20,000.  Add  to  all  this,  in  some 
instances,  though  rdre,  a  first  swarm  throws  off  two 
colonies. 

Before  depositing  her  egg,  the  Queen  carefully 
examines  the  cell,  inserting  her  head  into  it,  and 
keeping  it  there  for  a  second  or  two ;  and,  as  already 
stated  (page  63),  after  having  laid  a  few  eggs  on  one 
side  of  the  comh,  proceeds  to  the  other  side,  and  with 
a  view  probably  of  economizing  heat,  supplies  the 
corresponding  cells  upon  that  side.  Her  impatience 
or  necessity  to  commence  laying  is  such,  that  in 
newly-established  hive  eggs  will  be  found  before  there 
are  three  inches  square  of  comb  constructed,  and  even 
before  the  cells  have  attained  their  full  depth.  And 
in  a  well-peopled  hive,  even  during  winter,  and  while 
the  temperature  is  chilled  by  the  frosts  and  snows  of 
January,  and  the  bleak  winds  of  the  following  month, 
the  indefatigable  Mother-bee  is  found  busied  in  de- 
positing eggs.  We  have  said  that  the  Queen  begins 
laying  eggs  forty-six  hours  after  impregnation.  This 
does  not  hold  true  invariably.  A  sudden  change  of 
temperature  may  prolong  the  interval  to  a  very  con- 
siderable extent.  Huber  had  a  Queen  impregnated 
in  October,  which,  on  account  of  the  inclemency  of 
the  season,  did  not  begin  laying  till  the  following 
spring. 

The  eggs,  when  laid,  remain  fixed  on  the  superior 
angle  of  the  cell,  to  which  they  are  attached  by  a 


78  THE  BROOD. 

viscoas  matter  covering  them,  for  three  days ;  on  the 
fourth,  the  shell,  or  thin  enveloping  membrane, 
bursts,  and  a  small  lively  worm  is  deposited  at  the 
bottom.  The  nursing-bees  instantly  enter  upon  their 
vocation,  and  administer  a  copious  supply  of  liquid 
food — of  which  farina,  honey,  and  probably  water, 
are  the  ingredients.  As  the  larva  increases  in  growth, 
the  attention  of  the  Bees  in  nourishing  it  is  augmented, 
and  indeed  unremitting ;  for  at  whatever  time  we  in- 
spect a  brood-comb,  we  shall  observe  hundreds  of 
nurses  with  their  bodies  inserted  in  the  cells  supply- 
ing the  wants  of  the  infant  progeny.  Although  in 
the  vermicular  state,  and  consequently  without  feet, 
the  larvae  are  capable  of  moving  in  a  spiral  direction. 
During  the  first  three  days,  their  motion  is  so  slow  as 
to  be  scarcely  perceptible,  but  it  afterwards  becomes 
more  evident,  and  they  have  been  observed  to  per- 
form two  complete  revolutions  in  less  than  two  hours. 
The  slightest  movement  of  the  nurse-bees  approach- 
ing to  minister  to  their  wants,  is  sufficient  to  attract 
them  to  their  food,  which  they  devour  most  vora- 
ciously, and  it  is  unsparingly  lavished  upon  them. 
At  first  the  liquor  is  nearly  insipid,  but  acquires  gra- 
dually a  perceptible  flavour  of  honey,  and  becomes 
more  and  more  saccharine  and  transparent  in  pro- 
portion as  the  larva  advances  in  growth.  "  It  is  in- 
describable/' says  Feburier,  "  the  care  which  the 
workers  lavish  on  these  little  nurslings,  towards  whom 
they  seem  to  cherish  the  tenderest  attachment.  A 
comb  filled  with  brood,  and  placed  in  an  empty  hive, 
never  fails  to  retain  them  there,  to  the  utter  disregard 


THE  HONEY  BEE  79 

of  the  loss  of  their  stores.  The  tenderest  mother 
could  not  watch  over  her  children  with  more  affec- 
tion, nor  supply  them  with  nourishment  more  impar- 
tially, or  in  greater  abundance.  At  the  same  time  it 
is  done  without  waste,  for  the  quantity  is  so  propor- 
tioned to  the  demand,  that  none  of  it  remains  in  the 
cells  where  the  larvae  undergo  their  transformation  to 
the  nymph  state."  * 

At  the  moment  of  being  hatched,  the  insect  pre- 
sents the  appearance  of  a  small  straight  worm,  com- 
posed of  several  ventral  wings.  It  quickly  grows 
so  as  to  touch  the  sides  of  the  cell,  when  it  con- 
tracts its  body,  and  coils  itself  into  a  semicircular 
figure,  and  continues  enlarging  its  dimensions  till  the 
extremities  meet,  and  form  a  complete  ring.  In  this 
state  it  continues,  receiving  food  from  its  nurses  fo» 
five  days,  when  it  ceases  to  eat ;  its  supplies  are,  of 
course,  cut  off,  and  the  bees  proceed  to  seal  up  the 
cell  with  a  waxen  cover,  of  a  brownish  colour,  and 
slightly  convex.  Thus  left  to  itself,  the  larva  begins 
spinning  around  its  body,  after  the  manner  of  the 
silk-worm,  a  fine  silken  film  or  cocoon,  which  com- 
pletely envelops  it.  "  The  silken  thread  employed 
in  forming  this  covering,"  Kirby  and  Spence  tell  us, 
fi  proceeds  from  the  middle  part  of  the  under  lip,  and 
is  in  fact  composed  of  two  threads,  gummed  together,, 
as  they  issue  from  the  two  adjoining  orifices  of  the 
spinner."  In  the  formation  of  its  cocoon,  the  larva 
occupies  thirty-six  hours,  and  in  three  days  after,  it 
is  metamorphosed  into  a  nymph  or  pupa — terms  ap- 
*  TraitS  des  Abeilles. 


80  THE  BROOD. 

plied  to  the  mummy-like  .state  to  which  the  larva  is 
subjected,  previous  to  its  becoming  a  perfect  insect, 
or  imago,  as  it  is  termed. 

During  this  state  of  concealment,  various  changes 
happen  to  the  enclosed  insect.*  The  first  change  in 
its  situation  is  its  ceasing  to  continue  in  that  coiled 
position  in  which  it  originally  lay  at  the  bottom  of 
the  cell,  and  extending  itself  along  its  whole  length 
with  its  head  in  the  direction  of  the  mouth  of  the 
cell.  The  head  begins  to  appear  from  the  inert- 
looking  mass,  having  a  small  protuberance,  probably 
the  rudiment  of  the  proboscis ;  the  first  lineaments 
of  the  feet  also  appear,  though  of  diminutive  size. 
After  the  head  is  formed,  and  the  proboscis  prolonged, 
all  the  other  parts  display  themselves  successively 
and  the  worm  is  changed  into  the  perfect  insect,  ex- 
cept that  its  outer  covering  is  yet  white  and  soft,  and 
has  not  that  dark  scaly  texture  which,  as  a  proper 
coat  of  defence,  it  afterwards  acquires.  By  this  trans- 
formation the  larva  becomes  divested  of  its  cocoon, 
which  is  attached  so  closely  to  the  internal  surface 
of  the  cell,  that  it  appears  to  form  part  of  its  substance, 
and  adds  considerably  to  its  thickness.  These  linings 
are  sometimes  found  to  the  number  of  seven  or  eight, 
adhering  to  the  sides  of  the  cell,  and  have  an  injurious 
effect  often,  diminishing,  as  they  do,  the  cell's  capa- 
city, and  exciting,  by  their  strong  smell,  the  attacks 
of  moths  and  other  enemies.  The  number  of  linings 
found  adhering  to  a  cell,  and  which  may  be  disjoined 
by  soaking  the  comb  in  water,  indicates  the  number 
*  Wildmaa 


THE  HONEY-BEE.  81 

of  bees  to  which  it  has  been  the  birth-place.*  The 
Bee,  thus  stripped  of  its  silken  envelope,  and  having 
all  its  parts  unfolded  by  degrees,  and  changed  through 
a  succession  of  colours,  from  a  dull  white  to  black, 
arrives  at  the  state  of  a  perfect  insect  on  the  20th 
day,  counting  from  the  moment  the  egg  is  laid.  She 
then  eagerly  commences  the  operation  of  cutting 
through,  with  her  mandibles,  the  cover  of  her  cell, 
and  in  half  an  hour  succeeds  in  escaping  from  her 
prison.  On  quitting  her  cradle  she  appears,  for  a 
few  seconds,  drowsy  and  listless,  but  soon  assumes 
the  agility  natural  to  the  race — and  on  the  same  day 
on  which  she  has  emerged  from  her  prison,  sets  out 
with  her  seniors  to  engage  in  the  labours  of  the  field. 
Some  of  the  ancient  Bee-masters  enlarge  on  the 
attention  paid  by  the  seniors  to  the  young  worker  on 
emerging  from  her  prison,  describing  them  as  licking 
her  body,  supplying  her  with  food,  and  seeming  to 
instruct  her  in  what  is  necessary  to  render  her  a  use- 
ful member  of  the  community.  These  descriptions 
have  been  repeated  by  succeeding  writers  on  the  sub- 
ject ;  and  the  existence  of  these  amiable  traits  in  the 
kind  nurses  of  the  young,  is  taken  for  granted  as  an 
indubitable  fact  in  their  natural  history.  We  have 
reason,  in  consequence  of  repeated  observations,  to 

*  The  late  Dr.  Barclay  of  Edinburgh,  imagined  he  had 
discovered  that  the  partitions  of  the  bee-cells  are  double,  and 
regarded  this  circumstance  as  an  additional  instance  of  the 
wonderful  architectural  powers  of  the  Bee.  It  is  not  impro- 
bable that  what  he  considered  to  be  separate  laminae  of  wax. 
are  but  the  silken  linings  of  the  cells. 


82  THE  BROOD. 

disbelieve  the  alleged  fact,  and  must,  in  accordance 
with  the  truth,  withhold  from  our  favourites  the  un- 
merited eulogiums  they  have  received  on  this  head. 
They  are,  in  fact,  in  this  particular,  harsh  and  unfeel- 
ing in  the  extreme.  In  hundreds  of  instances  have 
we  seen  and  pitied  the  infant  insect,  when  after  having 
long  struggled  to  get  out  of  its  cradle,  it  has  at  last 
succeeded  so  far  as  to  extrude  the  head ;  and  when 
labouring  with  the  most  eager  impatience,  and  on  the 
very  point  of  extricating  the  shoulders  also,  which 
would  at  once  secure  its  exit,  a  dozen  or  two  of 
workers,  in  following  their  avocations,  trample  with- 
out ceremony  over  the  struggling  creature,  which  is 
then  forced,  for  the  safety  of  its  head,  to  pop  quickly 
down  into  its  cell,  and  wait  till  the  unfeeling  crowd 
pass  on,  before  it  can  renew  its  efforts  to  escape. 
Again  and  again  are  the  same  impatient  exertions  re- 
peated by  the  same  individual,  and  with  similar  mor- 
tifying interruptions,  before  it  succeeds  in  obtaining 
its  freedom.  Not  the  slightest  attention  or  sympathy 
is  observable  on  the  part  of  the  workers  in  these  cir- 
cumstances ;  nor  did  we  ever,  in  a  single  instance, 
witness  the  kind  parental  cares  which  seem  to  owe 
their  existence  to  the  fancy  of  the  writers  alluded  to. 
During  the  larva-stage,  as  we  have  shewn,  the  soli^ 
citude  of  the  workers  about  the  welfare  and  nourish- 
ment of  their  infant  charge  is  extreme ;  but  from  the 
moment  they  have  sealed  up  the  cell,  and  while  the 
larva  is  undergoing  its  transformation,  they  seem  to 
cease  from  every  thing  like  individual  attention  ;  and. 
though  when  a  brood-comb  is  meddled  with,  their 


THE  HONEY-BEE.  83 

utmost  ire  is  kindled  against  the  invader,  as  far  as 
concerns  the  reception  of  the  newly-hatched  insetvs 
and  its  introduction  to  the  duties  and  avocations  of 
the  Bee-community,  they  appear  altogether  selfish 
and  indifferent.  There  is  another  case  in  which  this 
indifference  appears  very  striking :  a  sudden  change 
of  weather  about  the  end  of  autumn,  from  a  mild 
temperature  to  raw  frost,  has  such  an  immediate 
effect  on  the  brood,  that  it  is  not  uncommon  to  ob- 
serve a  young  bee,  which  shall  have  so  far  succeeded 
in  breaking  its  prison,  as  to  extricate  its  head,  and 
nearly  its  shoulders,  yet  perishing  from  cold  in  this 
situation,  without  the  slightest  effort  on  the  part  of 
the  workers  to  save  the  life  of  a  companion  whose 
rearing  has  already  cost  them  so  much  labour. 

Immediately  after  the  young  bee  has  issued  from 
the  cell,  the  workers  hasten  to  clean  it  out,  clear 
away  the  ragged  remains  of  the  cover,  fortify  it  anew 
with  the  usual  strong  bordering  of  wax,  and  thus  pre- 
pare it  for  the  reception  of  another  egg,  or  of  honey 
or  farina. 

We  have  hitherto  confined  our  observations  to  the 
progress  of  a  worker)  from  the  egg  to  the  state  of  the 
perfect  insect.  The  same  process  takes  place  in  the 
case  of  the  Males  and  of  the  Queen,  though  with 
some  difference  as  to  the  time  occupied  in  the  trans- 
formation. Like  those  of  the  common  bees,  the  eggs 
of  Males  are  hatched  in  three  days ;  the  larva  state 
continues  six  and  a  half  days,  and  after  having  formed 
their  cocoon,  and  been  ir  °tamorphosed  into  nymphs, 


84  THE  BROOD. 

they  attain  to  the  state  of  perfect  insects  on  the 
twenty-fourth  day. 

We  may  briefly  notice  here  the  statement  of  Huher 
respecting  the  order  in  which  the  different  kinds  of 
eggs  are  arranged  in  the  ovarium  of  the  Queen,,  and 
the  law  which  regulates  her  laying.  He  says,  that 
"nature  does  not  allow  the  Queen  the  choice  of  the 
eggs  she  is  to  lay ;"  that  "  it  is  ordained  she  shall,  at 
a  certain  time  of  the  year,  produce  those  of  males, 
and,  at  another  time,  the  eggs  of  workers  ;  an  order 
which  cannot  be  inverted ; "  that  "  the  eggs  are  not 
indiscriminately  mixed  in  the  ovaries  of  the  Queen, 
but  arranged  so  that  at  a  particular  season  she  can 
lay  only  a  certain  kind;"  that  "she  can  lay  no  male 
eggs  until  those  of  the  workers,  occupying  the  first 
place  in  the  oviducts,  are  discharged/'*  We  do 
not  mean  to  question  this  statement,  as  holding  true 
generally,  but  we  think  it  made  in  terms  too  unquali- 
fied, and  that  there  are  palpable  and  frequent  excep- 
tions. He'has  himself  acknowledged  elsewhere  that 
a  Queen  hatched  in  spring  will  sometimes  lay  fifty  or 
sixty  eggs  of  males  during  the  course  of  the  ensuing 
summer,  and  we  have  repeatedly  witnessed  the  fact. 
Now,  this  takes  place  only  in  certain  circumstances, 
and  under  certain  conditions,  namely,  that  the  family 
of  the  Queen  so  laying  shall  have  been  a  very  early 
swarm,  that  it  shall  abound  in  population,  and  that 
the  season  shall  be  genial,  and  the  secretion  of  honey 
in  the  flowers  plentiful.  In  such  a  favourable  junc- 
ture of  circumstances,  it  almost  invariably  happens 
*  Huber,  44  and  136. 


THE  HONEY-BEE.  85 

that  the  Queen  lays  male  eggs,  and  that,  as  the  natu- 
ral consequence,  royal  cells  are  built,  in  which  she 
lays,  and,  in  due  time,  she  leads  off  a  swarm.  Now, 
does  not  this  fact  seem  to  imply  that  there  is  no  such 
arbitrary  arrangement  of  the  several  kinds  of  eggs  as 
Huber  imagines  ?  and  if  it  would  be  stretching  the 
inference  too  far  to  say,  that  the  Queen  has  the  power 
of  laying  those  of  males  or  of  workers  as  circumstances 
may  require, — does  it  not  imply  that  the  statement  of 
Huber  may  admit  of  very  important  and  frequent 
exceptions  ? 

About  the  twentieth  day  from  the  commencement 
of  the  laying  of  male  eggs,  the  bees  begin  to  lay  the 
foundations  of  royal  cells,  and  the  Queen  having  re- 
sumed laying  female  eggs,  deposits  them,  at  intervals 
of  one  or  two  days,  in  these  cells,  from  which  are 
hatched,  in  due  time,  other  Queens.  This  regular 
process  is,  however,  sometimes  interrupted : — if  the 
Queen  be  not  a  fertile  one,  and  the  colony  is,  in  con- 
sequence, weak  in  population ;  if  the  hive  or  domicile 
itself  be  large  in  proportion  to  the  number  of  its  in- 
habitants ;  or  if  the  temperature  of  the  season  has  been 
such  as  to  interfere  with  the  copious  collection  of 
honey  or  farina,  in  these  circumstances  no  male  eggs 
will  be  laid,  no  royal  cells  founded,  and  no  swarms 
will  issue.  But,  in  favourable  circumstances,  the 
laying  of  royal  eggs  takes  place  regularly  during  the 
laying  of  those  of  males,  and  swarming  is  the  conse- 
quence. The  royal  cell  (PI.  VI.)  is  an  inch  in  depth,  and 
it  has  been  considered  difficult  to  comprehend  how  the 
body  of  the  Queen  can  reach  the  bottom,  so  as  to 


8fl  THE  BROOD. 

attach  the  egg  to  it ;  hut,  in  fact,  the  Queen  lays 
when  the  cell  is  merely  founded,  and  not  deeper  than 
that  of  a  common  bee,  and  it  is  not  until  the  precious 
deposit  has  heen  made,,  that  the  workers  lengthen  it 
to  the  full  size.  The  egg  destined  to  produce  a 
Queen,  like  that  which  is  laid  in  a  drone-cell  and  that 
of  a  worker,  is  three  days  old  before  it  is  hatched  ;  as 
soon  as  this  takes  place,  the  royal  larva  becomes  an  ob- 
ject of  devoted  attention  to  the  bees,  who  watch  over 
and  feed  it  with  unremitting  attention  and  care.  "  It 
is  difficult,"  says  M.  Feburier,  "  to  form  an  idea  of  the 
anxious  care  and  attention  bestowed  by  the  bees 
on  the  royal  larva.  The  comparison  of  the  affection 
of  a  mother  for  an  only  child  can  alone  furnish  any 
thing  like  a  conception  of  it.  They  seem  to  feel  that 
their  own  fate  is  involved  in  that  of  their  young  sove- 
reign; they  feed  her  with  a  jelly  different  from  that 
which  is  destined  for  the  workers  and  males  ;  it  is 
more  pungent,  and  moderately  acid ;  and  they  supply 
it  in  such  profusion  that  she  is  unable  to  consume 
it  all,  for,  after  her  transformation,  some  remains  of 
it  are  found  at  the  bottom  of  the  cell." 

At  the  end  of  the  fifth  day  of  the  larva  state,  the 
royal  cell  is  closed,  and  the  inhabitant  begins  spinning 
her  cocoon.  It  is  worthy  of  remark,  that  this  cover- 
ing is  left  incomplete,  unlike  those  of  the  workers  and 
males,  which  inclose  the  whole  body.  This  fact 
beautifully  demonstrates  the  admirable  art  with  which 
the  Author  of  nature  has  connected  the  various  cha- 
racteristics of  this  interesting  tribe  of  his  creatures. 
And  the  fact  now  under  consideration  is  one  of  no 


THE  HONEY-BEE.  87 

small  importance  in  bee-economy;  for.,  were  the 
Queen's  cocoon  completely  to  envelope  her  body,,  her 
destruction  by  her  rivals  would  be  rendered  extremely 
difficult ;  the  texture  of  the  covering  is  so  close,  that 
the  sting  would  be  unable  to  penetrate  it,  or,  if  the 
attempt  were  made,  it  might  be  entangled  by  its  barbs 
in  the  meshes  of  the  cocoon,  and  the  struggling  female, 
unable  to  disengage  it,  would  become  the  victim  of 
her  own  fury.  In  spinning  the  cocoon,  the  Queen 
spends  only  24  hours ;  she  remains  in  a  death-like 
torpidity  between  two  and  three  days,  is  then  meta- 
morphosed into  a  nymph,  and,  after  remaining  in  that 
state  four  days  and  a  half,  she  comes  forth  a  perfect 
Queen  on  the  sixteenth  day.  In  the  case  of  the  wor- 
kers and  males,  the  transformation  is  no  sooner  com- 
pleted than  they  are  at  liberty  to  abandon  the  confine- 
ment of  the  cradle,  and  hasten, — the  former,  at  least, 
—to  partake  of  the  labours  of  the  community,  and 
to  range  the  fields  and  *  flower-gardens  in  the  very 
plenitude  of  bee-enjoyment.  But  the  case  is  different 
with  the  young  Queens ;  like  other  sovereigns,  they 
pay  the  tax  of  their  high  estate  in  having  their  inclin- 
ations put  under  restraint  for  the  public  good.  The 
royal  insect  is  not  permitted  to  leave  the  cell,  and, 
as  generally  happens,  to  lead  off  a  swarm,  unless  the 
weather  be  very  favourable.  Were  she  to  obtain  her 
liberty,  while,  at  the  same  time,  emigration  was 
prevented  by  the  state  of  the  external  atmosphere, 
or  other  circumstances,  there  would  be  a  plurality  of 
Queens  in  the  hive,  and  mortal  strife  would  ensue. 
The  young  Queen,  therefore,  is  detained  a  captive, 


88  ARTIFICIAL  QUEENS. 

and  the  workers,,  piercing  a  hole  in  the  cover  of  the 
cell,  insert  their  probosces,  and  supply  her  with  food 
during  her  captivity. 

On  the  conversion  of  the  larva  of  a  Worker  into  a 
Queen. — Bees,  when  deprived  of  their  Queen,  are 
endowed  hy  nature  with  the  power  of  remedying  this 
calamity,  by  converting  a  worker  larva  into  a  royal 
one  ;  and,  hy  means  of  a  cell  of  a  larger  size,  and  of  a 
peculiar  kind  of  nourishment,  of  producing  a  female 
that  shall  be,  to  all  intents  and  purposes,  a  Queen  or 
mother-bee,  capable  of  perpetuating  her  kind.  The 
discovery  of  this  singular  fact  is  generally  attributed 
to  Schirach,  and,  probably,  with  justice ;  for,  although 
the  practice  of  making  artificial  swarms,  which  can 
only  be  effected  by  causing  the  production  of  artificial 
Queens,  is  said  to  have  prevailed  amongst  the  modern 
Greeks  and  Italians  from  a  very  early  period,  it  does 
not  follow,  nor  does  it  appear  from  any  authentic 
documents,  that  they  were  aware  of  the  reason  why. 
The  manner  in  which  Schirach  made  the  discovery  is 
interesting : — Having  used  a  great  quantity  of  smoke 
in  some  of  his  operations,  the  bees  were  so  annoyed 
by  it  that  numbers  of  them  left  the  hive,  and,  amongst 
them,  the  Queen.  Knowing  the  consequences  of  her 
loss,  he  sought  for  her  diligently,  but  in  vain.  Next 
morning  he  observed  a  cluster  of  bees  about  the  size 
of  an  apple  on  the  prop  of  the  hive  whose  Queen  had 
fled ;  here  he  discovered  a  Queen,  and,  having  carried 
her  to  the  entrance  of  the  hive  which  had  lost  its  own, 
she  was  immediately  surrounded  by  the  bees,  and 
treated  in  such  a  manner  as  plainly  announced  that 


THE  HONEY-BEE.  89 

she  was  tlieir  Queen.  ' '  What  was  my  astonishment," 
he  proceeds,  "  when,  wishing  to  introduce  her  among 
the  combs,  I  saw  that  the  hees  remaining  had  already 
planned  and  almost  finished  three  royal  cells !  Struck 
with  the  activity  and  sagacity  of  these  creatures,  to 
save  themselves  from  impending  distruction,  I  was 
filled  with  admiration,  and  adored  the  infinite  goodness 
of  God  in  the  care  taken  to  perpetuate  his  works. 
Having  carried  away  two  of  the  cells  to  ascertain 
whether  the  hees  would  continue  their  operations, 
I  beheld,  next  morning,  with  the  utmost  surprise, 
that  they  had  removed  all  the  food  from  around  the 
third  worm  left  behind,  on  purpose  to  prevent  its 
conversion  to  a  Queen."  The  fact  of  this  power 
possessed  by  the  bees  is  so  extraordinary,  that  its 
reality  was  at  first  called  in  question  by  several  emi- 
nent naturalists,  among  others,  by  the  justly  cele- 
brated Bonnet.  This  naturalist  was  at  last,  however, 
convinced  of  its  reality  by  experiments  instituted  by 
himself,  and,  satisfied  that  all  the  working-bees  are 
females  of  imperfect  organisation,  expressed  his  opi- 
nion that  the  evolution  of  the  germ  is  effected  by 
the  action  of  the  prolific  matter  as  a  stimulant,  as 
a  substantial  nutriment  suitable  for  that  purpose ;  and 
he  supposes  that  a  certain  quality  of  food,  administered 
more  copiously  than  in  ordinary  cases,  may  unfold 
those  organs  in  the  larvae  of  bees  that  never  would 
have  appeared  without  it.  He  conceived,  also,  that 
a  habitation,  like  a  Queen-cell,  considerably  more 
spacious,  and  differently  placed,  is  absolutely  neces- 
sary to  the  complete  developement,  of  organs,  which 


90  ARTIFICIAL  QUEENS. 

the  new  nutriment  may  cause  to  grow  in  all  directions. 
It  furnishes  a  surprising  evidence  of  the  slow  degrees 
by  which  scientific  facts  make  their  way,  if  not  essen- 
tial to  general  utility,  when  we  consider  that  to  this 
day,  the  knowledge  of  this  singularity  in  the  natural 
history  of  this  insect,  is  confined  almost  exclusively 
to  apiarians,  and  even  rejected  by  some  of  them. 
It  has,  however,  been  confirmed  by  so  many  experi- 
ments instituted  by  many  different  individuals,  that 
no  unprejudiced  mind  can  withhold  its  assent  from 
its  truth.  Extraordinary,  however,  as  this  fact  is, 
it  is  not  more  so  than  many  others  which  have  not 
attracted  our  particular  notice,  merely  because  they 
are  familiar  to  us.  "  If  we  preserve  the  seed  of  a 
plant,"  says  Feburier,  "for  a  series  of  years,  and 
supply  it  with  different  nourishment  and  soil,  and 
bestow  upon  it  different  treatment  from  that  which 
was  destined  for  it  by  nature,  we  destroy  its  powers 
of  fecundity;  the  flower  no  longer  possesses  pistils 
or  stamina,  petals  replace  them,  and  announce  the 
sterility  of  the  plant/'  Something  analogous  to  this 
holds  true,  it  is  said,  in  the  case  of  one  of  our  domestic 
quadrupeds.  We  find  the  twin-calf,  stinted  as  it  has 
been  for  room  in  the  ovarium  of  its  mother,  and  the 
recipient  of  but  half  the  nourishment  which  would 
otherwise  have  fallen  to  its  share,  becomes  in  after 
years  a  barren  cow.  In  the  case  of  the  bee, ' e  the  egg 
of  a  worker,  placed  in  a  royal  cell,  only  produces 
an  insect  which  has  its  powers  more  fully  developed, 
in  proportion  to  the  ampler  space  which  it  occupies^ 
but  it  acquires  no  new  powers.  The  germ  of  the  ovary 


THE  HONEY-BEE.  91 

existed  originally  in  the  common  lee  as  well  as  in  the 
mother-bee,  but  the  confined  limits  of  its  cell,  and 
the  want  of  the  peculiar  food  provided  for  the  royal 
race  prevented  its  developement." 

The  proceedings  of  the  hees  in  order  to  supply 
the  loss  of  their  Queen,  are  extremely  interesting.  In 
about  twenty-four  hours  they  are  aware  of  the  misfor- 
tune that  has  befallen  them,  and,  without  loss  of  time, 
they  set  about  repairing  the  disaster.  They  fix  upon 
a  worm  not  more  than  three  days  old,  demolish  the 
three  contiguous  cells,  and  raise  around  it  a  regular 
cylindrical  inclosure.  At  the  end  of  three  days,  the 
workers  change  the  direction  of  the  cell,  which  has 
hitherto  been  horizontal,  into  a  perpendicular  position, 
working  downwards  till  it  assume  the  appearance  of 
a  stalactite.  In  due  time  it  is  sealed,  and  the  larva 
undergoes  its  metamorphosis  into  a  royal  nymph.  Hu- 
ber  gives  a  detail  of  some  interesting  experiments  on 
this  head,  the  substance  only  of  which  we  can  pre- 
sent to  our  readers.  He  deprived  a  hive  of  its 
Queen,  and  put  into  it  some  pieces  of  comb  con- 
taining worker  eggs.  The  same  day  several  cells  were 
enlarged  by  the  bees,  and  converted  into  royal  cells, 
and  the  larvae  supplied  with  a  profusion  of  jelly.  He 
then  removed  these  worms  from  the  royal  cells,  and 
substituted  for  them  as  many  common  worms  from 
workers'  cells.  The  bees  did  not  seem  aware  of  the 
change,  they  watched  over  the  new  worms  as  intently 
as  over  those  chosen  by  themselves ;  they  continued 
enlarging  the  cells,  and  closed  them  at  the  usual  time. 
At  the  proper  time,  two  Queens  were  hatched,  almost 


92  ARTIFICIAL  QUEENS. 

at  the  same  moment,  of  the  largest  size,  and  well 
formed  in  every  respect.  Nothing  could  he  more 
conclusive  than  this  experiment.  It  demonstrated  that 
bees  have  the  power  of  converting  the  worms  of  wor- 
kers into  Queens,  since  they  succeeded  in  procuring 
them  by  operating  on  worms  not  chosen  by  them- 
selves, but  selected  for  them. 

In  addition  to  this  conclusive  experiment,  we  shall 
take  the  liberty  of  detailing  two  of  our  own  on  the 
same  subject,  which  were  made  nearly  twenty 
years  ago,  and  which  we  have  repeated  almost  every 
year  since  with  the  same  success.  We  give  these 
experiments  not  from  any  idea  that  those  of  Huber 
require  confirmation,  or  that  ours  are  of  importance 
enough  to  supply  any  such  supposed  deficiency,  but 
on  the  obvious  principle  that  the  more  numerous  the 
experiments,  and  the  greater  the  diversity  of  experi- 
menters, the  more  irrefragably  is  the  alleged  fact 
established,  if  the  result  be  uniformly  the  same.  In 
June  1822,  we  instituted  an  experiment  with  a  view 
of  witnessing  a  combat  between  two  queens,  and  the 
result  as  to  that  object  will  be  afterwards  noticed. 
It  was  only  incidentally  that  we  derived  from  it  a 
confirmation  of  the  fact  in  question,  and  we  shall  now 
state  the  particulars.  Into  a  hive  well  peopled,  but 
not  possessing,  as  far  as  we  could  discern,  any  very 
young  brood,  we  introduced  a  stranger-queen,  with 
the  expectation  that  the  two  rival  potentates,  each  of 
whom,  like  the  jealous  Turk,  can  bear  no  rival  near 
her  throne,  would  decide  by  single  combat  which  of 
them  should  retain  the  honours  and  privileges  of 


THE  HONEY-BEE.  93 

royalty.  We  contemplated  the  possibility  of  both 
falling  in  the  conflict  at  the  same  moment — an  in- 
stance of  such  a  calamity  haying  come  to  our  know- 
ledge— and  therefore  with  a  view  of  remedying  such 
an  evil,  if  it  should  occur,  and  thus  of  preventing  the 
total  destruction  of  the  hive,  we  took  a  piece  of  comb 
from  another  hive,  containing  worker  eggs,  and  worms 
of  the  proper  age,  according  to  the  directions  of 
Huber,  and  fixed  it  in  the  experimental  hive,  that 
the  bees  might  rear  for  themselves  a  new  queen, 
should  the  combat  terminate  with  a  double  death. 
To  our  astonishment,  for  at  this  time  both  queens 
were  alive,  we  saw  the  bees  next  morning  busily 
occupied  in  building  a  royal  cell  in  the  new  piece  of 
comb.  They  had  demolished  two  or  three  cells  ad- 
joining the  one  they  had  pitched  on  for  the  royal 
cradle,  and  were  now  eagerly  labouring  at  its  enlarge 
ment,  giving  it  a  circular  instead  of  a  hexagonal  form, 
and  bestowing  unceasing  attention  on  the  larva  it 
contained.  During  the  day  the  royal  cell  made  con- 
siderable progress,  and  in  the  afternoon  of  the  day 
following,  it  extended  about  half  an  inch  vertically. 
Next  day,  it  advanced  rapidly;  the  worm  had  attained 
to  a  great  size,  and  the  bees  were  unwearied  in  feed- 
ing it.  On  the  fifth  day,  the  cell  was  sealed,  and  on 
the  fourteenth  a  young  queen  was  hatched ;  but  her 
enjoyment  of  life  and  liberty  was  very  short.  She  was 
instantly  surrounded  by  a  mass  of  bees,  who  hemmed 
her  in  so  closely,  that  but  a  very  small  part  of  her  body 
was  visible.  She  made  many  painful  and  unavailing 
struggles  to  escape,  and  emitted  every  minute  a  plain- 
*'ve  sound.  All  the  wtile,  the  reigning  queen  (for  the 


94  ARTIFICIAL  QUEENS. 

stranger  had  by  this  time  heen  dispatched,,  though  not 
in  our  sight)  occupied  herself  in  laying  eggs,  often 
within  an  inch  or  two  of  the  prisoner,  going  ahout  her 
avocations  with  as  much  unconcern  as  if  she  knew  that 
her  subjects  would,  of  themselves,  soon  and  effectually 
rid  her  of  her  puny  rival.  In  two  hours  from  her  birth, 
accordingly,  the  body  of  the  young  queen  dropped 
lifeless  from  the  dense  mass  of  her  inexorable  guards. 
Of  the  other  experiment  which  we  are  now  to  de- 
tail, the  sole  object  was  to  prove  the  existence  of  the 
power  inherent  in  the  Bees  of  rearing  an  artificial 
queen,  when  deprived  by  any  accident  of  their  original 
mother.  This,  indeed,  had  been  proved  by  the  ex- 
periment above  detailed,  but  only  incidentally ;  and 
we  were  anxious,  by  an  experiment  instituted  exclu- 
sively for  that  object,  and  conducted  with  minute  and 
scrupulous  accuracy,  to  put  the  matter  out  of  all  doubt 
in  our  own  mind  at  least.  In  July,  our  experimental 
hive  was  full  of  bees,  brood  and  honey;  the  Queen 
was  very  fertile,  and  laying  at  the  rate  of  more  than 
100  eggs  a-day.  We  opened  the  hive  and  carried 
her  off.  For  about  eighteen  hours  the  bees  continued 
their  labours  as  earnestly  and  contentedly  as  if  she 
were  still  with  them.  At  the  end  of  that  time,  they 
became  aware  of  their  loss,  and  all  was  instantly 
agitation  and  tumult;  the  bees  hurried  backwards 
and  forwards  over  the  comb  with  a  loud  noise,  rushed 
in  crowds  to  the  door  and  out  of  the  hive,  as  if  going 
to  swarm  ;  and,  in  short,  exhibited  all  the  symptoms 
of  bereavement  arid  despair.  Next  morning,  they 
had  laid  the  foundations  of  five  royal  cells,  having 
demolished  the  three  cells  contiguous  to  each  of  those 


THE  HONEY-BEE.  95 

containing  eggs  or  worms,  which  suited  their  pur- 
pose ;  and  by  the  afternoon,  there  were  visible  the 
rudiments  of  four  more  royal  cells,  all  in  quarters  of 
the  comb  where  before  were  nothing  but  eggs  and 
common  larvse,  of  one  or  two  clays  old.  Two  of  these 
royal  cells  advanced  more  rapidly  than  the  rest,  pro- 
bably from  the  larvae  being  of  an  age  the  fittest  for 
the  purpose ;  four  came  on  more  slowly,  and  three 
made  no  progress  after  the  third  day.  On  the  seventh 
day,  the  two  first  were  sealed,  two  more  were  nearly 
so,  but  neither  these  last  nor  any  of  the  rest  advanced 
farther,  as  if  the  bees,  satisfied  that  they  had  secured 
at  least  one  queen,  judged  it  unnecessary  to  carry 
forward  the  others  to  maturity.  On  the  morning  of 
the  fourteenth  day,  from  the  removal  of  the  old  queen, 
a  young  one  emerged  from  her  cell,  strong  and  active, 
and  exactly  resembling  those  produced  in  the  natural 
way.  While  watching  her  motions,  I  saw  her  hasten 
to  the  other  royal  cell,  and  attempt  to  tear  it  open, 
doubtless  with  the  intention  of  killing  its  inmate ; 
but  the  workers  pulled  her  violently  back,  and  con- 
tinued to  do  so  as  often  as  she  renewed  the  assault. 
At  every  repulse  she  assumed  a  sulky  attitude,  and 
emitted  the  shrill  monotonous  peep,  peep,  peep,  so 
well  known  to  Bee-masters,  while  the  unhatched 
queen  emitted  the  same  kind  of  sound,  but  in  a 
hoarser  tone,  the  consequence  of  her  confined  situa- 
tion ;  and  this,  by  the  way,  accounts  for  the  two 
different  sounds  which  are  generally  heard  from  a 
hive  on  the  eve  of  throwing  a  second  swarm.  The 
shrill  sound  proceeds  from  the  reigning  queen,  and 


96  ARTIFICIAL  QUEENS, 

seems  to  express  her  rage  and  disappointment  at 
being  baffled  by  tbe  watchful  guardians  of  the  un- 
hatched  queen,  from  whom  the  hoarse  sound  comes. 
In  the  afternoon  of  the  same  day.,  the  last  mentioned 
female  left  her  cell.  We  saw  her  come  forth  in 
majesty,  finely  and  delicately  formed,  but  smaller 
than  the  other.  She  immediately  retired  within  a 
cluster  of  workers,  and  we  lost  sight  of  her.  Next 
morning  on  opening  the  shutter  of  the  hive,  we  per- 
ceived the  younger  queen  rushing  apparent!}'  in  great 
terror  across  the  surface  of  the  comb,  and  hurrying 
round  the  edge  of  it  to  the  other  side ;  and  in  the 
next  moment,  the  other  royal  personage  came  in 
sight,  hotly  pursuing  her  rival.  We  now  fully  ex- 
pected to  witness  Huber's  combat  of  queens,  and 
were  about  to  wheel  round  the  hive  on  its  pivot,  to 
contemplate  the  fray,  when  business  called  us  away. 
In  half  an  hour  we  returned,  hoping  we  might  be  in 
time,  but  all  was  over  !  the  younger  queen  was  lying 
upon  the  alighting-board  on  her  back,  in  the  pangs 
of  death,  newly  dragged  out  by  the  bees,  and  doubt- 
less the  victim  of  her  jealous  senior. 

We  observed  two  circumstances  respecting  these 
artificial  queens,  which  may  be  noticed  here,  though 
rather,  perhaps,  out  of  place — one  of  them  agreeing 
perfectly  with  the  experience  of  Huber,  while  the 
other  is  at  variance  with  it.  While  the  surviving 
queen  remained  a  virgin,  not  the  slightest  mark  of 
attention  or  respect  was  shewn  to  her  by  the  bees ; 
no  one  gave  her  food,  she  was  obliged  as  often  as 
she  required  it,  to  help  hersef.f,  and  in  crossing 


THE  HONEY-BEE.  '  97 

to  the  honey  cells  for  that  purpose,  she  had  to 
scramble,  often  with  great  difficulty,  over  the  crowd, 
not  an  individual  of  which  got  out  of  her  way,  or 
seemed  to  care  whether  she  fed  or  starved.  But  no 
sooner  did  she  hecome  a  mother  than  the  scene  was 
changed  indeed,  and  all  vied  in  testifying  their  affec- 
tion and  regard;  one  after  another  presented  her 
proboscis  with  food,  and  at  every  step  of  her  pro- 
gress, a  circle  was  formed  around  her  by  her  admir- 
ing subjects.  The  other  circumstance  alluded  to, 
which  varies  from  the  experience  of  Huber,  respects 
the  vigilance  of  the  workers  in  such  cases,  and  the 
sound  emitted  by  the  queens.  He  says,  that  the 
workers  form  no  guard  around  the  cells  of  artificial 
queens,  and  that  these  last  are  perfectly  mute ;  and 
the  Naturalist  makes  some  remarks  by  way  of  account- 
ing for  it.*  The  above  experiment  is  completely  in 
contradiction  to  this.  The  cell  of  the  younger  queen 
was  most  strictly  guarded,  and  both  emitted  the 
sounds  alluded  to,  perhaps  once  every  minute,  for 
several  hours  together. — To  these  experiments  we 
have  only  to  add  farther,  that,  as  already  stated,  we 
have  very  frequently  repeated  the  same  operation, 
and  always  with  success ;  and  that  in  the  summer 
of  1832,  we  removed  the  reigning  queen  of  the 
same  experimental  hive  three  times  successively, 
suffering  each  queen  to  remain  just  long  enough  to 
lay  a  score  or  two  of  eggs  before  her  removal ;  and 
each  time  the  workers  laid  the  foundations  of  five  or 
six  royal  cells,  and  brought  two  or  three  Queens  to 
•  Huber,  p.  181.  : 


98  ARTIFICIAL  QUEENS. 

maturity.  Within  the  space  of  six  weeks,  we  saw 
the  foundations  laid  of  fourteen  or  fifteen  royal  cells, 
and  at  the  last  removal,  no  fewer  than  three  Queens 
were  visible  at  the  same  moment  on  the  surface  of  the 
comb ;  yet  we  had  not  the  good  fortune  to  witness  a 
regular  combat  between  any  two  of  them.  The  first 
hatched  of  the  three,  we  had  reason  to  conclude, 
dispatched  two  of  her  rivals,  but  without  our  wit- 
nessing the  deed  of  death.  The  third  we  saw  her 
sting  repeatedly,  at  the  instant  of  the  former  emerging 
from  her  cell,  and  without  any  attempt  on  the  part 
of  the  bees  to  restrain  her.  The  wounded  Queen 
had  strength  enough  to  move  a  few  inches  across  the 
comb,  when  she  paused,  and  seemed  to  sicken  from 
tfhe  effects  of  the  venom ;  she  moved  again,  with  a 
very  languid  step,  an  inch  or  two,  and  then  stopped ; 
her  limbs  became  visibly  paralyzed,  and  in  a  few 
minutes  she  dropped  lifeless  to  the  bottom  of  the  hive. 
— From  all  these  experiments,  it  seems  now  a  fact 
established  beyond  all  doubt,  that  Bees  can  at  all  times 
procure  a  Queen  for  themselves,  provided  they  have 
a  comb  containing  larvae  not  more  than  three  days  old, 
in  the  common  cells,  and  that  nothing  but  certain  im- 
portant conditions,  such  as  a  particular  kind  of  food 
and  more  spacious  lodgment,  are  requisite  for  the  con- 
version of  common  larvse  into  Queens. 

At  the  same  time,  it  ought  to  be  candidly  con- 
fessed, that  while  the  fact  itself  seems  now  com- 
pletely established,  there  are  circumstances  connect- 
CQ  with  it  which  we  are  unable  satisfactorily  to  ex- 
pmin.  That  a  more  abundant  supply  of  food,  and 


THE  HONEY-BEE. 

of  a  more  stimulant  quality,  administered 
larger  dimensions,  should  give  full  development  to 
organs  which,  by  the  ordinary  treatment,  would  have 
remained  but  partially  expanded,  we  can  readily 
comprehend;  but  that  such  extra  supplies  of  food 
and  space  should  effect  an  absolute  change  in  the 
anatomical  structure  and  instinctive  propensities, — 
should  produce  a  more  slender  proboscis,  deprive  the 
transformed  insect  of  the  downy  brushes  at  the  joints 
of  her  limbs,  and  of  the  basket-shaped  cavities  in  the 
posterior  pair,  for  retaining  the  pellets  of  farina, — 
and,  above  all,  should  effect  so  great  an  alteration  in 
her  instincts,  rendering  them  \n  numerous  particulars 
entirely  different  from  those  of  the  worker  class,  for 
which  she  was  originally  destined, — these  are  cir- 
cumstances which,  notwithstanding  all  our  researches, 
are  still  involved  in  mysterious  obscurity,  and  furnish 
ample  scope  for  future  investigation. 

On  the  Architecture  of  Bees. — The  peculiarities  of 
instinct  in  the  different  orders  of  animals,  if  pursued 
through  all  its  variations,  would  supply  us  with  an 
inexhaustible  fund  of  admiration  and  instruction ; 
and  in  none  of  the  lower  animals  is  this  wonderful 
faculty  more  worthy  of  our  notice  and  investigation 
than  in  the  Bee.  So  much,  however,  has  been  al- 
ready written  on  this  particular  point,  that  the  sub- 
ject  is  pretty  nearly  exhausted.  We  should  perhaps 
find,  notwithstanding,  but  little  difficulty  in  treating 
our  readers  with  an  additional  disquisition  on  the  same 
subject,  but  as  we  do  not  pretend  to  be  able  to  give 
a  more  satisfactory  elucidation  of  the  mystery  of 


100  ARCHITECTURE  OF  BEES. 

animal  instinct  than  has  been  already  furnished  by 
writers*  well  entitled  to  our  respect,  we  shall  restrict 
ourselves  to  one  or  two  brief  remarks  having  a  spe- 
cial reference  to  the  subject  of  this  chapter.  It  has 
been  said  of  Instinct  generally,  that,  taken  the  least 
out  of  its  way,  it  seems  an  undistinguishing,  limited 
faculty,  and  blind  to  any  circumstance  that  does  not, 
immediately  respect  self-preservation,  or  lead  at  once 
to  the  propagation  or  support  of  the  species.  As  far 
as  the  instinct  of  Bees  is  concerned,  this  maxim 
must  be  taken  in  a  qualified  sense;  for  there  are 
numerous  instances  in  the  proceedings  of  this  insect 
in  which  instinct  does  vary,  and  conform  to  the  cir- 
cumstances of  place  and  convenience ;  and  in  no  part 
of  their  economy  do  we  see  more  striking  instances 
of  this  half-reasoning  faculty  than  in  their  Architec- 
ture. In  the  ordinary  operations  of  collecting  their 
food,  feeding  their  young,  following  their  queen,  &c* 
they  are  prompted,  doubtless,  by  pure  and  simple 
instinct.  In  avoiding  danger,  and  in  returning  to 
the  spot  where  food  had  formerly  been  provided  for 
them,  they  seem  guided  by  an  exertion  of  memory,  a 
faculty  which  they  appear  to  possess  in  a  consider- 
able degree.  But  in  adapting  their  waxen  structures 
to  change  of  circumstances,  and  so  as  to  overcome 
any  artificial  obstacle, — in  building  upwards,  con- 
trary to  their  natural  mode  of  procedure, — in  building 
laterally,  when  unable  to  find  a  sure  foundation  for 
their  works,  either  above  or  below,— in  curving  their 
combs,  and  constructing  them  angularly,  when  de- 
*See  Bonnet,  Huber,  Virey,  Kirby  and  Spence,  Eevan,  &c. 


THE  HONEY-EEE.  101 

sirous  of  avoiding  some  interposing  substance  having 
a  smooth  or  glassy  surface, — these  are  results  which 
seem  to  manifest  something  more  than  simple  in- 
stinct ;  they  afford  a  wonderful  proof  of  the  resources 
of  this  faculty,  when  compelled  to  deviate  from  the 
ordinary  course ;  they  imply,  in  fact,  the  possession 
of  a  certain  degree  of  intellect,  or  of  reasoning  power, 
by  which  their  instinct  is  modified  and  counteracted. 
We  cannot,  indeed,  but  be  filled  with  astonishment, 
when  we  see  their  ingenious  expedients  in  getting 
the  better  of  difficulties,  which  would  not  have  occur- 
red in  their  natural  state, — and  with  admiration  of 
the  wisdom  and  goodness  of  the  Almighty  Parent, 
so  conspicuously  visible,  even  in  the  unconscious  in- 
stinctive operations  of  these  tiny  creatures  of  his 
hand. 

The  material  of  which  the  bees  construct  those 
beautiful  combs,  which  deserve  so  much  admiration, 
is  Wax — the  nature  and  production  of  which  will  be 
considered  in  a  subsequent  chapter.  No  sooner  has 
a  swarm  been  safely  lodged  in  a  hive,  than  the  in- 
dustrious labourers  commence  the  operation  of  build- 
ing. One  portion  of  the  population  employs  itself  in 
cleaning  out  their  new  abode,  whilst  a  large  number 
hastens  to  the  fields,  some  of  them  to  collect  honey, 
the  saccharine  part  of  which  is  the  source  of  the  wax 
used  in  the  construction  of  the  combs, — and  others 
to  gather  propolis,  which  is  a  tenacious  substance 
employed  in  fixing  the  less  adhesive  wax  to  the  roof 
of  the  hive,  and  in  stopping  up  any  crevices  that 
might  give  entrance  to  vermin,  or  admit  the  cold. 


102  ARCHITECTURE  OF  BEES. 

On  their  return,  those  bees  which  have  been  occu- 
pied in  collecting  honey,  cluster  closely  together  at 
the  top  of  the  hive,  and,  suspended  from  each  other 
by  their  hooked  claws,  form  a  variety  of  fantastical 
and  often  graceful  figures,  festoons,  curtains,  ladders, 
&c.,  crossing  each  other  in  all  directions,  (PL  V.), 
and  seem  sunk  in  a  profound  inactivity,  which  con- 
tinues about  twenty-four  hours.  The  inactivity,  how- 
ever, is  only  apparent.  The  time  which  they  pass 
in  this  seeming  repose  is  doubtless  necessary  for  the 
elaboration  of  the  honey,  and  the  transfusion  of  the 
saccharine  part  in  the  form  of  wax.  But  in  the 
centre  of  the  mass,  one  worker  has  left  its  fellows, 
and  laid  the  foundation  of  the  future  structure  ;  it  is 
succeeded  by  several  others,  each  of  whom,  singly 
and  separately,  contributes  its  quantum  of  material 
and  skill  to  the  rising  edifice,  while  succeeding  bands 
of  nurse-bees  busy  themselves  in  finishing  and  polish- 
ing the  work,  which  the  wax-workers  have  only 
rough  hewn.  For  it  is  to  be  observed,  that  in  the 
construction  of  the  combs,  the  two  classes  of  wax- 
workers  and  nurse-bees  have  their  separate  and  dis- 
tinct provinces.  That  of  the  former  is  to  supply  the 
rough  materials,  and  attach  them  coarsely  together ; 
and  that  of  the  latter  to  finish  and  perfect  the  edifice. 
And  while  these  last  are  occupied  in  this  more  re- 
fined operation  of  finishing  and  polishing,,  the  former, 
like  industrious  labourers,  are  continually  bringing 
forward  additional  loads  of  materials.  One  comb  is 
scarcely  begun,  or  contains  not  more  than  two  or 
three  rows  of  cells,  when  the  busy  architects  proceed 


THE  HONEY-BEE.  103 

to  lay  the  foundations  of  two  others,  one  on  eacli  side 
of  that  already  founded,  continuing  their  operations  in 
this  manner,  till  they  have  taken  in  the  whole  range 
of  their  building  ground  ;  and,  with  such  diligence  do 
they  ply  their  labours,  that  in  one  day,  during  the 
height  of  the  honey-season,  they  will  construct  no 
fewer  than  4000  cells.  A  comb  measures  in  thick- 
ness, generally  speaking,  one  inch,  and  the  interval 
between  them  is  about  one  third  of  an  inch,  affording 
•  a  passage  for  two  bees,  back  to  back,  without  ob- 
struction or  inconvenience.  These  dimensions,  how- 
ever, are  varied  according  to  circumstances.  Towards 
the  top  of  the  hive,  (PL  VI.  fig.  1,  a,  a,)  where  the 
honey  magazines  are  situated,  the  cells  are  deepened, 
consequently  the  thickness  of  the  comb  is  increased, 
and  the  road-way  contracted.  This  is  no  inconve- 
nience to  the  bees,  for,  after  the  honey-cells  are  sealed, 
they  have  seldom  occasion  to  visit  that  quarter  of  the 
hive,  and  can,  therefore,  put  up  with  less  room. 

When  the  breeding  season  returns,  however,  these 
cells  are  all  reduced  to  their  original  size,  if  emptied 
of  their  contents,  and  thus  fitted  for  the  reception 
of  brood.  The  combs,  attached  as  they  are  to  the 
roof  of  the  hive,  descend  vertically.  Unlike  human 
builders,  they  begin  their  work  at  the  top  or  ceiling, 
and  suspend  their  structures  from  above.  This  is 
their  usual  mode  of  proceeding,  but  circumstances 
induce  them  sometimes  to  vary  it.  The  following 
is  an  instance  from  our  personal  observation :  We 
put  a  swarm  into  our  experimental  hive,  which  is  so 
thin,  as  to  admit  of  one  comb  only  being  constructed. 


104  ARCHITECTURE  OP  BEES. 

Its  confined  limits  prevented  any  considerable  numbei 
of  -bees  from  working  at  the  foundation  of  the  comb 
above.  A  large  portion  of  them,  therefore,  began 
a  comb,  or  rather  two,  (PI.  XII.  Fig.  2,  o,  £,)  on 
the  rod  which  crosses  the  hive  in  the  middle ;  and 
thus  two  combs  were  being  constructed  at  the  same 
time,  and  which  ultimately  became  one.  It  ap- 
peared, however,  that  there  was  still  a  want  of  room, 
and  of  employment  for  these  willing  and  industrious 
labourers;  for  to  our  surprise  a  portion  of  them' 
began  a  comb  (d,  e^)  on  the  upper  side  of  the  cross 
rod,  and,  contrary  to  their  natural  mode  of  proceed- 
ing, worked  upwards;  so  that  in  a  short  period,  the 
upper  comb  and  the  central  piece  met,  and  the  whole 
formed  ultimately  one  solid  square.  The  surface  of 
a  new  comb  is  not  quite  flat,  but  lenticular,  that  is, 
its  thickness  decreases  towards  the  edges,  and,  conse- 
quently, the  latest  made  cells  are  shorter  or  shallower 
than  the  others.  So  long  as  the  comb  has  not 
reached  its  utmost  limits,  this  shape  is  preserved ; 
but  when  the  bees  have  no  more  room  for  its  en- 
largement, they  make  all  the  cells  of  equal  depth, 
and  thus  it  obtains  two  flat  and  straight  surfaces, 
which  it  will  continue  to  retain,  unless  in  certain 
circumstances.  Should  it  be  broken  by  any  means; 
the  edges  of  what  remains  must  be  reduced  again  to 
their  lenticular  shape  before  the  bees  can  repair  the 
structure,  and  prolong  it  to  its  former  dimensions.* 
This  happens  also  when  the  hive  is  enlarged,  by 
giving  it  what  is  called  in  Scotland  an  eek,  or  addition 
*  Huber.  372. 


THE  HONEY-BEE.  105 

below.  Previous  to  availing  themselves  of  the 
added  room,  the  bees  reduce  the  thickness  of  the 
edges  of  the  combs.  When  new,  the  combs  are  of 
a  remarkably  pure  white  colour,  but  soon  assume  a 
yellowish  hue,  and  when  a  year  old,  are  of  a  deep 
brown.  This  discoloration  is  believed  by  many  to  arise 
from  the  vapours  and  heated  air  of  the  hive  ;  but  is 
attributed  by  Huber,  erroneously  we  think,  to  some 
direct  action  on  the  part  of  the  Bees,  which  are  fre- 
quently seen  rubbing  the  surface  of  the  comb  with 
their  teeth  and  fore-feet.  In  the  construction  of  the 
cells,  the  Bees  adopt  the  hexagonal  form,  (PL  VI.  Fig. 
\,b,  £,)  consisting  of  six  equal  sides,  and  begin  their 
operations  at  the  bottom,  prolonging  by  degrees  the 
pannels  or  sides.  The  bottom  of  a  cell  is  composed 
of  three  rhombs,  or  plates  of  wax  in  the  shape  of 
lozenges  or  of  card-diamonds,  and  disposed  in  such  a 
manner  as  to  form  a  hollow  pyramid.  "  The  apex  of 
each  pyramidal  bottom,  on  one  side  of  a  comb,  forms 
the  angles  of  the  bases  of  three  cells  on  the  opposite 
side,  the  three  lozenges  respectively  concurring  in 
the  formation  of  the  bases  of  the  same  cells."*  The 
whole  structure  is  so  delicately  thin,  that  three  or 
four  of  the  sides,  placed  upon  one  another,  have  no 
more  thickness  than  a  leaf  of  common  paper.  But 
by  the  admirable  disposition  and  arrangement  of  its 
parts,  ' '  each  cell,  separately  weak,  is  strengthened 
by  coincidence  with  others.  The  bottom  of  each 
cell  rests  upon  three  partitions  or  pannels  of  opposite 
cells,  from  which  it  receives  a  great  accession  of 
*  Bevan  on  the  Honey-Bee,  3d  Edit.  p.  391. 


1  06  ARCHITECTURE  OF  BEES. 

strength."  Besides,,  each  cell  is  strengthened  at  its 
mouth  by  a  strong  thread  formed  of  a  mixture  of 
wax  and  propolis,  soldered  to  the  inner  edges,  and 
giving  it,  hy  filling  up  the  angles,  a  circular  form. 
This  gives  great  solidity  to  the  fabric,  and  prevents 
the  mouths  of  the  cells  from  being  easily  injured  by 
the  unceasing  ingress  and  egress  of  the  bees. 

It  is  remarkable  that  the  cell  of  a  honey-comb, 
including  its  hexagonal  sides  and  its  pyramidal  basis, 
is  the  figure,  of  all  others,  the  best  adapted  for  con- 
taining the  greatest  possible  quantity,  in  the  least 
possible  space,  and  with  the  least  expense  of  mate- 
rial. "  There  are  only  three  possible  figures  of  the 
cells,"  says  Dr.  Reid,  "which  can  make  them  all 
equal  and  similar  without  any  useless  interstices* 
These  are  the  equilateral  triangle,  the  square,  and 
the  regular  hexagon."  Of  these,  the  hexagon  is  the 
best  fitted  for  the  bee-cell,  for  it  unites  to  the 
requisites  stated  by  Dr.  Reid,  economy  of  material, 
and  a  figure  better  adapted  to  the  shape  of  the  insect. 
This  last  property  would  have  been  possessed  in  a 
greater  degree  by  the  cylindrical  form,  but  it  would 
Lave  left  a  vacant  space  between  every  three  contigu- 
ous cells.  The  square  and  the  triangle  would  have 
left  no  interstices,  but  would  have  consumed  more  wax, 
and  been  ill-adapted  to  the  shape  of  the  bee.  The 
hexagonal  form  employed  combines  all  the  requisites  ; 
for,  together  with  a  convenient  figure  for  the  reception 
of  the  body  of  the  insect,  it  secures  economy  of  material 
and  economy  of  space,  both  as  respects  the  number  of 


THE  HONEY-BEE.  107 

cells  contained  in  a  comb,  and  the  internal  capacity  of 
each.  The  same,  or,  if  possible,  still  more  admirable 
skill  and  arrangement  are  displayed  in  the  basis  of  the 
cell.  The  three  rhombuses  of  which  it  is  composed, 
have  the  two  obtuse  angles  each  of  110  degrees,  and, 
consequently,  each  of  the  two  acute  angles  of  70  de- 
grees. This  measurement  was  taken  by  Maraldi, 
and  it  was  verified  by  Koenig,  a  celebrated  mathema- 
tician and  pupil  of  Bernouilli,  who,  on  being  desired  by 
Reaumur  to  calculate  the  quantity  that  should  be  given 
to  this  angle  in  order  to  employ  the  least  wax  pos- 
sible in  a  cell  of  the  same  capacity,  found  that  the 
angle  in  question  ought  to  be  1 09°  26'  or  1 10°  nearly, 
the  very  angle  which  the  insect  adopts.  What  a  sur- 
prising agreement !  A  difficult  mathematical  pro- 
blem is  proposed  for  solution  to  a  man  of  pro- 
found science,  and  it  is  found  that  an  insect,  ' f little 
among  such  as  fly,"  instructed  by  the  Fountain  of 
Wisdom,  has  anticipated  the  calculations  of  the 
Geometer,  and  practically  exhibited  in  its  waxen 
structures  the  same  conclusion  precisely  which  the 
philosopher  arrived  at,  only  by  the  exercise  of  con- 
siderable ingenuity,  and  deep  thought !  The  cal- 
culation has  also  been  verified  by  our  distinguished 
countryman  Maclaurin,  who  very  justly  observes, 
that  "  the  bees  do  truly  construct  their  cells  of  the 
best  figure,  not  only  nearly,  but  with  exactness,  and 
that  their  proceedings  could  not  have  been  more 
perfect  from  the  greatest  knowledge  of  geometry." 
After  all,  as  Dr.  Reid  remarks,  the  geometry  is  not 


108  ARCHITECTURE  OF  BEES. 

in  the  bee,  but  in  the  Geometrician  who  made  the 
bee,  and  made  all  things  in  number,  weight,  and 
measure. 

The  cells  in  a  honey-comb  are  of  different  dimen- 
sions, corresponding  to  the  different  classes  of  bees, 
of  which  they  form  the  birth-place.  Those  of  the 
workers  (PL  VI.  fig.  1,  c,  c,)  are  in  depth  about  five 
lines,  or  less  than  half  an  inch,  and  in  diameter  2f 
lines;  those  of  the  males  (d, d,  d:)  are  between  six 
and  seven  lines  in  depth,  and  3%  in  diameter.  Both 
of  these  are  ultimately  employed,  after  the  breeding 
season  is  past,  as  receptacles  for  honey.  The  male, 
or  drone  cells  are  few  compared  with  those  of  workers, 
which  last  generally  compose  the  whole  of  the  central 
combs,  while  the  first  are  most  frequently  constructed 
on  the  extremities  of  combs  at  some  distance  from 
the  centre. 

It  is  curious  to  note  the  proceedings  of  the  bees 
when  about  to  pass  from  the  construction  of  worker- 
cells  to  those  of  males.  They  do  not  all  at  once 
commence  the  latter  of  their  full  diameter ;  such  a 
proceeding  would  utterly  disorder  the  delicate  arrange- 
ment of  the  bases  of  the  cells.  But  they  build  a  few 
rows  of  intermediate  cells,  whose  diameter  augments 
progressively,  until  they  gain  the  proportion  proper 
to  the  cells  required.  And  in  returning  to  those  of 
workers,  a  similar  gradation  is  rigidly  observed.  The 
irregularity  apparent  in  these  transition  cells  has 
been  accounted  a  defect.  It  is,  on  the  contrary,  an 
additional  instance  of  that  wise  instinct  which  teaches 
them  to  quit  the  ordinary  mode  of  proceeding,  when 


THE  HONEY-BEE.  1  09 

circumstances  demand  the  construction  of  enlarged 
cells,  and  after  building  30  or  40  rows  of  them,  to 
return  to  the  proper  proportions  from  which  they 
have  departed,  by  successive  reductions.  Both  of 
these  kinds  of  cells  being  nearly  horizontal,  it  may 
seem  surprising  that  they  can  be  filled  with,  and  re- 
tain, the  honey-fluid.  The  fact  is,  however,  that 
they  are  not  horizontal,  but  are  elevated  at  an  angle 
of  never  less  than  5°,  and  sometimes  when  the  honey 
is  rendered  peculiarly  thin  and  fluid  by  the  warmth 
of  the  season,  at  not  less  than  from  15°  to  20°  above 
the  level  of  the  horizon.  We  have  often  observed 
in  the  months  of  July  and  August,  when  the  weather 
was  very  favourable  for  the  secretion  of  honey  and 
wax,  the  bees  eagerly  engaged  in  forming  cells  de- 
signed for  honey  only,  and  differing  considerably 
from  those  which  are  intended  in  the  first  instance 
for  the  reception  of  eggs.  The  texture  of  the  former 
is  thinner,  and  their  depth  much  greater ;  and  as  the 
honey  is  at  this  period  of  the  year  of  a  rarer  and 
more  fluid  quality,  these  cells  are  by  a  wise  instinct 
made  with  a  much  greater  dip  or  inclination  than 
the  ordinary  ones,  that  there  may  be  less  risk  of  the 
liquid  running  out  before  they  are  sealed.  Doubtless, 
also,  the  honey  is  prevented  from  escaping,  partly 
by  its  own  viscosity,  and  partly  by  the  force  of  capil- 
lary attraction.  For  if  we  carefully  examine  a  cell 
when  nearly  full,  it  will  be  observed  that  the  sur- 
face of  the  fluid  is  considerably  concave,  from  its  ad- 
hesion to  the  sides  of  the  cell.  It  will  also  be  ob- 
served how  ingeniously  the  bees  seal  up  their  trea- 


110  ARCHITECTURE  OF  BEES. 

sures.  They  first  form  a  ring  of  wax  around  the 
inside  of  the  mouth  of  the  cell ;  to  this  first  ring,  ad- 
ditional ones  are  applied  as  the  increased  deposit  of 
honey  renders  necessary,  till  at  last  the  opening  is 
completely  sealed  up  hy  a  succession  of  concentric 
rings.  Besides  the  cells  of  workers  and  males,  we 
find,  during  the  swarming  season,  other  cells,  to  the 
number  of  six,  eight,  ten,  or  twelve,  differing  alto- 
gether from  those  first  mentioned.  These  are  the 
royal  cells,  the  cradles  of  the  infant  queens.  (PL  VI. 
fig.  1,  e,  £.)  They  are  found  always  on  the  edges  of 
the  combs,  of  such  particularly  as  extend  but  half- 
way across  the  interior.  These  cells  are  constructed 
not  entirely  of  wax,  Mr.  Hunter  thinks,  but  of  a 
mixture  of  that  substance  with  farina.  Their  position 
is  almost  vertical,  and  somewhat  resembling  a  hang- 
ing acorn ;  their  dimensions  about  one  inch  in  length, 
and  3J  lines  in  diameter.  "  Their  oblong  cylindri- 
cal form,  smoothly  polished  within,  and  covered  ex- 
ternally with  a  kind  of  fret- work,  gives  them  the  re- 
semblance of  a  suspended  stalactite,  and  announces 
a  particular  destination.  In  fact,  the  imposing  ap- 
pearance of  this  cradle,  and  the  profusion  of  materials 
expended  on  it,  which  is  such,  that  one  of  them  out- 
weighs 100  common  cells,  point  it  out  as  destined 
for  receiving  and  rearing  the  most  important  person- 
age of  the  colony — the  mother  and  queen."  * 

In  the  architectural  operations  of  bees,  the  modus 
operandi  has  been  minutely  detailed  in  the  writings  of 
Huber.     His  observations  and  experiments  on  this 
*  Feburier,  Traite  des  Abeilles. 


THE  HONEY-BEE.  Ill 

branch  of  their  natural  history  are  calculated  to  excite 
the  deepest  interest,  and  we  regret  that  our  limits 
oblige  us  to  forego  the  pleasure  of  reciting  them,  and 
to  refer  our  readers  to  the  original  work.  We  cannot, 
nowever,  omit  one  extract  from  his  observations, 
which  strikingly  proves  that  though  the  bees,  when 
left  to  themselves,  regulate  their  operations  with  per- 
fect uniformity,  they  are  yet  capable  of  modifying 
them  in  particular  circumstances.  "Having  seen 
bees,"  says  he,  "  work  both  upwards  and  downwards, 
we  wished  to  investigate  whether  we  could  compel 
them  to  construct  their  combs  in  any  other  direction. 
We  tried  to  confound  them  with  a  hive  glazed  above 
and  below,  so  that  they  had  no  place  of  support  but 
the  upright  sides  of  their  dwelling;  lodging  themselves 
in  the  upper  angle,  they  built  their  combs  perpendi- 
cular to  one  of  these  sides,  and  as  regularly  asfhose 
which  they  usually  build  under  a  horizontal  surface. 
I  put  them  to  a  still  greater  trial :  As  they  now  testified 
their  inclination  to  carry  their  combs  in  the  shortest 
way  to  the  opposite  side  of  the  hive, — for  they  prefer 
uniting  them  to  wood,  or  a  surface  rougher  than  glass, 
— I  covered  it  with  a  pane  of  this  last  mentioned 
material.  Whenever  this  smooth  and  slippery  sub- 
stance was  interposed  between  them  and  the  wood, 
they  departed  from  the  straight  line  hitherto  followed 
and  bent  the  structure  of  their  comb  at  a  right  angle 
to  what  was  already  made,  so  that  the  prolongation 
of  the  extremity  might  reach  another  side  of  the  hive 
which  had  been  left  free.  Varying  this  experiment 
after  several  fashions,  I  saw  the  bees  constantly  change 


112  ARCHITECTURE  OF  BEES. 

the  direction  of  their  combs,  wheii  I  approximated  a 
surface  too  smooth  to  admit  of  their  clustering  on  it. 
They  always  sought  the  wooden  sides.  I  thus  com- 
pelled them  to  curve  the  combs  in  the  strangest  shapes, 
by  placing  a  pane  of  glass  at  a  certain  distance  from 
their  edges.  These  results  indicate  a  degree  of  in- 
stinct truly  wonderful.  They  denote  even  more  than 
instinct ;  for  glass  is  not  a  substance  against  which 
bees  can  be  warned  by  nature.  In  trees,  their  natu- 
ral abode,  there  is  nothing  that  resembles  it,  or  with 
the  same  polish.  The  most  singular  part  of  their 
proceeding  is  changing  the  direction  of  the  work,  be- 
fore arriving  at  the  surface  cf  the  glass,  and  while  yet 
at  a  distance  suitable  for  doing  so.  Do  they  antici- 
pate the  inconvenience  which  would  attend  any  other 
mode  .of  building  ?  No  less  curious  is  the  plan  adopted 
by  the  bees  for  producing  an  angle  in  the  combs ; 
the  wonted  fashion  of  the  work,  and  the  dimensions 
of  the  cells,  must  be  altered.  Therefore,  the  cells 
on  the  upper  or  convex  side  of  the  comb  are  enlarged.,; 
they  are  constructed  of  three  or  four  times  the  width 
of  those  on  the  opposite  surface.  How  can  so  many 
insects,  occupied  at  once  on  the  edges  of  the  combs, 
concur  in  giving  them  a  common  curvature  from  one 
extremity  to  the  other  ?  How  do  they  resolve  on 
establishing  cells  so  small  on  one  side,  while  dimen- 
sions so  enlarged  are  bestowed  on  those  of  the  other  ? 
And  is  it  not  still  more  singular  that  they  have  the 
art  of  making  a  correspondence  between  cells  of  such 
reciprocal  discrepance  ?  The  bottom  being  common 
to  both,  the  tubes  alone  assume  a  taper  form.  Per- 


THE  HONEY-BEE.  113 

haps  no  other  insect  has  afforded  a  more  decisive 
proof  of  the  resources  of  instinct,  when  compelled  to 
deviate  from  the  ordinary  course." 

It  is  singular  that  though  the  construction  of  the 
cells  of  a  honey-comb,  so  geometrically  just,  and  so 
well  adapted  to  produce  the  greatest  capacity,  at  the 
least  possible  expense  of  superficial  extent  or  of 
materials,  has  been  long  an  object  of  general  admira- 
tion ;  one  Naturalist,  and  that  of  no  mean  celebrity, 
affects  to  disdain  partaking  of  this  almost  universal 
feeling.  Buifon,  as  if  to  evince  his  superiority  to 
what  he  considers  the  vulgar  enthusiasm  excited  by 
the  architecture  of  the  bees,  declares  that  "  these 
bee-cells — these  hexagons  so  much  applauded  and 
admired,  serve  only  to  furnish  us  with  a  new  argument 
against  enthusiasm  and  admiration.  This  figure,  cor- 
rectly regular  and  geometrical  as  it  appears  to  us,  and 
as  it  actually  is  in  theory,  is,  in  this  instance,  but  the 
effect  of  a  mechanical  result,  which  is  often  found  in 
nature,  and  may  be  observed  even  in  the  most  inani- 
mate productions.  Crystals,  and  several  other  stones, 
and  some  kinds  of  salts,  assume  constantly  this  figure 
in  their  conformation.  Let  a  vessel  be  filled  with 
peas,  or  rather  with  some  seeds  of  a  cylindrical  shape, 
and  let  it  be  closely  shut,  after  having  first  poured 
in  a  sufficient  quantity  of  water  to  fill  up  all  the  in- 
tervals between  the  seeds ;  let  this  water  be  boiled, 
and  all  the  cylindrical  seeds  will  become  columns  of 
six  sides.  The  cause,  it  is  evident,  is  purely  me- 
chanical. Every  cylinder-shaped  seed  tends,  by  its 
swelling,  to  occupy  the  greatest  possible  space  in  a 


114  ARCHITECTURE  OF  BEES. 

given  space ;  they  become,  therefore,  necessarily 
hexagons  by  reciprocal  compression.  In  like  man- 
ner, every  bee  seeks  to  occupy  the  greatest  possible 
room  in  a  given  space ;  it  is  therefore  necessary  here 
also,  since  the  body  of  the  bee  is  cylindrical,  that; 
their  cells  should  be  cylindrical,  by  reason  of  the  same 
reciprocal  compression." 

To  this  reasoning  it  may  be  answered,  that  there 
is  no  analogy  between  the  cases.  A  hive  without 
comb  as  Lombard  argues,  is  not  above  one- fourth 
filled  with  bees ;  and  there  is  no  cover,  as  in  the  case 
of  the  vessel,  to  keep  the  mass  together.  To  make 
the  cases  perfectly  similar,  and  fit  subjects  of  com- 
parison, the  vessel  with  water  ought  to  be  filled  but  to 
the  extent  of  one-fourth ;  and  in  that  case,  the  cylin- 
drical seeds  will  not  be  converted  into  hexagons. 
Besides,  the  cells  at  the  extremities  of  the  combs, 
though  not  so  deep  as  those  at  the  centre,  are  as 
exactly  hexagonal  in  their  forms.  Now,  if  hexagons 
are  formed  by  the  reciprocal  impression  of  the  bodies 
of  the  bees  against  each  other,  how  does  it  happen 
that  the  cells  at  the  extremities,  which  are  not  attached 
to  the  sides  or  bottom  of  the  hive,  and  where,  con- 
sequently, there  can  be  no  reciprocal  compression, 
should  yet  be  as  perfect  hexagons  as  the  rest  ?  And, 
not  to  dwell  on  other  proofs  adduced  by  Lombard 
and  other  writers,  of  the  utter  insignificancy  of  this 
naturalist's  theory — the  cells  have  not  all  the  same 
figure,  the  same  dimensions,  depth,  and  diameter, 
which  they  would  necessarily  have,  if  they  had  been 
produced  merely  by  reciprocal  compression.  No; 


THE  HONEY-BEE.  115 

the  works  of  the  Bee  demonstrate  an  intelligence,  or, 
if  we  please,  an  instinct  superior  to  that  of  most  ani- 
mals ;  and  what  is  this  instinct  but  the  teaching  of 
the  Almighty — a  manifestation,  even  in  the  organiza- 
tion of  a  creature  so  unimportant  as  a  tiny  fly — of  his 
eternal  wisdom,  which  can  render  an  insect  of  the 
earth  an  object  of  wonder  to  man  himself,  with  all 
his  boasted  endowments ;  and  which,  while  it  guides 
the  planets  in  their  courses,  and  sustains  and  upholds 
innumerable  myriads  of  rational  and  immortal  beings, 
directs  the  minutest  animalcule  to  do  those  things 
that  are  necessary  to  the  preservation  and  comfort  of 
its  existence. 

On  the  different  substances  found  in  a  hive — 
Honey,  Wax,  Farina  or  Pollen,  and  Propolis. — 
Honey  is  well  known  to  be  a  vegetable  product, 
secreted  in  the  nectaries  at  the  base  of  the  corollse 
of  flowers.  It  has  been  supposed  by  some  writers 
to  be  the  elemental  principle  of  all  vegetables,  with- 
out exception,  and  indispensable  to  their  existence  ; 
although  there  is,  perhaps,  no  sufficient  evidence  of 
the  saccharine  matter  of  plants  being  in  all  cases  con- 
vertible into  honey.  As  one  of  its  secondary  uses, 
it  seems  destined  by  nature  for  the  food  of  bees ;  and 
these  industrious  collectors  fail  not  to  appropriate  the 
rich  liquid.  Sweeping  the  hollow  of  the  honey-cup 
with  their  little  probosces,  the  little  skilful  chemists 
eagerly  imbibe  the  saccharine  juices  as  they  exude 
from  the  nectarium,  receive  them  into  the  globular 
honey-bag,  which  forms  their  anterior  stomach,  and 
hurrying  homewards  with  their  precious  load,  dis- 


116  SUBSTANCES  IN  A  HIVE. 

gorge  it  into  the  cells  prepared  for  its  reception.  The 
quantity  which  each  bee  deposits  at  one  time  is  very 
small,  the  honey-bag  when  full  not  exceeding  the 
size  of  a  pea ;  but  the  aggregate  quantity  collected 
by  the  whole  population  is  prodigious.  We  have,  in 
a  fine  summer  day,  repeatedly  counted  the  bees  of  a 
hive  as  they  return  from  the  fields  laden  with  sweets, 
and  found  the  number  to  be  between  sixty  and  seventy 
in  a  minute.  When  the  cell  is  full,  it  is  carefully 
sealed  with  a  waxen  cover,  and  reserved  for  use  in 
winter  and  spring,  particularly  in  the  latter  season  ; 
for  more  honey  is  consumed  in  the  months  of  March 
and  April,  when  breeding  goes  on  actively,  than  dur- 
ing the  four  preceding  months.  At  the  same  time, 
many  cells  are  left  open  and  half-filled  only,  for  daily 
consumption.  It  has  been  a  subject  of  discussion 
among  Naturalists,  whether  the  honey,  after  being 
extracted  from  the  flowers,  undergoes  any  change  in 
the  stomach  of  the  insect  before  being  deposited  in 
the  cell.  Feburier  is  of  opinion  that  it  is  subjected 
to  the  digestive  process.  The  celebrated  John  Hun- 
ter thought  it  remained  pure,  and  in  no  respect  what- 
ever altered,  however  long  it  had  been  retained  in 
the  stomach  of  the  bee ;  and  he  is  followed  in  this 
conclusion  by  his  countryman,  Bonner.  Kirby  and 
Spence,  entomologists  of  no  mean  fame,  have  adopted 
the  opposite  opinion  ;  but  it  does  not  appear  that 
they  had  been  led  to  this  conclusion  by  the  result  of 
any  experiment  instituted  for  the  purpose  of  deciding 
the  matter.  Reaumur,  however,  tells  us,  that  from 
his  experiments,  he  was  satisfied  that  a  process  of 


THE  HONEY-BEE.  117 


slaboration  does  take  place  in  the  food  with  which 
he  had  supplied  his  bees ;  and  that  the  sugar  with 
which  he  fed  them  had  precisely  the  taste  and  flavour 
of  honey.  Our  experience,  if  we  may  venture  to 
differ  in  the  matter  from  men  so  deservedly  celebrated 
for  attainments  in  natural  science,  leads  us,  with 
Hunter  and  Bonner,  to  a  different  conclusion.  We 
have  repeatedly  tasted  the  syrup  of  sugar,  which  we 
had  seen  the  bees  taking  from  the  feeding-trough, 
and  depositing  in  the  cells,  and  could  never  discover 
the  slightest  difference  in  any  respect,  at  least  so  far 
as  taste  and  flavour  are  concerned.  Perhaps  the 
liquid  was  clearer — we  sometimes  imagined  it  was — 
if  so,  this  constituted  the  only  difference. 

The  secretion  of  honey  depends  greatly  on  the 
state  of  the  atmosphere.  During  the  prevalence  Oi 
dry  easterly  winds,  the  fields  present  to  the  bees  no- 
thing  but  barrenness ;  their  out-door  labours  are  sus- 
pended, and  but  for  the  already  hoarded  stores,  the 
brood  would  be  in  imminent  danger  of  starvation, 
But  when  the  weather  is  moist  and  sultry,  and  the 
air  charged  with  electricity,  the  circulation  of  this 
vegetable  fluid  is  considerably  accelerated,  and  the 
bees  know  well  how  to  avail  themselves  of  so  favour- 
able a  juncture  for  collecting  their  treasure.  Huber 
remarks,  that  the  collection  is  never  more  abundant 
nor  their  operations  in  wax  more  active,  than  when  the 
wind  is  from  the  south,  the  air  moist  and  warm,  and 
a  storm  approaching.  Heat  too  long  protracted,  how- 
ever, and  its  concomitant  drought, — chill  rains  and 
a  north  wind,  entirely  suspend  the  elaboration  of 


118  HONEY. 

honey  in  vegetables,  and  consequently  the  operations 
of  the  bees.  The  quality  of  the  saccharine  fluid  is 
influenced  by  various  causes.  Something  depends 
on  the  particular  period  of  the  season  in  which  it  is 
collected.  In  Scotland,  the  best  honey  is  gathered 
in  the  months  of  June  and  July,  when  the  white 
clover  (Trifolium  repens,}  is  in  bloom;  and  what 
is  stored  in  spring,  or  rather  in  April  and  May,  is 
purer  and  better  flavoured  than  what  is  obtained  in 
autumn,  unless  the  bees  have  been  during  the  latter 
season  within  reach  of  heath,  the  honey  from  which 
is  of  a  rich  wild  flavour,  but  of  a  darker  colour.  The 
quality  of  honey  is,  of  course,  much  influenced  by 
the  nature  of  the  plants  most  frequented  by  the  bees. 
The  famed  honey  of  Hymettus  derives  its  excellence, 
it  is  said,  from  the  wild  thyme  growing  so  luxuriant- 
ly on  the  celebrated  mountain  from  which  it  derives 
its  name ;  that  of  Narbonne,  from  the  wild  rosemary 
(Rosmarinus  officinalis.}  The  white  Dutch  clover, 
and  the  heath  have  been  already  noticed  as  furnish- 
ing honey  of  a  superior  kind ;  and  there  is  a  district 
in  Galloway,  North  Britain,  where  perhaps  the  best 
honey  in  the  kingdom  is  produced,  owing,  it  is  sup- 
posed, to  the  great  abundance  of  wild  thyme  (Thymus 
serpyllum^)  with  which  the  country  abounds. 

Instances  of  honey  of  a  deleterious  nature  being 
sometimes  met  with,  have  been  already  noticed, 
(p.  49.)  We  have  seen  it  remarked,  in. Bee-publi- 
cations, that  the  finest  honey  is  got  from  young 
swarms ;  the  fact  is  so,  generally  speaking,  but  not, 
as  we  might  naturally  be  led  to  infer  from  the  asser- 


THE  HONEY  BEE.  119 

tion,  because  it  is  the  produce  of  young  bees  or  of 
fresh  swarms,  but  because  bees  swarm  only  at  the 
height  of  the  honey-season,  when  the  flowers  are  in 
their  richest  fragrance,  and  because  the  combs  are 
then  new,  and  have  not  as  yet  served  as  receptacles 
for  the  brood.  The  above  remarks  apply  to  the  qua- 
lity of  the  honey  in  the  state  in  which  it  is  secreted 
in  the  flowers ;  its  after-treatment  does  not  improve 
it.  The  heat  and  vapour  of  the  hive  are  injurious  to 
it ;  in  very  severe  seasons  it  is  sometimes  candied  ; 
and  in  the  honey-harvest,  when  it  is  being  separated 
from  the  wax,  its  purity  may  easily  be  injured  by 
imperfect  management. 

As  an  article  of  nourishment  to  man,  honey  has 
been  highly  valued  from  time  immemorial,  whether 
used  separately,  or  blended  with  other  aliments.  It 
was  held  out  to  the  children  of  Israel  as  one  of  the 
valuable  products  of  the  promised  land ;  and  to  this 
day  it  is  in  high  estimation  in  Eastern  countries. 
Among  the  Greeks  and  Romans  it  was  highly  relish- 
ed ;  they  compounded  it  with  many  other  nourishing 
substances,  and  even  mixed  it  with  their  wines.  It 
is  nutritious  in  proportion  to  the  saccharine  matter  it 
contains,  and  is  regarded  by  medical  men  as  a  good 
stomachic.*  Its  use  as  an  article  of  food  has  been 
greatly  diminished  by  the  culture  of  the  sugar-cane  ; 
but  it  is  still  an  article  of  very  considerable  traffic, 
and  large  quantities  are  imported  into  this  country 
annually,  both  from  the  European  continent  and 
from  America.  It  forms,  we  are  told,  a  very  im- 
*  Feburier. 


120  HONEY. 

portant  ingredient  in  those  fine  ales  which  are  brew- 
ed  in  Scotland ;  and  certainly  it  must  add  not  a  little 
to  the  nutritive  qualities  of  that  wholesome  beverage. 
It  will  not,  perhaps,  be  considered  out  of  place  to 
take  notice  here  of  the  Honey-dew.  When  the  close 
of  summer  happens  to  be  hot  and  sultry,  and  the  air 
calm,  the  bees  find  a  large  supply  of  food  on  the 
leaves  of  certain  plants  and  trees.  This  is  the  honey- 
dew.  It  is  believed,  generally,  to  be  an  exudation 
of  the  surplus  sap  of  trees,  by  means  of  the  pores  of 
the  upper  surface  of  the  leaves ;  and  is  most  fre- 
quently found  in  the  oak,  the  elm,  the  plane,  the 
lime,  and  the  beech,  and  also  in  many  fruit-trees  and 
ever-green  plants.  The  idea  has  been  entertained 
of  its  falling  from  the  atmosphere ;  and  perhaps  the 
supposition  is,  in  a  certain  sense,  not  altogether  with- 
out foundation,  nor  inconsistent  with  the  notion  of  its 
being  originally  a  vegetable  exudation.  Certain  it  is 
that,  in  very  sultry  evenings,  we  have  observed  not 
only  the  leaves  of  trees  shining  with  the  liquid,  but 
the  dry  stones  also  and  gravel  completely  bespotted 
with  it,  as  if  it  had  fallen  in  a  gentle  shower  or  dew. 
White  of  Selbourne  regarded  it  as  the  effluvia  of 
flowers,  evaporated  and  drawn  up  into  the  atmos- 
phere by  the  heat  of  the  weather,  and  falling  down 
again  in  the  night  with  the  dews  that  entangle  them. 
Curtis*  is  of  opinion  that  it  is  neither  an  exudation 
of  the  sap  of  trees,  nor  falls  from  the  atmosphere, 
but  that  the  true  and  only  source  of  this  saccharine 
matter  is  to  be  found  in  the  insect  Aphis,  or  vine- 
*  Linnaean  Transactions,  vol.  vi.  page  75. 


THE  HONEY-BEE.  121 

fretter.  That  a  species  of  honey-dew  is  secreted  by 
the  Aphides,  there  can  he  no  doubt;  but  that  in 
these  insects  we  are  to  look  for  its  exclusive  source, 
is  a  proposition  we  do  not  think  borne  out  by  facts. 
"  If  it  fell  from  the  atmosphere,"  says  Curtis,  "  it 
would  cover  every  thing  on  which  it  fell  indiscri- 
minately ;  whereas,  we  never  find  it  but  on  certain 
living  plants  and  trees."  The  proposition  in  the  be- 
ginning of  this  quotation  we  readily  accede  to ;  the 
assertion  at  its  close  we  can  contradict  from  personal 
observation.  We  have,  as  already  stated,  seen  the 
dry  stones  and  gravel  walks  in  the  neighbourhood  of 
plantations  completely  spotted  with  the  liquid  in  a 
sultry  summer  evening  ;  and  this,  be  it  observed,  not 
immediately  under  the  trees,  so  as  to  warrant  the 
supposition  that  it  had  been  projected  there  by  the 
aphides  above,  but  at  the  distance  of  many  yards 
from  any  plant  or  tree  on  which  the  insects  might 
have  taken  their  station.  Curtis  maintains,  also,  that 
"  though  wasps  are  partial  to  this  food,  bees  appear 
totally  to  disregard  it."  He  is  surely  mistaken  in 
this.  During  the  continuance  of  honey-dew,  every 
oak,  elm,  plane,  and  lime  tree  is  literally  covered 
with  these  insects;  and  the  observer  has  only  to 
bring  the  tip  of  his  tongue  in  contact  with  one  of  the 
leaves,  to  be  convinced  that  the  honey-dew  is  there, 
and  that  this  is  the  great  attraction  to  the  bees,  which 
are  eagerly  availing  themselves  of  the  liquid  treasure, 
and  expressing  their  delight  in  the  joyous  hum  that 
is  heard  over  head.  The  most  obvious  way,  per. 
haps,  of  reconciling  such  well-known  facts  with  the 


122  HONEY. 

opinions  and  observations  of  the  distinguished  Natu- 
ralist alluded  to,  is,  that  he  applies  the  term  honey- 
dew,  not  to  the  saccharine  fluid  that  transudes  through 
the  leaves  of  certain  trees,  but  exclusively  to  the  ex- 
crementitious  matter  deposited  on  them  by  the  aphi- 
des. Assuming,  then,  that  there  are  two  kinds  of 
honey-dew,  one  only  of  which  is  spoken  of  by  Curtis, 
the  following  appears  to  us  to  be  the  rationale  of  the 
matter.  Honey-dew,  in  whatever  mode  obtained,  is 
the  saccharine  juice  or  sap  of  vegetables,  indispens- 
able to  their  vitality.  During  extreme  heats  it  exudes 
through  the  pores  of  the  upper  surface  of  the  leaves. 
In  this  state  it  may  be  exhaled  during  the  sultry  heat 
of  the  day,  and  fall  again  in  the  form  of  condensed 
vapour  in  the  night ;  while  what  is  secreted  near  the 
time  of  sunset  remains  on  the  leaves  till  the  follow- 
ing morning.  And,  further,  this  same  vegetable  juice 
is  extracted  by  another  process  besides  the  perspira- 
tory,— namely,  by  the  sucker  of  the  aphis  inserted 
into  the  tender  bark  of  the  tree,  or  into  the  footstalks 
of  the  leaves,  and  conveyed  through  the  insect's  sys- 
tem, and  finally  discharged  almost  in  its  primitive 
purity,  from  the  abdomen,  in  liquid  jets,  unless  there 
are  ants  at  hand.  In  that  case,  the  precious  juice  is 
sucked  in  by  the  last-named  insects,  with  an  eager- 
ness which  strongly  testifies  their  sense  of  its  rich- 
ness.* 

*  See  P.  Huberts  Researches  concerning  Ants. 
Since  the  above  was  written,  the  author  has  met  with  the  fol- 
lowing confirmation  of  his  opinion  as  to  the  origin  of  Honey- 
dew,  in  the  Quarterly  Journal  of  Agriculture,  No.  44,  March 
1 839,  from  the  pen  of  an  intelligent  contributor  to  that  work  ; 


THE  HONEY  BEE.  ]  23 

Wax. — Wax  is  a  vegetable  product,  deriving  its  ori- 
gin from  the  saccharine  principle  existing  abundantly 

— 4»  The  honey-dew  was  noticed  by  the  ancients,  and  is  men- 
tioned by  Pliny  by  the  fanciful  designation  of  '  the  sweats  of 
the  heavens,'  and  '  the  saliva  of  the  stars,'  though  he  question- 
ed whether  it  is  not  a  deposition  from  the  air,  purging  this 
from  some  contracted  impurity.  More  modern  philosophers 
have  been  quite  as  erroneous  and  discordant  in  their  opinions 
relative  to  its  nature.  Some,  with  the  most  immitigable  aspe- 
rity, declare  that  it  is  the  excrement  of  aphides  ;  others  as  ex- 
clusively maintain  that  it  is  an  atmospheric  deposite  ;  and  a 
third  party  consider  that  it  arises  from  bleeding  consequent  to 
the  wounds  of  insects.  That  there  may  be  a  glutinous  sac- 
charine liquid  found  upon  the  leaves  of  plants,  arising  from 
the  first  and  third  named  causes,  is  probable,  or  rather  cer- 
tain ;  but  this  is  by  no  means  conclusive  that  there  is  not  a 
similar  liquid  extra vasated  upon  the  surface  of  the  leaves,  ow- 
ing to  some  unhealthy  action  of  their  vessels.  It  is  with  this 
description  of  honey-dew  that  we  are  here  concerned.  The 
error  into  which  writers  on  this  subject  appear  to  have  fallen, 
consists  in  their  having  endeavoured  to  assign  the  origin  of 
every  kind  of  honey-dew  to  the  same  cause."  After  noticing 
the  theories  of  White  and  Curtis,  the  writer  goes  on  to  say, 
**  The  various  successful  application  of  liquids  to  plants,  in 
order  to  prevent  the  occurrence  of  honey-dew,  and  similar  dis- 
eases, would  seem  to  indicate  that  a  morbid  state  of  the  sap  is 
the  chief  cause  of  the  honey-dew  :  for  otherwise  it  would  be 
difficult  to  explain  the  reason  why  the  use  of  a  solution  of 
common  salt  in  water,  applied  to  the  soil  in  which  a  plant  is 
growing,  can  prevent  the  appearance  of  a  disease  caused  by 
insects.  But  if  we  admit  that  the  irregular  action  of  the  sap 
is  the  cause  of  the  disorder,  then  we  can  understand  that  a 
portion  of  salt,  introduced  into  the  juices  of  the  plant,  would 
naturally  have  a  tendency  to  correct  or  vary  any  morbid  tend- 
ency, either  correcting  the  too  rapid  secretion  of  sap,  stimu- 
lating it  in  promoting  its  regular  formation,  or  preserving  its 


124  WAX. 

in  the  productions  of  nature.  It  is  found  on  the 
upper  surface  of  the  leaves  of  many  trees  in  the  form 
of  a  varnish,  possessing  all  the  properties  of  bees- wax. 
The  wax-bearing  myrtle,  (Wyrica  Cerifera,)  a  shrub 
which  grows  abundantly  in  Louisiana  and  other  parts 
of  North  America,  bears  a  small  berry,  of  which  wax 
forms  the  outer  coating,  and  which,  when  exposed  to 
flame,  burns  with  an  agreeable  aromatic  odour.  Dr. 
Darwin  supposes  that  the  design  of  the  waxy  varnish 
which  covers  the  flowers  is  "  to  glaze  over  the  fecun- 
dating dust  of  the  anthers,  and  prevent  its  premature 
explosion  from  excessive  moisture,"  and  ascribes  to  an 
unseasonable  diffusion  of  the  anther  dust,  the  failure  of 
orchard  and  corn  crops  in  summers  of  extreme  humidity. 
The  quantity  of  wax  found  in  this  form  is  small 
compared  with  that  which  is  produced  by  the  honey- 
bee, and  also  of  inferior  quality.  When  pure,  it  is 
of  a  whitish  colour,  destitute  of  taste,  and  with  scarcely 
any  smell;  it  grows  brown  and  even  blackish  with  age. 
After  manipulation  it  has  an  aromatic  smell,  which, 
however,  disappears  on  exposure  to  the  atmosphere. 
The  dust  of  flowers,  called  pollen  or  farina,  was  long 
supposed  to  be  the  element  of  wax;  and  it  is  a  curious 
instance  of  the  tardy  progress  of  the  knowledge  of 
natural  history,  that,  though  the  mode  in  which  wax  - 
is  produced  by  the  bees  was  ascertained  beyond  all 
doubt  by  Huber,  40  years  ago,  the  fact  is  yet  little 
known,  and  scarcely  believed ;  and  farina  has,  with 

fluidity.  And  that  by  such  treatment,  the  honey-dew  may 
be  entirely  prevented,  I  have  often  myself  witnessed  in  my 
own  garden,"  &c. 


THE  HONEY-BEE.  125 

many,  still  the  credit  of  being  what  is  called  "  crude 
wax."  Buffon  was  of  this  opinion,  and,  in  an  edition 
of  his  works  published  so  late  as  1821,  no  notice  is 
taken  of  the  recent  discoveries  on  the  subject  which 
prove  his  opinion  to  be  erroneous.  Reaumur  was 
inclined  to  believe  that  pollen,  by  receiving  some  pe- 
culiar elaboration  from  the  bees,  was  converted  in  the 
stomach  to  real  wax,  and  disgorged  under  the  ap- 
pearance of  paste.  Later  observers,  however,  denied 
that  wax  was  disgorged  by  the  mouth  ;  they  affirmed 
that  it  exudes  from  the  rings  of  the  abdomen  in  the 
form  of  small  scales,  and  that  pollen  was  used  for  very 
different  purposes.  That  this  last  mentioned  substance 
is  not  the  prime  constituent  of  wax  was  a  conclusion 
drawn  from  repeated  and  accurate  observations.  It 
had  been  observed,  for  instance,  that  pollen  is  carried 
in  great  quantities  into  hives  which  are  already  full 
of  comb, — that  it  is  often  of  various  colours,  while  new 
combs  are  always  of  a  pure  white, — that  fresh  swarms 
for  some  days  carry  no  pollen,  although  their  first  ope- 
ration after  being  housed  is  the  construction  of  combs, 
the  building  of  which  goes  on  with  unremitted  rapidi- 
ty,— and  that  while  it  has  been  calculated  that  100 
pounds  weight  of  pollen  is  carried  into  a  hive  during 
the  season,  the  whole  wax  of  a  hive,  when  separated 
from  the  honey,  weighs  something  less  than  two  pounds. 
On  the  other  hand,  the  evidence  is  strong  that  wax 
derives  its  origin  from  honey.  It  is  observed  that 
seasons  unproductive  in  honey  are  also  unproductive 
in  wax,  although  pollen  is  at  the  same  time  abundant, 
— that,  by  the  accurate  dissections  of  John  Hunter, 


126  WAX. 

the  receptacles  were  discovered  where  the  wax  is 
lodged  after  its  transudation  from  the  body  of  the  bee, 
— that  a  vast  number  of  small  scales,  proved  to  be 
wax,  are  to  be  seen  at  the  bottom  of  the  hive  in  which 
bees  have  recently  been  lodged,  and  which  have  cer- 
tainly fallen  from  them  while  hurriedly  occupied  in 
fixing  the  foundation  of  their  combs, — and,  that  these 
scales  have  been  observed  by  many,  ourselves  among 
the  number,  appearing  under  the  rings  of  the  abdomen, 
and  more  than  half  extruded.  And,  finally,  these  dis- 
coveries, which  some,  perhaps,  might  regard  as  little 
more  than  presumptive  evidence,  have  been  followed 
up  by  Huber  with  his  usual  success,  and  the  formation 
of  wax  from  honey  or  sugar,  the  saccharine  part  of  which 
last-mentioned  substance  constitutes  one  principal  in- 
gredient of  honey,  established  by  such  unequivocal  ex- 
periments as  to  force  conviction  on  the  most  sceptical. 
We  have  again  to  express  our  regret  that  our  narrow 
limits  oblige  us  to  give  only  a  very  brief  abstract  of  these 
most  interesting  and  conclusive  experiments,  and  to 
refer  the  reader  to  the  ampler  details  to  be  found  inHu- 
ber's  work.  He  lodged  a  young  swarm  in  a  straw  hive, 
furnishing  them  with  honey  and  water,  and  confining 
them  for  five  days ;  at  the  end  of  that  period  the  bees 
had  consumed  the  whole  of  their  provisions,  and  had 
constructed  several  combs  of  beautiful  wax.  These 
combs  were  removed  and  more  honey  given  them, 
and  the  result  was  the  same.  This  removal  was  made 
five  times  successively,  and  on  each  occasion,  being 
supplied  exclusively  with  honey,  they  produced  new 
combs ;  thus  putting  it  beyond  dispute  that  this  sub- 


THE  HONEY-BEE.  127 

stance  effected  the  secretion  of  wax  in  the  body  of  the 
bee.  And  further,  to  ascertain  whether  the  saccharine 
principle  were  the  real  source  of  wax,  he  supplied  the 
captive  bees  with  sugar  in  the  form  of  syrup ;  the  result 
was  still  the  same  ;  wax  was  produced,  and  that  in  a 
shorter  period,  and  in  greater  abundance  than  from 
honey.  As  the  reverse  of  this  experiment  would  prove 
whether  the  pollen  or  farina  itself  had  the  same  pro- 
perty, instead  of  supplying  the  bees  with  honey  or 
sugar,  he  fed  them  only  on  fruit  and  farina.  They 
were  kept  eight  days  in  captivity  under  a  glass  bell, 
with  a  comb  having  only  farina  in  the  cells,  yet  they 
neither  made  wax,  nor  were  scales  seen  under  the 
rings. 

It  is  but  justice  to  the  Scotch  bee-master,  Bonner, 
to  remark,  that,  amidst  the  errors  on  the  subject  which 
prevailed  in  his  day,  he  had  a  strong  impression  of  the 
real  source  of  wax,  and  the  manner  of  its  secretion. 
In  this,  as  in  other  points  of  bee-science,  his  natural 
shrewdness  and  acuteness  of  observation  led  him  to  the 
very  verge  of  some  of  the  most  important  of  those  facts 
in  the  natural  history  of  bees  which  we  owe  to  the 
more  scientific  researches  of  Huber.  "  I  have  some- 
times/'says  he,"  been  inclined  to  think  that  wax  might 
be  an  excrescence,  exudation,  or  production  from 
the  bodies  of  the  bees,  and  that,  as  the  Queen  can  lay 
eggs  when  she  pleases,  so,  if  need  require,  the  working 
bees  can  produce  wax  from  the  substance  of  their  own 
bodies.  If  this  conjecture  be  right,  it  will  follow,  of 
course,  that  all  the  food  which  the  bee  takes,  contri- 
butes to  the  formation  of  wax,  in  the  same  manner  as 


128  FARINA. 

all  the  food  which  a  cow  eats  contributes  to  the  pro- 
duction of  milk,  or,  to  adopt  a  nearer  simile  from  the 
insect  tribe,  as  all  the  food  which  a  spider  takes  con- 
tributes not  only  to  the  nourishment  of  the  animal,  but 
to  the  production  of  the  substance  of  the  cob- web  from 
its  body.  Numberless  other  analogies  in  nature  might 
be  adduced  in  favour  of  the  probability  of  this  theory. 
The  silk,  for  instance,  produced  from  the  body  of  the 
silk-worm,  is  a  substance  as  different  from  that  of  the 
animal  itself,  or  of  the  mulberry  leaf  it  feeds  on,  as 
wax  is  from  that  of  the  body  of  the  bee,  or  of  the 
honey  or  flower  she  su<*ks.  And  the  excrescence  pro- 
duced in  the  human  ear,  which  also  goes  by  the  name 
of  wax,  is  certainly  a  substance  as  different  from  that 
of  the  body  which  produces  it  as  either  the  one  or  the 
other.  Upon  the  whole,  until  I  meet  with  a  more 
probable  theory,  supported  by  facts,  I  must  give  it  as 
my  humble  opinion  that  the  wax  is  produced  from  the 
body  of  the  bee  alone,  or  rather,  that  the  bees  can 
speedily  convert  into  wax  what  they  bring  from  the 
flowers,  and  therewith  build  their  combs  and  seal  up 
both  their  young  and  their  honey."* 

Farina,  or  Pollen. — Farina,  or  Pollen,  is  the  ferti- 
lizing dust  of  flowers  and  forms  a  very  important  ingre- 
dient in  the  nourishment  of  the  young  bees.  Before 
the  discovery  of  the  true  origin  of  wax,  it  was  supposed 
to  constitute  the  rude  material  of  that  substance,  being 
taken  into  the  stomach  and  converted  by  some  pecu- 
liar action  of  that  organ,  into  real  wax ;  and  hence, 
among  French  naturalists,  it  had  obtained  the  name 
*  Bonner  on  Bees,  p.  195. 


THE  HONEY-BEE.  129 

of  cire  brute,  or  crude  wax.  It  consists  of  an  infinite 
number  of  small  globules,  which,  in  exploding  in  con- 
sequence of  the  application  of  moisture,  shed  a  subtle 
essence  over  the  pistils  of  the  flower,  and  thus  effect 
the  fecundation  of  the  plant.  The  bees  eagerly  set 
about  collecting  this  nutritious  substance  as  soon  as 
the  season  affords  it,  and  continue  to  do  so  throughout 
the  summer,  not  only  for  immediate  use,  but  also  for 
storing  up  against  the  season  when  it  is  not  to  be  ob- 
tained abroad.  They  may  be  observed  upon  the  an- 
thers of  flowers,  gathering  this  substance  with  unceas- 
ing activity,  and  forming  it  into  little  lenticular-shaped 
pellets  which  they  place  in  the  baskets  in  their  third 
pair  of  legs.  They  often  roll  their  bodies  in  the 
flower- cup,  and  then  brush  off  the  pollen  adhering  to 
them ;  and  they  are  sometimes  seen  tearing  in  pieces 
the  capsules  containing  it,  in  order  to  get  at  their 
object*  The  colour  varies  according  to  the  hue  of 
the  flower  from  which  it  is  collected.  In  spring  it  is 
generally  of  a  bright  yellow  or  orange,  as  these  are 
the  prevailing  colours  of  the  early  flowers,  such  as 
crocuses,  snow-drops,  turnips,  furze,  &c.  The  bee, 
in  each  excursion  in  search  of  this  substance,  visits 
only  one  species  of  flower.  This  is  proved  by  the  fact 
that  the  little  balls,  with  which  they  are  loaded,  are 
uniformly  of  one  unmixed  colour — a  wise  provision 
of  nature ;  for  thereby  is  the  insect  instinctively  led 
to  collect,  at  the  same  moment,  those  particles  only 
of  farina,  which  being  homogeneous,  will  form  the 

*•  Feburier,  Traitd  des  Abeilles. 

I 


130  FARINA. 

closest  cohesion ;  and  is  further  prevented  from  con- 
tributing to  the  multiplication  of  hybrid  plants.* 

The  collection  of  pollen  by  the  bees  is  made  in 
greatest  quantity  in  the  earlier  part  of  the  day,  before 
the  heat  of  the  sun  has  dried  up  the  moisture  which 
renders  it  more  easily  packed  into  the  little  masses 
which  adhere  to  their  legs.  After  they  are  fully 
loaded,  they  return  to  their  hive,  anoV  deposit  their 
burden  in  cells  in  which  there  is  neither  honey  nor 
brood.  The  mode  in  which  the  Bee  unloads  itself, 
has  been  already  noticed.  Planting  her  middle  and 
hind  legs  firmly  on  the  edges  of  the  cell,  she  sweeps 
with  her  fore-legs  the  pellets  from  their  baskets,  and 
thus  drops  them  into  the  cell.  Another  worker  in- 
stantly inserts  her  head  into  this  cell,  and  keeps  it 
there  for  a  minute  or  two,  evidently  kneading  the 
farina,  and  probably  mixing  with  it  a  portion  of  honey 
disgorged  from  the  honey-bag,  as  it  presents  a  moist 
appearance  on  her  leaving  it.  Farina  is  probably 
mixed  with  wax  in  constructing  the  combs  when  the 
latter  substance  is  scarce,  especially  in  building  the 
royal  cells,  the  outer  surface  of  which  appears  to  be 
nearly  altogether  farina,  and  only  the  inner  surface 
of  wax  highly  polished.  But  the  principal  use  of 
this  substance,  after  undergoing,  perhaps,  a  peculiar 
elaboration,  is  to  nourish  the  brood.  This  fact  was 
proved  by  an  interesting  experiment  of  Huber.  He 
furnished  a  hive,  with  combs  containing  brood,  with 
honey  and  water,  but  no  farina,  and  confined  the 
bees  so  as  to  prevent  them  from  seeking  this  last  sub- 
*  Be  van  on  the  Honey- Bee. 


THE  HONEY-BEE.  131 

stance  abroad.  On  the  third  day  of  their  confinement, 
a  loud  noise  was  heard  in  the  interior  of  the  hive,  and 
on  examining  it,  all  was  found  in  confusion — the 
brood  was  abandoned — the  bees  ran  in  disorder  over 
the  combs — thousands  rushed  towards  the  entrance, 
and  gnawed  at  its  grating.  The  same  symptoms  of 
disorder  showed  themselves  on  the  two  following 
days,  at  which  time  the  bees  were  allowed  to  escape, 
and  the  combs  examined.  The  cells  were  found  all 
vacant,  and  the  brood  had  died,  doubtless  of  hunger. 
Was  the  want  of  farina  the  cause  of  this  cata- 
strophe ?  To  decide  the  point,  Huber  supplie4  the 
same  hive  with  fresh  brood  and  abundance  of  farina, 
and  confined  them  as  before.  Next  day,  they  were 
observed  busily  employed  in  consolidating  the  brood 
combs  that  had  been  given  them ;  and  having  dis- 
covered the  farina,  they  were  seen  crowding  to  the 
cells  containing  it,  extracting  a  supply,  hurriedly 
mounting  the  combs,  stopping  at  the  cells  containing 
brood,  inserting  their  heads,  and  remaining  in  that 
position  a  considerable  time.  On  the  following  day 
he  inspected  the  combs,  and  found  that  all  the  larvae 
had  jelly,  as  in  ordinary  circumstances ;  that  they 
had  grown  in  size,  and  that  some  had  been  closed  up 
to  undergo  their  transformation  into  nymphs.  Thus 
it  is  placed  beyond  all  doubt  that  the  young  bees  are 
nourished  chiefly  by  that  fine  powdery  substance  which 
is  found  in  the  anthers  of  flowers,  and  is  indispensable 
to  their  fecundity.  Nature,  ever  wise  and  provident 
has  so  disposed  matters,  that  the  insects  which  sub- 
sist on  farina  should  be  able  to  avail  themselves  of  it 


132  PROPOLIS. 

without  injury  to  the  fructification  of  the  plants.  So 
far,  indeed,  from  being  an  obstacle  to  this,  the  bees, 
on  the  contrary,  greatly  facilitate  it,  by  applying  in 
their  movements  the  fertilizing  farina  to  the  stigma 
of  the  flower. 

Propolis. — Propolis  is  a  tenacious  substance,  gene- 
rally of  a  dull  grey  colour,  gathered  by  the  bees  from 
the  buds  of  certain  trees  in  early  spring ;  especially 
from  the  alder,  the  poplar,  the  birch,  and  the  willow. 
It  is  of  great  use  to  the  insect  in  various  ways.  The 
ancients  supposed  it  to  consist  of  three  different  sub- 
stances, or  rather,  perhaps,  three  different  modifica- 
tions of  the  same  substance,  according  to  the  diffe- 
rent proportions  of  wax  blended  with  it,  and  have 
been  followed  in  this  opinion  by  some  more  recent 
inquirers ;  yet  the  generality  of  intelligent  Bee-mas- 
ters are  satisfied  that  it  is  in  fact  a  single  substance 
when  collected  by  the  bees,  and  that  it  is  afterwards, 
when  used,  mixed  by  them  with  common  wax  in 
different  proportions,  according  to  the  purpose  for 
which  it  is  employed.  Huber,  to  ascertain  the  fact 
of  its  origin,  stuck  some  branches  of  the  wild  poplar 
in  pots  of  earth,  in  front  of  his  apiary.  The  bees 
immediately  discovered  them,  and  set  about  loading 
themselves  with  the  identical  substance,  which-  he 
had  often  detected  adhering  to  their  thighs  in  the 
same  manner  as  farina.  He  observed  them  "  sepa- 
rating the  folds  of  the  buds  with  their  teeth,  drawing 
out  threads  of  the  viscous  substance,  and  lodging  a 
pellet  of  it  in  one  of  the  baskets  of  their  limbs."  He 
ascertained  farther,  that  branches  newly  cut  did  not 


THE  HONEY-BEE.  133 

seem  to  attract  the  insect ;  the  viscous  matter  in  them 
had  less  consistence,  and  therefore  did  not  suit  its 
purpose.  The  branches  he  used  had  heen  cut  for 
some  time.  This  last  circumstance  seems  somewhat 
unaccountable.  It  can  be  but  seldom,  generally 
speaking,  that  the  bees  have  it  in  their  power  to 
gather  propolis  from  cut  branches ;  whereas,  in  point 
of  fact,  at  the  time  when  they  most  need  that  mate- 
rial, we  see  them  busied  in  hundreds  on  the  growing 
trees,  and  bringing  it  home  in  large  quantities. 

The  bees  employ  this  substance  in  the  commence- 
ment of  the  structure  of  their  combs,  to  attach  them 
more  firmly  to  the  foundation  than  could  be  effected 
by  wax  alone,  which  is  neither  so  tenacious,  nor 
attains  to  so  great  a  degree  of  hardness.  Indeed,  it 
possesses  the  former  of  these  qualities  to  such  a  de- 
gree, that  the  bees  find  some  difficulty  in  detaching 
the  pellets  from  the  baskets  on  their  legs,  and  have 
been  observed  availing  themselves  of  the  aid  of  their 
companions  for  that  purpose.  And  hence,  aware  of 
its  tenacity,  they  are  observed  gathering  it  only  dur- 
ing the  heat  of  the  day,  when  it  is  rendered  more 
ductile  by  the  warmth.  It  is  employed  also  in 
attaching  the  edges  of  the  combs  to  the  sides  of  the 
hive,  where  it  forms  a  projection  from  the  comb,  and 
serves  the  purpose  of  a  point  d*  appui.  Every  Bee- 
master  is  familiar  with  the  use  made  of  it  in  fastening 
the  hives  to  the  floors.  It  is  employed  too  in  stop- 
ping all  crevices  by  which  the  winter's  cold  might  get 
access ;  and,  above  all,  it  is  specially  employed  as  an 
effective  barrier  against  the  intrusion  of  enemies.  The 


134  morons. 

bees  have  been  observed  contracting,  by  means  of 
propolis,  the  entrances  of  their  hives,  and  erecting 
something  resembling  barricades  with  it,  when  they 
had  reason  to  apprehend  the  intrusion  of  the  death's 
head  hawk-moth,  a  dangerous  enemy  to  the  honey- 
bee, though  little  known  in  this  country.  The  name 
propolis*  given  to  this  substance  by  the  ancients, 
proves  that  the  use  the  bees  make  of  this  resinous 
exudation  in  fortifying  their  dwellings,  has  been  long 
known.  We  have  one  or  two  amusing  instances  re- 
corded of  a  further  use  which  their  instinct  has  taught 
them  to  make  of  this  substance.'  A  shell-snail  had 
found  its  way  into  one  of  Reaumur's  hives,  and 
fastened  itself  by  its  slime  to  the  glass.  The  bees,  un- 
able to  remove  it,  fell  upon  a  most  ingenious  method, 
and  at  a  small  expense  of  labour  and  material,  of  pre- 
venting any  annoyance  from  the  intruder.  They  formed 
a  border  of  propolis  round  the  edge  of  the  shell,  where 
it  rested  on  the  glass,  and  thus  fixed  it  immoveably. 
A  slug-snail  had  crawled  into  a  hive  of  Maraldi's,  and 
was  disposed  of  in  a  similar  manner,  though  with 
more  violence.  The  bees  immediately  surrounded 
it,  and  stung  it  to  death.  The  disposal  of  the  dead 
body  was  the  next  consideration — it  was  too  bulky 
to  be  moved  by  their  puny  efforts,  but  they  covered 
it  all  over  with  propolis,  thus  completely  preventing 
the  injurious  effects  that  might  have  arisen  from 
putrefaction. 

On  the  Formation  of  Swarms. — The  swarming 

*  Propolis,  compounded  of  the  Greek  words  pro  and  polis9 
signifying  "  before  the  city/'  . 


THE  HONEY-BEE.  135 

season  is  to  the  amateur  in  Bee-economy,  a  most  in- 
teresting period  in  the  life  and  operations  of  these 
extraordinary  insects,  and  affords,  perhaps,  fully  as 
much  gratification  as  any  other  part  of  their  proceed- 
ings. By  tfye  mere  practical  Bee-master,  who  looks 
almost  exclusively  to  the  return  of  profit  arising  from 
their  culture,  the  honey-harvest  will,  of  course,  be 
regarded  as  the  period  of  most  interest.  But  by  the 
Naturalist,  the  season  of  swarming,  by  bringing  into 
view  some  of  the  most  striking  features  of  their  mar- 
vellous instincts,  and  thus  affording  additional  scope 
for  his  favourite  studies,  will  ever  be  hailed  with  the 
most  intense  delight. 

We  have  already  observed  that  the  breeding  season 
commences  about  the  end  of  January,  or  early  in  Feb- 
ruary, unless  the  temperature  be  unusually  severe, 
and  continues  with  constantly  increasing  progress  and 
activity  throughout  the  summer.  The  addition  thus 
made  to  the  population  is  almost  incredible.  At  the 
beginning  of  the  year,  a  hive  which  in  the  preceding 
October  contained  no  less  than  12,000  or  15,000 
inhabitants,  will  be  reduced  below  as  many  hund- 
reds ;  and  yet,  by  the  beginning  or  middle  of  June> 
the  numbers,  provided  the  Queen  be  an  ordinarily 
fertile  one,  and  the  season  not  unfavourable,  will  be 
augmented  to  more  than  the  original  amount,  exclu- 
sive of  an  immense  quantity  of  brood  in  progress  of 
incubation.  It  is  not  surprising,  therefore,  that  about 
mid-summer,  or  even  before  it,  there  seems  a  want 
of  room  in  the  hive,  and  a  determination  on  the  part 
of  the  bees  to  desert  their  crowded  habitation,  and 


136  PROPOLIS. 

to  seek  for  a  new  one  elsewhere.  A  crowded  popti- 
lation  may  not  be  the  sole  cause  of  this  periodical 
emigration  of  the  bees;  but  it  seems  consonant  to 
the  usual  course  of  nature  that  it  should  be  the  prin- 
cipal cause,  and  that  others  which  ma,y  be  alleged 
are  but  subservient  to  it.  No  royal  brood  is  reared, 
unless  the  population  fill  the  hive  almost  to  over- 
flowing. This  takes  place  sooner  or  later,  according 
to  the  size  of  the  domicile  ;  and  hence  we  find  that, 
generally  speaking,  small  hives  swarm  sooner  than 
those  of  larger  dimensions. 

The  heat  in  a  full  hive  is  excessive — the  thermo- 
meter often  rising  above  100  degrees, — and  may  doubt- 
less have  its  effect  in  hastening  the  swarming ;  and 
we  have  oftener  than  once  succeeded  in  bringing  off 
a  swarm,  when  apparently  undetermined,  by  the  arti- 
ficial application  of  heat.  But  this  increased  temper- 
ature is  the  consequence  of  the  overgrown  population 
in  relation  to  the  size  of  their  dwelling.  The  un- 
easiness of  the  Queen  is  usually  stated  as  one  of  the 
causes  of  swarming,  arising  from  the  sight  of  so  many 
royal  cells,  each  containing,  as  a  sure  instinct  teaches 
her,  a  future  rival.  However  this  may  hold  true  in 
after-swarms,  it  seems  at  least  doubtful  whether  it 
be  applicable  to  the  first.  In  respect  to  after- swarms, 
the  then  Queen,  prompted  by  jealousy,  is  desirous  to 
destroy  her  rivals  ;  and  being  prevented  by  the  bees 
from  doing  so,  she  becomes  agitated  and  restless,  and 
finally  forsakes  a  hive  where  she  meets  with  so  much 
to  annoy  her.  But  in  the  case  of  &  first  swarm,  the 
Queen-mother  meets  with  nothing  but  respect  and 


THE  HONEY-BEE.  137 

attention  to  her  wishes  from  every  memher  of  the 
community.  She  is  their  common  mother,  and  is 
never  opposed  hy  them,  and  might  destroy  all  the 
emhryo-queens  without  any  opposition.  And  this, 
in  fact,  does  sometimes  take  place ;  for  if  the  wea- 
ther at  this  period  set  in  and  continue  intemperate 
and  stormy,  no  swarming  takes  place,  for  the  old 
Queen  destroys  the  whole  of  the  royal  brood.  But 
it  is  otherwise  in  ordinary  circumstances ;  and  while 
she  is  left  at  perfect  liberty  to  act  as  she  pleases  with 
regard  to  the  unhatched  queens,  we  are  led  to  be- 
lieve that  she  is  induced  to  emigrate,  not  on  account 
of  the  presence  of  her  embryo  rivals,  but  in  obedience 
to  the  wise  provision  of  nature  for  the  increase  of 
the  species.  Whatever  may  be  the  real  cause,  the 
proceedings  of  the  Queen  and  the  workers  at  the 
approach  of  summer  evidently  show  that  matters  are 
ripening  for  some  great  internal  movement.  About 
the  beginning  or  middle  of  May,  the  bees,  as  if 
aware  of  the  necessity,  begin  to  form  large  cells,  in 
which  the  Queen  immediately  deposits  the  eggs  of 
males,  and  continues  to  do  so  for  about  thirty  days. 
At  the  same  time,  some  royal  cells  are  formed ;  for 
there  appears  to  be  a  secret  relation  between  the 
production  of  the  eggs  of  males  and  the  construction 
of  royal  cells ;  and  about  the  twentieth  day  of  her 
laying  this  species  of  eggs,  the  Queen,  discovering 
the  royal  cells,  deposits  an  egg  in  one  of  them,  and, 
at  intervals  of  a  day  between  each,  in  all  the  other 
cells  of  this  description.  The  bees  know  to  close 
them  at  the  moment  when  the  larvae  are  ready  to  be 


1 38  PROPOLIS. 

transformed  into  nymphs ;  and  as  they  in  fact  close 
all  the  royal  cells  at  different  periods,  it  is  evident 
that  the  inclosed  larvae  are  not  all  of  an  equal  age. 

The  laying  of  drone  eggs  having  terminated,  the 
Queen,  previously  large  and  unwieldy,  hecomes  slen- 
der in  her  figure  and  more  ahle  to  fly,  and  begins  to 
exhibit  signs  of  agitation.  She  traverses  the  hive 
impatiently,  abandoning  the  slow  and  stately  step 
which  was  her  wont,  and  in  the  course  of  her  im- 
petuous progress  over  the  combs,  she  communicates 
her  agitation  to  the  workers,  who  crowd  around  her, 
mounting  on  her  back,  striking  her  briskly  with  their 
antennas,  and  evidently  sharing  in  her  impatience. 
A  loud  confused  noise  is  heard  throughout  the  hive, 
and  hardly  any  of  the  workers  are  observed  going 
abroad  to  forage ;  numbers  are  whirling  about  in  an 
unsettled  manner  in  front  of  the  hive  ;  and  the  mo- 
ment is  come,  to  a  considerable  portion  of  the  family, 
for  bidding  adieu  to  their  ancient  abode.  All  at 
once  the  noise  in  the  interior  ceases,  and  the  whole 
of  the  bees  about  the  doors  re-enter ;  while  those  re- 
turning loaded  from  the  fields,  instead  of  hurrying  in 
as  usual,  hover  on  the  wing,  as  if  in  eager  expecta- 
tion. In  a  second  or  two,  some  workers  present 
themselves  again  at  the  door,  turn  round,  re-enter, 
and  return  instantaneously  in  additional  numbers, 
smartly  vibrating  their  wings,  as  if  sounding  the 
march ;  and  at  this  signal  the  whole  swarm  rushes 
to  the  entrance  in  an  overwhelming  crowd,  stream- 
ing forth  with  astonishing  rapidity,  and  filling  the 
air  in  an  instant,  like  a  dark  cloud  overhanging  their 


1  UNIVERSITY 


THE  HONEY-BEE.  139 

late  habitation.  There  they  hover  for  a  moment, 
reeling  backwards  and  forwards,  while  some  of  the 
body  search  in  the  vicinity  for  a  tree  or  bush  which 
may  serve  as  a  rallying-point  for  the  emigrants.  To 
this  they  repair  by  degrees,  and  provided  their  Queen 
has  alighted  there,  all,  or  at  least  the  greater  part, 
crowd  around,  and  form  a  dense  group,  sometimes 
rounded  like  a  ball,  sometimes  clustered  like  a  bunch 
of  grapes,  according  to  the  nature  of  the  resting-place 
they  have  fixed  on.  (Plate  VII.)  The  Queen  .is 
not  always  foremost;  it  is  frequently,  or  rather 
generally,  not  till  after  the  departure  of  a  consider- 
able number  of  workers  that  she  makes  her  appear- 
ance ;  and  when  she  does  come,  it  is  with  a  timid 
irresolute  air,  as  if  she  were  borne  along,  almost 
against  her  will,  by  the  torrent  that  streams  out  of 
the  hive, — for  she  often  turns  on  the  threshold,  as  if 
about  to  re-enter,  and  in  fact  frequently  does  so,  but 
cannot  long  resist  the  opposing  crowd.* 

The  first  swarm  is  invariably  led  off  by  the  old 
Queen.  This  has  been  ascertained  by  actual  obser- 
vation. The  Queen  leading  off  a  first  swarm  in  one 
year,  has  been  marked  by  depriving  her  of  one  of 
her  antennae,  and  has  been  found  at  the  head  of  a  first 
swarm  in  the  year  following.  This  experiment  has 
been  so  often  repeated,  and  with  results  so  uniform,  as 
to  put  the  fact  beyond  all  doubt.  Besides,  in  examin- 
ing those  hives  in  which  first  swarms  have  been 
placed,  eggs  will  be  found  in  the  cells  on  the  second 

*  Feburier. 


140  SWARMS. 

day,  which  could  not  have  been  the  case  had  the 
leader  heen  a  virgin-queen.  The  reason  for  the  de- 
parture of  the  old  Queen  with  the  first  swarm  is  to 
be  found  in  the  fact,  that  a  plurality  of  queens  can- 
not exist  in  a  hive.  Were  no  swarm  to  depart, 
therefore,  until  a  young  Queen  could  put  herself  at 
the  head  of  it,  this  plurality  must  exist  for  a  time, 
and  the  danger  arise  of  a  combat  between  the  two 
sovereigns  ;  and  the  death  of  one,  at  least,  and  prob- 
ably of  the  younger  and  weaker,  would  be  the  con- 
sequence. By  this  means  swarming  would  be  pre- 
vented altogether. 

A  swarm,  especially  a  first  one,  never  departs  but 
in  fine  weather,  and  at  the  warmest  time  of  the  day 
The  passing  of  a  cloud  over  the  face  of  the  sun,  caus- 
ing a  sudden  diminution  of  the  light,  is  sufficient 
to  stop  the  emigration  for  a  time,  although  all  is  in 
perfect  readiness.  The  same  effect  is  produced,  if, 
at  the  moment  of  rushing  out,  there  is  a  sudden 
change  of  weather ;  a  shower  of  rain,  however  slight, 
or  a  gust  of  wind,  will  restore  quiet  instantaneously. 
No  sooner,  however,  does  the  wind  lull,  and  the  sun 
shine  out,  though  only  for  a  second  or  two,  than  all 
the  symptoms  of  restlessness  and  agitation  are  re- 
newed, and  the  impatient  emigrants  rush  out  in 
myriads. 

If  suffered  to  remain  any  considerable  time  on  the 
spot  where  they  have  alighted  in  swarming,  the  bees 
are  apt  to  rise  again,  and  take  a  new  flight.  But 
their  flight  now  has  a  different  aspect  from  what  it 
had  on  first  leaving  the  hive.  They  do  not  now  hover 


THE  HONEY-BEE.  141 

round  the  apiary,  wheeling  about  in  mazy  circles, 
and  in  a  kind  of  regular  confusion,  but  dart  away  in 
a  condensed  body,  and  with  a  rapid  wing,  with  a 
shrill  whizzing  sound,  and  almost  always  in  a  straight 
line,  as  if  they  had  some  particular  selected  spot  in 
view.  It  is  supposed,  indeed,  and  on  feasible  grounds, 
that  in  every  case  the  bees,  previous  to  swarming, 
have  fixed  on  a  place  of  abode ;  that  they  alight  in 
the  first  instance  on  a  bush  or  tree,  merely  as  a 
general  rendezvous,  before  proceeding  to  their  final 
destination ;  and  that  some  days  previously  they  send 
out  some  of  their  number  in  the  character  of  scouts 
to  look  out  for  a  suitable  habitation.  Whether  this 
be  the  fact  or  not,  is  a  question  which  has  given 
rise  to  considerable  discussion ;  and  a  host  of  apia- 
rians have  taken  opposite  sides  on  the  subject.  The 
advocates  of  the  scout  system  are  Warder,  Butler, 
Bonner,  and  Knight  among  the  British  writers,  several 
French  naturalists,  and  the  author  of  the  letters  of 
an  American  farmer.  On  the  other  side  are  Reau- 
mur, Buffon,  Bonnet,  and  Huber.  Who  shall  decide 
when  such  authorities  differ  in  opinion  ?  As  far  as 
our  experience  goes,  it  is  in  favour  of  the  scout 
system.  At  the  approach  of  the  swarming  season, 
we  usually  place  an  empty  hive  or  two  in  the  apiary 
to  be  ready  for  the  reception  of  swarms ;  and  few  years 
— perhaps  none — have  elapsed  in  which  we  have  not 
observed  for  some  days  before  the  swarming  com- 
mences, a  few  scores  of  bees  very  busy  in  some  one  of 
these  empty  hives  ;•— a  circumstance  almost  uniformly 
followed  by  a  swarm  taking  possession  of  it.  They  are 


142  SWARMS. 

as  might  be  expected,  more  apt  to  do  so,  if  the  hive 
contains  comb  or  honey,  the  smell  of  which  will 
have  its  effect  in  enticing  them.  But  we  have  had 
many  instances  of  their  fixing  on  empty  hives  quite 
new,  and  which  had  never  been  used.  At  the  same 
time,  we  do  not  mean  to  say  that  the  bees  literally 
send  or  commission  some  of  their  number  on  the 
duty  of  selecting  a  retreat ;  but  we  think,  that,  im- 
pelled by  instinct,  numbers  do  go  on  this  errand ; 
that  each  succeeding  day  they  are  joined  in  their 
search  by  others  of  the  community  ;  that  thus  a 
great  proportion  of  the  population  may  have  visited 
the  spot  selected ;  and  that,  therefore,  when  the 
emigration  takes  place,  a  large  body  of  the  bees 
naturally  betakes  itself  to  the  place  pitched  on,  and 
is  followed  by  the  general  swarm  with  the  queen. 
We  would  not  go  so  far  as  to  maintain,  as  some 
have  done,  that  in  all  cases  the  bees  have  previously 
chosen  their  intended  retreat,  and  that  the  shrub  or 
bush  on  which  they  first  alight,  is  only  meant  to 
serve  as  a  rallying  point  previously  to  their  final 
flight.  Were  this  always  the  case,  it  is  not  likely 
they  would  submit  so  readily  to  be  intercepted  by 
the  bee-master,  and  remain  contentedly,  as  in  ninety- 
nine  cases  out  of  a  hundred  they  do,  in  the  hive  in . 
which  he  has  placed  them.  The  truth  is,  perhaps, 
that  the  writers  on  bees,  like  writers  on  many  other 
subjects,  especially  of  Natural  History,  are  fond  of 
classing  the  acts  and  proceedings  of  their  favourites 
under  certain  fixed  and  uniform  rules,  from  which 
they  are  supposed  never  to  deviate.  Whereas  daily  ex- 


THE  HONEY-BEE.  143 

perience  may  convince  us,  that  bees,  like  human 
beings,  are  often  the  slaves  of  circumstances,  and 
that  their  instinct  is  sometimes  at  fault. 

Second  Swarms. — After  the  departure  of  the  first 
swarm  with  the  old  Queen  at  its  head,  the  com- 
munity is,  for  a  time,  without  a  reigning  Queen. 
There  is  brood  in  the  royal  cells,  but  none  come  to 
maturity ;  and  it  is  not  till  the  fifth,  sixth,  or  seventh 
day  in  ordinary  cases,  that  the  senior  of  the  young 
princesses  is  hatched,  and  takes  her  place  as  Queen 
regnant.  Her  first  step  is  to  hasten  to  the  other  royal 
cells,  and  endeavour  to  destroy  her  rivals.  In  these 
attempts,  with  which  she  is  incessantly  occupied  for 
several  days,  she  is  strongly  opposed  by  the  workers, 
to  whom,  so  long  as  she  remains  a  virgin,  she  is  an 
object  of  indifference  ;  and  the  scene  takes  place 
which  has  been  described  in  page  95.  At  every 
repulse  by  the  workers,  she  utters  the  shrill  mono- 
tonous sound  which  is  called  piping,  and  which  is 
heard  for  two  or  three  days  previous  to  the  departure 
of  a  second  swarm ;  while  the  younger  Queens  in 
confinement  respond,  sometimes  two  or  three  of  them 
at  the  same  moment,  in  a  voice  sounding  hoarse  from 
the  recesses  of  their  prison.  Irritated  by  such  opposi- 
tion, and  annoyed  at  the  sight  of  so  many  royal  cells 
in  every  quarter,  the  young  Queen  becomes  extremely 
agitated,  and  at  last  rushes,  together  with  the  bees  to 
whom  she  has  imparted  her  agitation,  through  the  out- 
lets of  the  hive,  and  thus  forms  the  second  swarm. 

Circumstances  sometimes  occur  to  prevent  the  de- 
parture of  a  second  swarm.  If  the  young  Queen,  as 


1 44  SWARMS. 

soon  as  hatched,  sets  out  in  search  of  the  males,  and 
is  impregnated,  no  further  emigration  will  take  place, 
because,  heing  now  about  to  become  a  mother, — the 
character  to  which  alone  the  bees  render  their  homage, 
— she  enters  into  the  full  possession  of  her  rights 
and  is  allowed  to  attack  and  destroy  all  the  unhatched 
royal  brood.  And,  further ;  swarming  is  equally  at  an 
end,  when,  after  the  departure  of  the  first  colony,  the 
remaining  population  is  too  small  to  keep  up  a  vigilant 
guard  over  the  royal  cells.  In  that  case,  as  if  aware  of 
the  impossibility  of  a  second  emigration,  the  bees  aban- 
don the  watch,  and  the  young  Queens,  leaving  their 
cells,  engage  in  mutual  combat  till  all  are  destroyed  ex- 
cept one,  who  reigns  undisputed  sovereign.  But  in  ordi- 
nary circumstances,  the  agitation  of  the  Queen,  abun- 
dance of  brood,  a  favourable  season,  and,  perhaps, 
other  causes  unknown  to  us,  all  lead  to  farther  emi- 
gration, and,  in  populous  hives,  this  may  take  place 
three  and  even  four  times.  The  interval  between  the 
first  and  second  swarm  is  from  eight  to  twelve  days ; 
it  is  of  a  shorter  duration  between  the  second  and 
third,  and  still  less  between  the  third  and  fourth ;  in 
fact,  when  a  fourth  does  take  place,  it  is  always  on 
the  day  following  the  departure  of  the  third.* 

It  may  appear  surprising  that  a  hive  can  swarm  so 
often  without  being  too  much  weakened.  The  first 
swarm  is  frequently  so  large  that  the  hive  seems  alto- 
gether deserted,  yet,  in  eight  or  ten  days  afterwards, 
the  population  is  in  such  abundance  as  to  be  able  to 
send  forth  another  colony.  But  we  must  remember 
*  Feburieij  Trait€  des  Abeilles. 


THE  HONEY-BEB.  145 

that  swarms  depart  only  during  the  warmest  part  cf 
the  day,  when  a  full  third  of  the  workers  are  busily 
engaged  in  the  fields ;  these,  returning  home,  resume 
their  labours,  and  carry  on  the  necessary  operations 
of  the  hive.  Besides, "  the  Queen  has  left  an  immense 
quantity  of  brood  of  all  ages,  which  is  soon  hatched, 
and  which  renders  the  population  as  great  after 
swarming  as  before.  Thus  the  hive  is  perfectly 
capable  of  affording  a  second  colony  without  being 
too  much  impoverished.  The  third  and  fourth  swarms 
weaken  it  more  sensibly,  but  the  inhabitants  always 
remain  in  sufficient  numbers  to  preserve  the  course 
of  their  labours  uninterrupted,  and  the  losses  are  soon 
replaced  by  the  great  fecundity  of  the  Queen.  And, 
farther,  many  of  those  workers  who,  in  the  agitation 
of  the  moment,  had  followed  the  crowd,  do  not  even- 
tually become  members  of  the  new  colony.  When 
the  delirium  attendant  on  swarming  seizes  on  the 
bees,  the  whole  rush  forward,  accumulate  towards 
the  entrance  of  the  hive,  and  are  heated  in  such  a 
degree  that  they  perspire  copiously ;  those  near  the  ( 
bottom,  and  which  support  the  weight  of  the  rest, 
seem  perfectly  drenched,  their  wings  grow  moist,  they 
are  incapable  of  flight  and,  even  when  able  to  escape, 
they  advance*  3$  farther  than  the  alighting  board  cf 
the  hive,  and  soon  return ;  those,  too,  that  have  lately 
left  their  cells,  remain  behind  the  swarm,  still  feeble, 
for  they  could  not  support  themselves  in  flight ;  here, 
therefore,  are  also  many  recruits  to  people  what  we 
may  have  thought  a  deserted  habitation/'  * 
*Huber,  p.  165. 


146  SWARMS. 

When  the  swarming  is  over  in  any  particular  hive, 
the  new  Queen,  on  the  departure  or  death  of  the  rest, 
and  the  restoration  of  the  ordinary  tranquillity  of  the 
community,  goes  abroad  on  the  following  day,  gene- 
rally the  fifth  of  her  existence,  to  meet  the  males, 
and  is  impregnated.  Forty-six  hours  afterwards,  she 
commences  laying  the  eggs  of  workers,  and  continues 
to  do  so  for  the  eleven  succeeding  months.  This 
does  not,  however,  hold  strictly  true  in  every  case ; 
for  it  sometimes  happens,  if  the  season  he  favourable, 
that  the  swarm  led  off  by  the  old  Queen,  produces, 
in  about  a  month  afterwards,  a  new  colony,  which  is 
also  headed  by  the  same  female.  Before  leaving  the 
old  hive,  she  had  terminated  her^rart  laying  of  drone 
eggs,  and  thus  became  able  to  fly  from  her  greater 
lightness,  and  to  set  out  to  found  a  new  colony.  In  this 
she  recommences  the  laying  the  eggs  of  workers,  and 
continues  to  do  so  for  ten  or  twelve  days,  after  which 
she  deposits  a  few  drone  eggs  in  cells  which  the  bees, 
as  if  aware  that  she  would  require  them,  have  already 
prepared  for  their  reception.  These  male  eggs, 
though  few,  are  enough  to  encourage  the  bees  to 
construct  royal  cells ;  and  if,  in  these  circumstances, 
the  weather  be  favourable,  a  swarm  may  be  formed, 
and  the  same  Queen  depart  at  its  head.  Nor  is  this 
variation  in  the  swarming  operations  restricted  to  the 
instance  of  the  old  Queen ;  we  have  known  two  or 
three  instances  in  which  a  young  Queen,  that  is.  a 
Queen  of  the  current  year,  after  leading  off,  as  in 
ordinary  circumstances,  an  after-swarm,  has  again 
issued  with  another  swarm  from  her  new  habitation. 


THE  HONEY-BEE. 

This  fact,  which,  it  must  be  acknowledged,  occurs 
very  seldom,  is  at  variance  with  the  doctrine  of  Huber, 
that  the  young  Queen  lays  the  eggs  of  workers  only 
for  eleven  months  successively.  He  admits,  though 
not  very  explicitly,  that  a  Queen  hatched  in  spring 
may  lay  fifty  or  sixty  drone  eggs  during  the  course 
of  the  ensuing  summer,  but  he  refers  to  the  swarm 
led  forth  by  the  old  Queen,  exclusively,  when  he 
speaks  of  its  producing  a  new  colony  in  the  same 
season  in  the  course  of  a  month  after  its  first  de- 
parture. With  respect  to  the  eleven  months,  it  cer- 
tainly consists  with  our  own  experience,  that,  as  Fe- 
burier  asserts,  the  time  occupied  by  the  Queen  in 
laying  the  eggs  of  workers  before  she  begins  that 
of  drones,  and,  of  course,  those  that  shall  produce 
Queens  and  their  accompanying  swarms,  varies  ac- 
cording to  the  temperature,  and  especially  to  the 
abundance  of  food.  A  swarm,  for  example,  that 
came  off  at  the  end  of  June,  sometimes  throws  off 
a  swarm  about  the  middle  of  the  following  May,  which 
is  little  more  than  ten  months  of  an  interval,  and, 
on  the  other  hand,  it  sometimes  happens  that  a  hive 
which  has  swarmed  at  the  middle  of  May,  does  not 
throw  another  till  the  end  of  June  in  the  follow- 
ing year,  which  is  above  13  months. 

On  the  Diseases  and  Enemies  of  Bees. — Much 
exaggeration  has  prevailed  amongst  apiarians  on  the 
subject  of  the  diseases  of  bees,  many  of  which,  or 
rather  most  of  *vhich,  seem,  on  careful  examination, 
to  have  no  existence  but  in  the  imagination  of  the 
observers.  After  long  experience  and  attentive  ob~ 


148  DISEASES  OF  BEES. 

serration,  we  are  satisfied  that  this  insect  is  suhject 
only  to  one  malady,  namely,  dysentery.  Vertigo  has 
been  spoken  of  by  many  writers,  especially  on  the 
continent,  as  one  of  their  ailments,  but,  we  think, 
without  sufficient  grounds.  We  have  occasionally 
seen  bees  in  that  state  of  dizziness  which  is  ascribed 
to  vertigo,  but  have  invariably  found  that  when  seized 
and  held  in  the  hand  for  a  second  or  two,  and  again 
let  go,  they  return  to  their  usual  occupation  without 
any  marks  of  disease.  Swelling  of  the  antennas  is 
also  mentioned  as  a  bee-malady, — we  have  never 
seen  an  instance  of  it,  and,  from  its  being  unnoticed 
even  by  many  of  those  naturalists  who  have  furnished 
long  lists  of  the  disorders  of  bees,  it  seems  to  have  as 
little  foundation  in  reality  as  vertigo.  In  fact,  dysentery 
appears  to  be  the  only  serious  disorder  to  which  these 
insects  are  liable,  and  various  causes  have  been  as- 
signed for  it,  such  as  their  feeding  on  honey-dew,  on 
the  juices  of  certain  fruits,  on  plants  of  a  poisonous 
nature,  on  honey  alone  without  a  due  mixture  of 
pollen,  &c.  &c.  No  evidence  from  accurate  experi- 
ment has  been  adduced  in  favour  of  these  theories, 
and,  perhaps,  their  inapplicability  is  established  by 
the  fact  that  a  well  peopled  hive  is  never  assailed  by 
this  disorder,  provided  its  inmates  are  in  the  full  en- 
joyment of  their  liberty.  We  are  led  to  conclude, 
therefore,  that  it  proceeds  simply  from  long  confine- 
ment, by  which  the  necessary  evacuations  are  pre- 
vented. It  is  well  known  that  the  bees,  when  in 
health,  never  void  their  excrement  within  the  hive. 
When  their  owners,  therefore,  from  mistaken  care, 


Iig.3. 


FU].4. 


2.  tterus  ApiaruLS  2.Tdiea 

3.  (/alien/  0fthc>  larva.  4.ffumbl^  bees  Supporting  apiece  ofcomJ}. 


THE  HONEY-BEE.  149 

remove  them  into  a  dwelling-house  in  order  to  shelter 
them  from  the  winter's  cold,  or  when  a  long  track  of 
inclement  weather  confines  them  within  doors,  they 
are  obliged  to  retain  their  faeces  so  long  that  the  con- 
sequence is  an  attack  of  dysentery.  Its  existence  is 
easily  detected ;  the  floor-board  and  the  combs  are 
covered  with  stains  produced  by  the  excrement,  of  a 
dark  brown  colour,  and  which  diffuse  through  the  hive 
a  most  offensive  smell,  and  this  last  circumstance,  no 
doubt,  contributes  to  augment  the  evil,  for  the  bees 
and  brood,  inhaling  only  an  unwholesome  air,  must 
be  fatally  affected. 

Enemies  of  Bees. — The  enemies  of  bees  are  nume- 
rous, though  many  of  them  are  by  no  means  formi- 
dable. Swallows,  spiders,  ants,  frogs,  wood-lice,  poul- 
try, small  birds  of  almost  every  kind,  are  all  reckoned 
amongst  their  foes,  but  their  ravages  are  trifling,  and 
seem  to  have  for  their  object  rather  the  dead  bodies 
than  the  living  insects.  During  the  time  of  the  mas- 
sacre of  the  drones,  we  have  often  seen  blackbirds 
stealing  from  among  the  bushes  near  the  apiary,  in  the 
autumnal  evenings,  and  carrying  off,  one  by  one,  the 
whole  of  the  carcases  of  the  males  that  had  been 
destroyed  during  the  day ;  we  have  never  observed 
them  attacking  the  living  insect.  There  is  a  kind  of 
beetle  also,  (Clerus  Apiarius,  PL  VIII.  fig.  1,)  which, 
according  to  Aristotle,  inhabits  bee-hives,  and  which, 
while  yet  in  the  larva  state,  feeds  on  the  larvae  of  the 
bees ;  we  have  never  heard  of  any  instance  of  such 
being  met  with,  or  injurious  to  bees  in  this  country. 
More  to  be  dreaded  are  field-mice,  which  sometimes 


150  ENEMIES  OF  BEES. 

gain  access  to  the  interior,  and  ultimately  ruin  the 
hive.  But  this  takes  place  only  in  winter,  when  the 
bees  are  languid  or  partially  torpid,  and  when  there  is 
a  lack  of  vigilance  on  the  part  of  their  owner.  A  still 
more  formidable  enemy  is  the  wax-moth,  (  Tinea  Mel- 
lonella,  PI.  VIII.  fig.  2,)  of  who se  ravages  Feburier  has 
given  a  long  and  minute  detail.  This  insect  is  ex- 
tremely alert  in  discovering  any  crevice  by  which  it 
may  penetrate  into  the  hive,  and  easily  effects  its  pur- 
pose if  the  bees  are  not  numerous,  and  there  is  no 
centinel  on  the  watch.  They  lay  their  eggs  in  the 
sides  of  the  hive,  or  in  the  rubbish  on  the  floor,  or 
even  in  the  combs  which  are  farthest  from  the  entrance. 
Every  egg  contains  an  insect,  which,  in  due  time  be- 
comes a  moth.  It  appears  first  under  the  form  of  a 
worm  or  larva,  and  it  is  in  this  stage  that  it  commits 
its  ravages,  extending  its  galleries  or  covered  ways 
throughout  every  quarter  of  the  interior,  and  devouring, 
not  honey  or  wax,  neither  of  which  substances  seems 
to  be  its  proper  food,  but  the  exuviae  of  bee  nymphs, 
and,  very  probably,  the  nymphs  themselves.  Certain 
it  is  that  the  population  of  a  hive  infested  by  these 
destructive  creatures,  diminishes  with  such  rapidity  as 
leads  to  the  conclusion  that  they  prey  upon  tlie»  brood 
itself  as  well  as  on  its  exuviae.  The  bees  give  ground 
step  by  step,  until,  being  greatly  reduced  in  numbers, 
they  at  last  utterly  abandon  the  hive.  Another  moth 
of  a  kind  dangerous  to  bees  is  mentioned  by  Huber, 
namely,  the  Sphynx  Atropos,  or  Death's-head  Hawk- 
moth,  so  called  from  its  having  on  its  thorax  a  mark 
somewhat  resembling  a  death's-head  (See  PL  IX.) 


THE  HONEY-BEE.  151 

This  insect  is  of  gigantic  size,  and  Is  endowed  with 
great  strength,  and  it  is  conjectured  by  Huber  to 
possess  a  faculty  like  that  wrhich  he  supposes  to  reside 
in  the  Queen-bee,  of  emitting  a  certain  sound  which 
strikes  the  bees  with  terror,  and  thus  enables  it  to 
extend  its  ravages  with  impunity.  While  in  the  cater- 
pillar state,  it  feeds  on  the  leaves  of  the  potato,  and 
makes  its  appearance  in  its  last  and  perfect  state  to- 
wards the  end  of  summer.  It  is  described  as  most 
injurious  to  the  bees  on  the  continent,  and  in  some 
parts  of  Africa;  fortunately  it  is  seldom  seen  in 
this  country.*  Wasps,  particularly  those  of  the 
hornet  species,  are  most  destructive  to  bees.  We 
have  often  observed  one  of  these  marauders  enter  a 
hive  with  fearless  intrepidity,  and,  watching  its  motions 
through  the  glazed  frame,  have  been  astonished  by  its 
feats  of  strength  and  agility.  In  ascending  the  combs 
it  is,  of  course,  instantly  attacked  by  the  rightful  in- 
habitants ;  if  one  only  venture  to  assail  it,  the  unfor- 
tunate bee  has  no  chance  of  victory,  and  but  little  of 
escaping  with  life ;  if  five  or  six  cluster  round  it,  as 
is  generally  the  case,  and  cling  close  to  its  body,  en- 
deavouring to  pierce  it  with  their  stings,  their  efforts 
are  set  at  nought  by  the  intrepid  wasp,  which  struggles 
with  unwearied  obstinacy,  rolls  along  the  floor  of  the 
hive  so  closely  enveloped  in  a  mass  of  bees,  that  but 
little  of  its  body  is  visible,  and  though  at  last  it  is 
forced  by  overwhelming  numbers  to  take  to  flight,  it 
flies  off  apparently  uninjured  from  the  conflict.  These 
*  A  more  detailed  account  of  it  will  be  found  in  that  volume 
of  the  Naturalist's  Library  which  treats  of  British  moths  and 
hawk-moths,  p.  133,  % 


152  ENEMIES  OF  BEES. 

partial  attacks  of  single  wasps,  however,  are  of  little 
moment,  farther  than  that  they  are,  perhaps,  explo- 
ratory ;  it  is  when  they  come  in  a  hody  that  the  safety 
of  a  hive  is  endangered ;  in  such  cases  the  utmost 
care  of  the  hee-master  is  often  unavailing.  The  wily 
insects  soon  discover  the  weakness  of  any  particular 
hive  in  point  of  population,  and,  acting  on  this  disco- 
very, attack  it  in  such  numbers,  that  nothing  hut  its 
removal  can  save  it  from  speedy  and  utter  destruction. 

Bad  as  wasps  are,  the  Bees  themselves  are  the 
worst  enemies  to  their  own  species.  In  a  hack- 
ward  spring,  or  toward  the  end  of  autumn,  when  the 
population  begins  to  he  scanty,  some  bees  may  be 
observed  lounging  about  the  apiary,  as  if  conscious 
that  there  was  no  present  scope  for  the  exercise  of 
honest  industry,  and,  like  other  idlers,  seem  ripe  for 
any  mischief.  A  single  bee  may  be  seen  peering 
into  the  entrances  of  several  hives,  as  if  to  ascertain 
the  strength  of  the  population,  or  the  vigilance  of 
the  guards ;  and  on  finding  access  from  a  deficiency 
in  either  of  these  particulars,  proceeds  to  carry  off 
its  load  from  the  store-cells.  After  frequently  re- 
peating these  domiciliary  visits,  it  returns  at  last  with 
several  of  its  companions,  their  numbers  increasing 
at  every  visit,  till  the  hive  becomes  a  scene  of  pillage 
and  slaughter.  Their  first  endeavours  are,  it  is  said, 
to  find  out  and  kill  the  Queen ;  and  after  this  catas- 
trophe, the  rightful  owners  seem  to  lose  all  interest 
in  their  property,  and  associating  at  last  with  the 
robbers,  join  in  the  plunder  of  their  own  stores.* 

*  Old  Butler,  in  his  "  Feminine  Monarchic,"  published  at 


THE  HONEY-BEE.  153 

Cold,  generally  speaking,  is  prejudicial  to  bees. 
When  tempted  by  a  bright  sun  after  a  fall  of  snow, 

Oxford  in  1634,  gives,  in  his  quaint  way,  an  amusing  descrip- 
tion of  a  scene  of  bee-pillage.  After  particularizing  various 
enemies  to  the  honey-gathering  tribe,  he  proceeds — "  But  not 
any  one  of  dese,  nor  all  dese  togeder,  doo  half  so  muc  harm  to 
de  Bees,  as  de  Bees.  Apis  api,  ut  homo  hommi9  Lupus.  Dey 
mak  de  greatest  spoil  bot  of  bees  and  of  hoonnie.  Dis  rob- 
bing is  practised  all  de  yeer.  In  winter,  soom  wil  bee  prowl- 
ing abroad ;  and  soom  ar  so  teevishly  disposed,  dat  all  de 
soommer  long,  wen  abundanc6  of  hoonni  is  every  wer  to  bee 
had,  dey  wil  yet  bee  filcing,  dowg  (though)  dey  die  for  it  But 
in  Virgo  (August)  is  de  most  dangerous  time  of  all :  den  sal 
all  de  stalls  in  your  garden  bee  tryed  of  wat  mettle  dey  ar 
made.  De  Robbers  ar  towgt  (thought)  to  bee  poor  swarms 
and  stoks,  wic  have  not  sufficiently  provided  demsel  vs  for  win- 
ter. But  indeed,  sue  ar  fitter  to  bee  robbed  dan  to  be  robbers. 
Der  is  no  teef  to  de  rich  teef:  wo  (who)  aldowg  (although)  hee 
have  enoug,  and  mor  dan  enoug  ;  yet,  by  hook  or  by  crook, 
hee  will  hav*  mor6,  dowg  de  poor  starv6  for  it.  Wen  de  teeves, 
having  first  made  an  entri,  begin  to  coom  tik,  and  de  true  bees 
perceiv6  demselvs  to  bee  assaulted  by  many  ;  dey  suddenly 
make  an  outcri6  ;  and  issuing  out  of  deir  holds  by  troops,  pre- 
par6  demselvs  to  battel.  Soom  keep  de  gates  ;  soom  flie  about ; 
soom  run  in  again,  to  see  wat  is  doon  der6 ;  soom  begin  to 
grapple  wid  de  enimi ;  and  dat  wit  sue  a  noise  and  din,  as  if 
de  drum  did  sound  an  all-arm.  Besides  wic  base  sound,  you 
sal  eftsoons  in  de  heat  of  de  battel,  hear  a  mor6  shril  and 
sharp  not6,  as  it  wer6  of  a  flut6  ;  as  saith  Virgil, 

"  Vox 

Auditur  fractos  sonitus  imitata  tubarum," 

wic,  I  am  out  of  doubt,  is  tuned  by  deir  generall  commander, 
encooraging  dem  to  figt  for  deir  Princ6,  deir  lives,  and  deir 
goods.  Den  sal  you  see  de  enimies  bestur  demselves  most 
venturously ;  soom  violently,  toorrow  de  tickest,  trusting  in 
at  de  gates ;  oders  ecalling  de  walls,  and  tearing  dem  down* 
On  de  oder  sid6,  de  defendants  will  behav6  demselves  as  brave- 


154  ENEMIES  OF  BEES. 

a  few  have  left  their  comfortable  dwelling,  they  are 
quickly  chilled,  and  in  a  very  short  period  are  past 
recovery.  But  with  ordinary  precautions,  in  stop- 
ping crevices,  and  providing  a  sufficient  external  co- 
vering, a  well-peopled  and  well-provided  hive  runs 
no  hazard  from  even  the  severest  winter.  Consist- 
ently with  that  wisdom  that  shines  forth  in  every 
part  of  creation,  insects  that  feed  upon  leaves,  flowers, 
and  green  succulent  plants  are  generally  in  a  torpid 
state  during  the  winter,  when  they  cannot  procure 
for  themselves  subsistence  abroad.  Bees  are  in  this 
state,  and  eat  little,  while  cold  weather  lasts ;  but 

ly,  not  giving  any  rest  to  de  enimi ;  part  encountring  wit  dem 
dat  ar  widout,  part  wit  dem  dat  hav®  broken  in,  worn6  in  a 
wile  dey  draw  out  by  de  heels,  soom  ded,  and  soom  aliv® 
Likewise,  witout,  you  may  see  soom  slain  outrigt  wit  de  trust 
of  de  speer ;  soom  so  dedly  woonded,  dat  dey  ar6  not  able  to 
go  tree  foot  from  de  place  ;  and  soom  more  lightly  strooken, 
presently  to  los6  de  us6  of  deir  wings,  and  for  a  wile  to  leap  up 
and  down,  forward  and  backward,  like  madd  tings ;  so  lote  ar 
dese  cooragious  warriers  to  yeeld  on  eider  side  until  der6  bee 
no  remedi6.  If  de  true  men  cannot  kil  de  teev%  yet  wil  dey 
hold  dem  by  de  legs  or  by  de  wings,  in  hop6  to  have  help, 
dowg  (though)  dey  bee  drawn  after.  Moreover,  de  young  sol- 
diers, wic  hav6  scare6  been  abroad  befor6,  you  sal  see  de  elder 
sort  go  round  about  dem,  smooding  (smoothing)  and  trimming 
dem  in  every  place,  as  if  dey  did  address  and  hearten  dem  to 
figt.  De  battel  being  ended,  by  repuls  of  de  enimi,  dos6 
corpses  wic  de  wasps  hav6  left — for,  like  vulturs,  de  wasps 
during  de  battel  prey  upon  de  ded  carkases— dey  honestly 
buri  as  far  from  de  hives  as  dey  can  ber6  dem.  And  den  dey 
draw  togeder  at  de  citti-gates,  and  der6  dey  buz  on6  to  anoder, 
as  if  in  deir  languag6  dey  did  talk  of  de  figt,  and  commend 
one  and  oder  for  deir  fortitud6." 


THE  HONEY-BEE.  155 

they  are  by  no  means  in  so  complete  a  state  of  tor- 
pidity as  to  eat  none  at  all.  On  a  mild  day  in  win- 
ter, when  the  sun  shines  and  the  wind  is  low,  we 
often  observe  them  eagerly  taking  advantage  of  ibis 
favourable  temperature,  and  coming  abroad  in  hun- 
dreds to  enjoy  themselves  in  the  open  air.  If  we 
open  a  leaf-hive  in  the  very  depth  of  the  cold  sea- 
son, we  shall  find  them  closely  clustered  together, 
but  in  near  contact  with  the  provision-cells ;  and 
the  whole  mass  moving  without  separating,  and  by 
this  means  doubtless  contributing  to  preserve  the 
general  warmth. 

It  has  been  made  a  question  among  Bee-writers, 
whether  a  mild  or  a  severe  winter  be  most  favourable 
to  the  health  and  well-being  of  these  insects  ?  Bon- 
ner  and  others  are  advocates  for  mild  winters;  while 
White,  Bevan,  &c.,  maintain  that  severe  winters  are 
most  salutary.  We  are  of  opinion  that  the  question 
admits  not  of  a  general  determination,  but  that  special 
regard  must  be  had  to  the  state  of  the  hives — a  cir- 
cumstance which  has  been  too  little  taken  into  ac- 
count in  the  discussion.  In  a  well-found  hive,  it  is 
of  very  little  importance  to  the  inhabitants  of  what 
nature  the  winter  may  be.  If  it  is  severe,  they  have 
enough  of  internal  heat  to  preserve  them  from  the 
severity  of  the  external  atmosphere.  Huber  found 
that  when  the  thermometer  in  the  open  air  stood 
several  degrees  below  the  freezing  point,  it  rose,  when 
plunged  into  a  populous  hive,  to  86  and  88  degrees. 
Swammerdam  observes  that  the  heat  of  a  hive  is  such, 
even  in  the  middle  of  winter,  that  the  honey  never 


156  ENEMIES  OF  BEES. 

crystallizes,  unless  the  hive  be  very  weakly  peopled. 
Reaumur  found  brood  of  all  ages  in  the  month  of 
January;  and  the  same  thing  was  experienced  by 
Huber,  when  the  thermometer  within  the  hive  stood 
at  93°.  If,  on  the  other  hand,  the  winter  be  mild, 
the  bees  consume  food  partially,  and  frequently  go 
abroad  into  the  open  air ;  and  by  thus  voiding  their 
excrement  preserve  themselves  in  health.  But  the 
case  is  far  otherwise  with  a  hive  thin  in  population, 
and  scantily  provisioned.  In  severe  weather,  their 
numbers  are  too  few  to  keep  up  the  vital  warmth, 
and  they  are  in  imminent  danger  of  perishing,  should 
the  cold  continue  for  a  lengthened  period.  Should 
the  winter  be  mild,  they  consume  their  stores ;  and 
on  the  arrival  of  spring,  if  they  still  survive,  they  run 
the  hazard  of  perishing  of  hunger.  We  are  decidedly- 
of  opinion,  therefore,  that  the  temperature  of  the 
winter  has  much  less  influence  on  the  prosperity  of 
the  apiary,  than  is  generally  imagined  ;  and  that  the 
bees  coming  safely  through  that  inclement  season, 
depends  in  almost  every  case  on  the  abundance  of 
population  and  of  food.  There  may  be  one  excep- 
tion to  these  general  remarks : — In  a  mild  winter,  a 
hive  which  is  thinly  peopled,  but  well-stored  with 
food,  has  a  chance  of  escaping.  But  even  in  this 
case,  we  cannot  always  count  on  its  well-doing,  though 
its  failure  may  arise  from  a  different  cause.  Want 
of  numbers  is  injurious,  not  only  because  it  is  accom- 
panied with  the  want  of  the  requisite  warmth,  but 
also  because  it  seems  greatly  to  dispirit  the  bees; 
and  we  have  seen  many  instances  of  hives  deserted 


THE  HONEY-BEE.  157 

in  spring  while  sufficiently  provided  with  honey,  but 
disheartened  by  paucity  of  numbers.  Nevertheless, 
famine  is  one  of  the  worst  enemies  they  have  to  en- 
counter ;  and  many  hives  that  are  supposed  to  die  of 
cold,  do  in  fact  die  of  hunger. 

It  will  be  obvious  to  the  reader,  that  in  our  enu- 
meration of  the  enemies  of  bees,  we  have  referred 
exclusively  to  those  which  infest  the  European  hive- 
bee.  The  various  tribes  of  honey-gathering  insects 
found  in  tropical  regions,  have  to  encounter  foes  of 
a  still  more  formidable  kind ;  and,  in  treating  of 
foreign  bees,  we  shall  have  occasion  to  point  out 
enemies,  both  amongst  the  feathered  race  and  amongst 
quadrupeds,  whose  ravages  far  exceed  any  injuries 
sustained  by  our  domesticated  bee. 

PRACTICAL  MANAGEMENT. — The  Apiary. — In  the 
practical  management  of  bees,  the  formation  and  due 
arrangement  of  the  apiary  is  of  some  importance.  The 
prime  requisites  are  shelter  from  the  extremes  of  heat, 
and  cold,  and  quiet.  Facing  southwards,  the  hives 
should  be  carefully  screened  from  the  north  and 
north-east.  A  group  of  young  trees,  or  a  close-grow- 
ing hedge,  will  answer  the  purpose  well ;  or  advan- 
tage may  be  taken  of  a  range  of  buildings,  or  a  garden 
wall.  In  availing  ourselves,  however,  of  the  shelter 
of  buildings,  care  must  be  taken  to  keep  the  hives  at 
such  a  distance  as  to  be  clear  of  the  rain-drops,  and 
from  the  eddying  winds  caused  by  such  a  locality.  A 
distance  of  not  less  than  eight  or  ten  feet  should  in- 
tervene between  them  and  the  screen ;  and  of  this 
space  the  half-breadth  next  the  hives  should  be  laid 


158  APIARIES. 

with  fine  gravel,  to  absorb  the  moisture,  and  keep  it 
free  from  weeds,  grass,  straws,  &c.  The  space  of 
ground  between  and  in  front  of  the  hives,  to  the  ex- 
tent of  at  least  three  feet,  should  be  covered  in  the 
same  manner. 

Quiet  is  essentially  necessary  to  their  doing  well. 
Bees  do  not  thrive  in  the  near  neighbourhood  of  in- 
cessant noise.  The  apiary,  therefore,  should  be  at  a 
distance  from  smithies,  mills,  steam-engines,  &c.,  and 
also  from  such  manufactories  as  emit  noisome  smells* 
When  circumstances  will  admit  of  it,  the  apiary  should 
be  placed  in  view  from  the  windows  of  the  family 
sitting-room.  This  will  save  much  of  the  trouble  in- 
curred in  watching  at  swarming  time,  as  well  as  give 
greater  security  from  marauders.  The  hives  should 
be  elevated  about  fifteen  inches  from  the  ground,  on 
a  single  post  or  pedestal,  in  preference  to  three  or 
four,  which  is  the  usual  number.  Vermin  are  thus 
prevented  by  the  projecting  edge  of  the  floor-board 
from  climbing  over  and  reaching  the  entrance.  It 
may  be  laid  down  as  a  good  rule  to  have  the  hives 
placed  as  far  from  one  another  as  the  extent  of  the 
apiary  will  admit.  When  standing  at  intervals  of 
only  two  or  three  feet,  the  bees  are  very  apt  to  quarrel 
amongst  themselves.  They  sometimes  mistake  their 
own  proper  domiciles  when  too  much  crowded 
together,  especially  when  hurrying  homewards  in  the 
working  season,  or  hastening  to  escape  a  shower,  and 
the  mistake  is  attended  with  fatal  consequences.  In 
feeding  a  weak  hive,  a  close  neighbourhood  is  parti- 
cularly dangerous ;  the  smell  of  the  syrup  is  quickly 


THE  HONEY-BEE.  159 

diffused  over  the  whole  colony,  and  pillage  generally 
ensues.  In  swarming,  too,  when  the  newly  departed 
emigrants  are  discouraged  by  a  sudden  blast  or  change 
of  atmosphere,  and  the  Queen  hastens  to  return  to 
her  old  abode,  her  ignorance  of  the  locality,  having,  if 
a  young  queen,  never  been  abroad  before,  renders 
her  very  apt  to  mistake  and  enter  a  hive  where  she 
is  by  no  means  welcome,  and,  the  swarm  following 
her,  a  bloody  conflict  takes  place.  All  these  incon- 
veniences point  out  the  propriety  of  a  large  interval 
between  the  hives,  and  this  arrangement  is  especially 
called  for  when,  as  in  very  extensive  apiaries,  the 
hives  are  placed  in  double  rows.  We  do  not  approve 
of  double  rows ;  they  occasion  great  confusion  often 
in  the  swarming  season.  If  the  number  of  hives  be 
too  large  for  a  single  row,  let  there  be  a  second  group 
formed  in  another  quarter  of  the  grounds.  This  de- 
tached apiary  will  be  found  useful  in  such  operations 
as  require  the  temporary  removal  of  stock-hives  from 
their  original  stations. 

Some  difference  of  opinion  exists  among  Bee-mas- 
ters as  to  the  precise  exposure  which  the  apiary  ought 
to  have.  In  fact,  this  must  be  regulated  by  the  nature 
of  the  climate ;  and  it  is  obvious  that  the  hives  ought 
not  to  face  the  direction  of  the  prevailing  winds, 
or  the  rainy  quarter.  But,  generally  speaking,  a 
southerly  aspect  is  preferable,  inclining,  perhaps,  a 
point  or  two  to  the  east.  This  is  Feburier's  opinion, 
and  we  think  him  right.  If  the  bees  are  induced,  in 
consequence  of  this  easterly  inclination,  to  venture  out 
in  the  chill  of  the  morning,  they  have  the  advantage 


]  GO  APIARIES. 

of  the  increasing  warmth  of  the  day;  wnereas,  a 
western  exposure  tempts  them  to  continue  their  ex- 
cursion, and  linger  in  the  fields  till  they  are  caught 
by  the  evening  cold. 

When  the  apiary  is  situated  in  a  garden,  there 
will  be  no  want  of  bushes  and  low-growing  shrubs 
on  which  the  bees  may  alight  when  swarming.  But 
when  it  is  located  on  a  lawn  or  smooth  level,  the 
swarm  is  extremely  apt  to  fly  off  altogether,  or  to 
take  up  its  station  on  some  high  tree  in  the  vicinity, 
from  which  it  is  difficult  to  dislodge  it.  A  few 
ever-green  shrubs  growing  in  front  of  the  hives,  and 
at  a  few  yards'  distance,  will  prevent  this.  Or  if  such 
an  arrangement  be,  from  particular  circumstances,  not 
expedient,  the  evil  may  be  so  far  remedied  by  sticking 
into  the  ground,  near  the  apiary,  some  branches  of  trees, 
retaining  their  foliage,  about  the  period  when  swarm- 
ing may  be  expected.  Water  is  essential  to  the  opera- 
tions of  these  insects  during  spring  and  summer ;  a 
shallow  pebbly  stream  in  the  vicinity  will;  therefore, 
be  most  advantageous,  where  they  can  drink  with- 
out danger  of  drowning.  Its  absence  should  be  sup- 
plied by  artificial  means ;  and  a  shallow  vessel  of 
water  placed  in  a  secluded  and  quiet  quarter  of  the 
apiary,  having  a  few  smooth  round  stones  thrown 
into  it,  of  a  size  to  project  above  the  surface,  and 
afford  footing  to  the  drinkers,  will  answer  the  end. 
The  neighbourhood  of  large  sheets  of  water,  how- 
ever, or  of  broad  rivers,  is  injurious;  the  little  foragers, 
in  crossing  during  high  winds  or  dashing  rains,  per- 
ish by  hundreds  in  a  single  day. 


THE  HONEY-BEE.  161 

Covered  apiaries,  or  bee-houses,  are  common  in 
Xngiand,  and  are  sometimes,  though  rarely,  met  with 
in  Scotland ;  they  have  their  advantages,  but  are 
not  without  serious  drawbacks.  They  afford  shel- 
ter from  the  extremes  of  heat  and  cold,  and,  when 
properly  constructed,  are  also  a  complete  protec- 
tion, from  thieves.  But  when  the  number  of  hives 
is  great,  the  expense  of  such  structures  is  so  con- 
siderable as  to  preclude  entirely  their  being  brought 
into  common  use.  Besides,  their  confined  limits 
render  it  necessary  to  place  the  hives  quite  close  to 
one  another — an  arrangement  which  we  have  already 
noticed  as  a  great  evil.  And,  finally,  in  operating 
experimentally  on  any  particular  hive,  the  whole 
colony  is  apt  to  take  the  alarm,  and  to  cause  a  degree 
of  confusion  most  inconvenient  to  the  operator. 
There  are  covered  apiaries  sometimes  to  be  met  with, 
the  superior  construction  of  which  precludes  these 
evils ;  but  a  much  greater  number  have  fallen  under 
our  observation  where  the  cheapness  of  the  erection 
has  interfered  materially  with  their  completeness 
and  utility.  The  disadvantages  above  specified  may 
all  be  avoided  in  open  apiaries ;  while  in  these  last, 
also,  all  the  advantages  for  which  the  former  are  pre- 
ferred, are,  we  are  persuaded,  perfectly  attainable. 
A  good  thick  coat  of  oat  or  rye-straw,  if  the  hives 
be  of  that  material ;  or,  if  of  timber,  a  well-seasoned 
and  painted  surtout  of  fir-plank,  three-fourths  of  an 
inch  in  thickness,  resting  on  the  floor-board,  and  hav 
ing  a  vacant  space  of  an  inch  between  it  and  the  hfoe, 
will  be  quite  sufficient  security  against  the  extremes 
of  heat  and  cold, 


162  APIARIES. 

Protection  from  thieves  has  heen  sought  for  in  va- 
rious contrivances,  certainly  not  all  of  them  effectual. 
Feburier  cites  Lombard's  method  of  security,  wbich 
consists  in  fastening  a  chain  to  one  of  the  four  supports 
of  the  floor-hoard,  bringing  it  over  the  top  of  the 
hive,  turning  it  once  round,  then  taking  it  down  on 
the  opposite  side,  and  fixing  it  with  a  padlock  to 
another  of  the  supports.  Huish  has  improved  upon 
this,  placing  an  iron  hoop  round  the  body  of  the  hive, 
having  another  fastened  to  it  at  right  angles,  and 
brought  over  the  top,  and  both  attached  to  a  chain, 
the  two  ends  of  which  are  secured  by  a  padlock  to 
the  post  which  supports  the  hive.  (See  PL  XX.  fig.  5.  J 
The  security  afforded  by  either  of  these  methods  is 
about  as  effectual  as  that  which  is  afforded  by  "  a 
lock  upon  leather" — to  use  an  expression  proverbial 
in  Scotland ;  for  a  thief  would  hardly  be  deterred  by 
the  complicated  apparatus  of  chains  and  hoops,  or 
take  the  trouble  of  unwinding  them,  when  in  a  mi- 
nute's space,  he  could  either  pick  the  lock,  or  with 
a  saw  cut  through  the  three -inch  post,  and  carry  off 
the  whole  concern.  Howatson's  mode  is  better.  "  The 
support  of  the  hive  is  of  malleable  iron,  having  a 
single  stem  below,  but  parted  into  three,  or  rather 
four,  branches  above,  on  the  top  of  which  branches 
the  board  of  the  hive  rests.  The  lower  part  of  the 
stem  is  fastened  with  lead  into  a  large  shapeless  stone, 
sunk  to  a  level  with  the  surface  of  the  ground."  To 
this  stem  is  fastened  an  apparatus  of  chains  and  hoops, 
similar  to  that  of  Lombard  and  Huish. 

Of  course  it  is  highly  in  favour  of  the  bees  when  the 


THE  HONEY-BEE.  ]  C3 

apiary  is  situated  in  a  country  abounding  with  such 
natural  productions  as  the  industrious  insect  can  turn 
to  account.  Large  heaths,  sheltered  with  woods,  are 
extremely  productive  of  honey,  as  the  wild  thyme  and 
other  flowering  plants  with  which  they  abound,  are 
not  cut  down  by  the  scythe  ;  and  the  heath  itself  re- 
mains in  bloom  till  late  in  the  season.  The  plane- 
tree,  the  whole  willow  tribe,  the  furze  or  whin,  the 
broom,  especially  the  Spanish  kind,  furnish  a  rich 
store  both  of  honey  and  farina.  The  bees  do  not 
feed  indiscriminately  on  every  species  of  flowers  ; 
several  of  the  most  splendid  and  odoriferous  are 
wholly  neglected  by  them,  while  they  select  others, 
the  flowers  of  which  are  extremely  small,  and  not 
apparently  possessed  of  any  very  valuable  qualities. 
Moreover,  they  give  a  decided  preference  to  those 
spots  where  a  great  quantity  of  their  favourite  flowers 
grow  together.  On  the  continent,  fields  of  buck- 
wheat afford  a  copious  supply,  though  the  honey  ex- 
tracted from  it  is  of  a  coarser  kind ;  and  in  our  own 
country,  the  white  clover  (Trifelium  repens),  will, 
in  fine  weather,  be  found  thronged  with  them,  while 
scattered  plants  that  afford  more  honey  are  neglected. 
When  a  variety  of  bee-flowers  flourish  in  the  same 
field,  it  is  said  they  will  first  collect  from  those  which 
furnish  the  best  honey  ;  if,  for  example,  several 
specieg  of  thyme  grow  together,  they  prefer  the 
lemon  thyme,  which  is  of  a  richer  fragrance. 

The  Bee-master  will  do  well  to  supply  his  fa- 
vourites with  such  flowers,  &c.  as  are  not  found 
growing  spontaneously  in  his  neighbourhood.  In 


164  APIARIES. 

addition  to  the  gooseberry,  currant,  and  raspberry 
bushes,  and  the  several  orchard  trees,  the  flower- 
borders  in  his  garden  should  be  well  stocked  with 
snow-drops,  crocuses,  wall-flower,  and,  above  all,  with 
mignonette,  which  affords  honey  of  the  richest  flavour, 
and  which  continues  flowering  till  the  near  approach 
of  winter.  The  rich  melliferous  blossoms  of  the 
Buddlea  globosa,  too,  the  bees  are  very  fond  of;  and 
some  of  the  Cacalia  tribe  afford  an  ample  store. 
<f  The  Cacalia  suaveolens"  says  Darwin,  ff  produces 
so  much  honey,  that  on  some  days  it  may  be  smelt 
at  a  great  distance  from  the  plant.  I  remember  once 
counting  on  one  of  these  plants,  besides  bees  of  vari- 
ous kinds  without  number,  above  200  painted  butter- 
flies, which  gave  it  the  beautiful  appearance  of  being 
covered  with  additional  flowers."*  Besides  these,  the 
plants  of  Borage,  (Borago,)  and  viper's  Bugloss, 
(Echium  vulgare)  yield  a  very  considerable  quantity 
of  the  rich  liquid.  The  former  is  eagerly  resorted  to 
by  the  Bees ;  it  is  an  annual,  and  blossoms  during  the 
whole  season  till  destroyed  by  frost.  In  cold  and 
showery  weather,  the  Bees  feed  on  it  in  preference 
to  every  other  plant,  owing  to  its  flowers  being  pendu- 
lous. The  Bugloss  appears  as  a  troublesome  weed 
among  corn,  and  grows  on  dry  soils  in  great  profusion  ; 
it  is  a  biennial  plant.  Turnips,  particularly  the  early 
garden  kind,  should  be  sown  and  allowed  to  remain 
in  their  beds  during  the  winter;  and  they  will  in 
consequence,  by  their  early  flowering,  afford  a  seasoi> 

*  Economy  .of  Vegetation.  Canto  I V7. 


THE  HONEY-BEE.  165 

able  supply  of  farina,  and  also  a  small  portion  of 
noney  early  in  spring.  The  whole  cabbage-tribe 
also  may  be  made  to  contribute  their  share;  and 
mustard -seed,  when  sown  in  successive  crops,  will 
continue  blossoming  for  many  weeks. 

We  cannot  conclude  these  observations  on  the  situa- 
tion of  the  Apiary,  without  reminding  the  classical 
reader  of  the  admirable  directions  on  the  same  subject 
by  Virgil.  In  fact,  there  is  not  a  precept  given  by 
the  Roman  Poet  on  the  practical  treatment  of  Bees, 
particularly  as  respects  the  situation  of  the  Apiary, 
which  is  not  found  at  this  day,  and  after  the  experience 
of  so  many  centuries,  to  be  the  result  of  an  accurate 
knowledge  of  the  habits  of  these  insects,  and  highly 
conducive  to  their  prosperity.  While  we  smile  at 
the  fable  of  Aristaeus,  and  plume  ourselves  on  our 
more  correct  understanding  of  their  natural  history, 
the  most  skilful  Apiarian  among  us  will  do  well  to 
listen  to  his  practical  directions. 

Principio,  sedes  apibus,  statioque  petenda 
Q,uo  neque  sit  ventis  aditus  (nam  pabula  venti 
Ferre  domum  prohibent)       *        *        *        * 
Absint  et  picti  squalentia  terga  lacerti 
Pinguibus  a  stabulis,  meropesque,  aliseque  volucres ; 

Xeu  propius  tectis  Taxum  sine ; 

altae  neu  crede  paludi, 

Ant  ubi  odor  coeni  gravis  ;        *        *        *        * 
At  lic.uidi  fontes,  et  stagna  viventia  musco 
Adsint,  et  tenuis  fugiens  per  gramina  rivus  ; 
Palmaque  vestibulum,  aut  ingens  oleaster  inumbret ; 
Obviaque  hospitiis  teneat  frondentibus  arbos. 
In  medium,  seu  stabit  iners,  seu  profluet  humor. 


166  APIARIES. 

Transversas  salices,  et  grandia  conjice  saxa : 
Pontibus  ut  crebris  possint  consistere,  et  alas 
Pandere  ad  sestivum  solem ;  si  forte  morantes 
Sparserit,  aut  prseceps  Neptuno  immerserit  Eurus. 
Haec  circum  casiae  virides,  et  olentia  late 
Serpylla  et  graviter  spirantis  copia  thymbrae 
Floreat :  irriguumque  bibant  violaria  fontem. 

Georg.  Iv. 

Hives  are  found  of  almost  all  shapes  and  sizes,  and 
of  various  materials — circumstances  influenced  some- 
times by  convenience,  but  oftener  by  the  taste  and 
fancy  of  the  owners.  In  France,  particularly,  where 
the  culture  of  the  Bee  has  been  much  attended  to, 
the  variety  of  hives  is  very  great ;  but  with  few  ex- 
ceptions, they  appear  to  be  remarkably  deficient  in 
simplicity.  This  is  an  important  point  to  be  attended 
to,  both  as  regards  the  accommodation  of  the  bees, 
and  the  convenience  of  the  Bee-master.  As  far  as 
respects  the  mere  collection  and  storing  of  the  honey, 
the  kind  of  hive  is  but  of  secondary  importance.  If 
the  season  be  propitious,  and  the  country  rich  in 
flowers,  the  industrious  collectors  will  cheerfully  de- 
posit the  fruit  of  their  labours  in  any  moderate  sized 
receptacle  that  appears  to  afford  security  and  shelter. 
It  is  the  interest  of  the  owner,  however,  to  ascertain 
what  material  and  construction  will  answer  best  for 
sustaining  an  equable  temperature  during  the  heats 
of  summer,  and  most  effectually  secure  the  comfort 
of  the  inmates  during  the  severity  of  winter.  And, 
besides  these  indispensable  requisites,  there  are  other 
considerations  to  be  attended  to  in  the  structure  of 
hives  which,  to  the  Naturalist  and  Amaxeur,  are 


Fy.2. 


Fuj.3. 


Tiff-  4- 


Fig.  5. 


THE  HONEY-BEE.  167 

matters  of  no  little  moment.  It  would  far  exceed 
our  prescribed  limits  to  attempt  a  description  of  the 
multitude  of  hives  that  the  ingenuity  of  one  class  of 
bee-masters  has  invented,  and  another  has  improved 
upon.  We  shall,  therefore,  notice  those  only  that 
are  in  general  use,  and  those  which,  from  their  great 
utility,  deserve  to  be  better  known. 

Straw  Hives,  of  the  common  bell-shape,  with  all 
their  imperfections,  will  continue  in  use,  because  they 
are  easily  made  and  cost  little — because  the  handling 
of  them  requires  little  skill — and  because,  as  long  as 
the  suffocating  system  is  persisted  in,  they  answer  the 
purpose  well  enough.  It  would  be  desirable,  how- 
ever, that  more  pains  were  bestowed  on  their  form. 
To  concentrate  the  heat — to  retain  it,  and  thus  to 
accelerate  the  hatching  of  the  brood,  on  which  so 
much  depends,  no  shape  in  our  opinion  is  so  well 
adapted  as  the  globular.  We  would  therefore  re- 
commend straw-hives  to  be  made  in  the  form  of  a 
globe,  having  the  third  of  its  diameter  cut  away.  (See 
PI.  X.  fig.  1.)  Perhaps,  the  cycloidal  shape  would 
answer  nearly  as  well,  and  would  be  probably  more 
easily  made.  (Fig.  2.)  In  either  of  these  forms,  one 
rod  of  three-fourths  of  an  inch  thickness,  forced 
through  the  hive  at  right  angles  to  a  line  drawn  from 
the  entrance,  and  about  an  inch  higher  up  than  the 
centre,  would  be  sufficient  to  support  the  combs,  be- 
cause the  moutli  ot  the  hive  being  of  less  diameter 
than  the  centre,  the  combs,  from  their  wedge-like 
chape  at  the  lower  extremity,  would  not  be  so  apt 
to  sink  down  by  their  own  weight.  We  may  mention 


1G8  HIVES. 

as  our  reason  for  the  above  recommendation,  that  we 
have  uniformly  found  that  such  of  our  straw-hives  as 
approached  nearest  the  shape  recommended,  have 
been,  ceteri*  paribus,  the  first  to  swarm,  and  hav» 
swarmed  thfc  oftenest.  We  had  till  lately  in  our 
possession,  one  of  the  form  fig.  2,  which  had  for  three 
successive  years  thrown  each  year  three  swarms. 

Wildmans  Storied  Straw  Hive. — This  is  preferred 
by  many  to  wooden  hives  on  the  same  plan,  from  the 
persuasion  that  straw  is  a  preferable  material.  It 
consists  of  two  or  more  stories,  each  seven  inches  in 
height,  and  ten  inches  in  diameter.  In  the  upper 
row  of  straw,  there  is  a  hoop  of  about  half  an  inch 
in  breadth,  to  which  are  fastened  six  or  seven  wooden 
spars,  each  one-fourth  of  an  inch  thick,  aifd  one  and 
a  quarter  of  an  inch  broad,  and  half  an  inch  apart 
from  each  other.  To  these  bars  the  bees  fix  their 
combs.  In  order  to  give  greater  steadiness  to  the 
combs,  and  prevent  their  being  broken  or  deranged 
when  the  hive  is  moved,  a  rod  is  run  through  the 
middle  of  it,  in  a  direction  across  the  bars,  or  at  right 
angles  with  them.  A  flat  cover  of  straw,  worked  of 
the  same  thickness  as  the  hives,  and  twelve  inches  in 
diameter,  is  applied  to  the  uppermost  story,  "  made 
fast  to  the  hive  with  a  packing-needle  and  thread," 
and  carefully  luted.  Before  it  is  put  on,  a  piece  of 
clean  paper,  of  the  size  of  the  top  of  the  hive,  should 
be  laid  over  the  bars,  the  design  of  which  is  to  pre- 
vent the  bees  from  working  in  the  intervening  spaces. 
(PL  X.  fig.  3.) 

Grecian  Hive. — This  has  long  been  in  use  in  ll>»i 


THE  HONEY  BEE.  169 

Greek  Islands,  and  is  sometimes  called  the  Candiote 
Hive.  It  is  in  the  form  of  a  flower-pot,  open  at  the 
top,  and  provided  with  a  flat  cover  in  the  same  man- 
ner as  the  hive  last  described.  As  in  this  last,  also, 
a  certain  number  of  bars  are  fastened  to  the  upper- 
most roll  of  straw,  each  designed  for  the  foundation 
of  a  comb ;  and  when  prepared  for  use,  the  cover  is 
laid  above  these  bars,  fixed  at  the  edges  by  wooden 
pins,  or  sewed  with  pack-thread,  and  having  the 
joining  carefully  plastered  with  clay.  (See  Plate 
X.,  fig.  4.)  This  hive  affords  considerable  faci- 
lities for  forcing  the  bees  to  work  in  wax.  It  is  only 
necessary  to  remove  one  or  two  of  the  combs,  and 
the  bees  will  immediately  commence  filling  up  the 
vacancies.  In  this  way,  a  portion  of  their  honied 
stores  may  be  abstracted  without  difficulty,  and  with- 
out having  recourse  to  the  barbarous  practice  of  suf- 
focation. It  affords  also  the  means  of  making  arti- 
ficial swarms.  It  will  be  observed  that  in  conse- 
quence of  the  diameter  of  the  hive  gradually  dimin- 
ishing towards  the  bottom,  rods  inserted  through  the 
body  of  the  hive  are  rendered  unnecessary,  the 
wedge-like  form  of  the  combs  serving  sufficiently  to 
support  them.  "  The  hives,"  says  Wheeler  in  his 
Journey  into  Greece,  ee  are  made  of  willows  or  osiers, 
fashioned  like  our  common  dust-baskets,  wide  at  top, 
and  narrow  at  the  bottom,  and  plastered  with  clay  or 
loam  within  and  without.  The  tops  are  covered  with 
broad  flat  sticks,  wuicn  are  also  plastered  over  with 
<lny ;  and,  to  secure  them  from  the  weather,  they 
cover  them  with  a  tuft  of  straw  as  we  do.  Alo^g; 


170  HIVES. 

each  of  these  sticks,  the  bees  fasten  their  comhs  ;  so 
that  a  comb  may  be  taken  out  whole,  and  with  the 
greatest  ease  imaginable.  To  increase  them  in  spring- 
time, (that  is,  to  make  artificial  swarms,)  they  divide 
them,  first,  separating  the  sticks  on  which  the  combs 
and  bees  are  fastened  from  one  another  with  a  knife  ; 
so  taking  out  the  first  comb  and  bees  together  on  each 
side,  they  put  them  into  another  basket  in  the  same 
order  as  they  were  taken  out,  until  they  have  equally 
divided  them.  After  this,  when  they  are  both  again 
accommodated  with  sticks  and  plaster,  they  set  the 
new  basket  in  place  of  the  old  one,  and  the  old  one 
in  some  new  place.  And  all  this  they  do  in  the 
middle  of  the  day,  at  such  time  as  the  greatest  part 
of  the  bees  are  abroad ;  who,  at  their  coming  home, 
without  much  difficulty,  by  this  means  divide  them- 
selves equally.  In  August,  they  take  their  honey, 
which  they  do  in  the  day  time  also,  the  bees  being 
thereby,  say  they,  disturbed  the  least ;  beginning  at 
the  outside,  and  so  taking  away,  until  they  have  left 
only  such  a  quantity  of  combs  in  the  middle  as  they 
judge  will  be  sufficient  to  maintain  the  bees  in  winter ; 
sweeping  those  bees  that  are  on  the  combs  into  the 
basket  again,  and  covering  them  anew  with  sticks 
and  plaster."  Huish  has  adopted  this  hive  with 
some  additional  apparatus.  (See  Plate  X.,  fig.  5.) 
The  cover,  instead  of  being  flat,  as  in  the  original 
hive,  has  considerable  convexity,  ii  order  to  facilitate 
the  flowing  of  the  water,  produced  DY  the  condensed 
vapour,  towards  the  circumference,  instead  of  its  be- 
ing; allowed  to  drop  on  the  oees.  To  prevent  them 


THE  HONEY  BEE.  171 

from  working  in  the  spaces  between  the  bars,  and 
thus  presenting  an  obstacle  to  their  easy  removal,  he 
spreads  over  them  a  piece  of  gauze  or  net- work,  sa- 
tisfied that  the  bees  will  not  construct  their  edifices 
on  so  flimsy  a  foundation.  Over  the  net-work  he 
places  a  flat  round  board,  divided  into  several  sections, 
each  of  which  is  moveable  on  hinges,  and  may  be 
opened  in  one  or  more  divisions,  as  it  may  be  desired 
to  remove  one  or  more  combs.  In  this  circular  cover 
are  several  air-holes,  closed  with  tin  gratings,  to  al- 
low the  heated  air  ta  escape. 

Lombard's  Hive. — The  only  other  straw-hive 
worthy  of  notice,  known  to  us,  is  that  of  M.  Lom- 
bard of  Paris,  the  friend  and  correspondent  of  Huber, 
and  author  of  a  work  on  bees,  which  that  distin- 
guished naturalist  highly  commends.  This  hive  is 
in  some  degree  a  storied  one,  and  differs  from  others 
of  that  kind  only  in  having  its  upper  story  less  than 
half  the  capacity  of  the  lower  or  body  of  the  hive ; 
and  that,  at  the  honey-harvest,  the  contents  only  of 
the  former,  which  its  inventor  calls  the  Couvercle  or 
Cap,  are  appropriated  by  the  cultivator,  while  those 
of  the  latter  continue  from  year  to  year  the  exclusive 
property  of  the  bees  themselves.  Plate  X.,  tig.  f* 
copied  and  reduced  from  Lombard's  Work,  gives 
a  sketch  of  this  hive,  where  a  is  the  cap,  surmount- 
ed by  a  pointed  piece  of  wood,  designed  for  the 
firmer  fixing  of  the  straw  covering ;  b  is  the  body  of 
*he  hive,  having  a  thin  square  piece  of  deal  fixed  at 
the  top  as  the  foundation  of  the  combs,  leaving  open 
spaces  at  each  side  for  the  passage  of  the  beee ;  t  ^ 


172  HIVES. 

are  two  small  rods  which,  on  the  top  being  brought 
close  down  on  the  body  b,  serve.,  by  being  fastened 
together,  to  keep  the  former  steadily  in  its  place. 
This  hive  possesses  no  superiority  over  the  common 
storied  ones,  of  which  it  is  a  modification  ;  and  the 
plan  of  retaining  the  same  combs  in  the  body  of  the 
hive  for  a  series  tf  years,  must  prove  decidedly  in- 
jurious t<;  ;*x  prosperity  of  the  colony. 

Of  the  straw  hives  here  described,  we  give  a  de- 
cided preference  to  that  of  Wildman,  both  in  respect 
to  material  and  construction,  maintaining,  as  it  does, 
a  constant  equability  of  temperature,  and  enabling 
the  operator  to  practise  the  mode  of  partial  depriva- 
tion, which  will  be  after  ward*'  described.  We  think, 
however,  the  dimensions  ma)  be  enlarged  with  ad- 
vantage, and  would  recommend  the  diameter  to  be 
12  inches  instead  of  10,  and  the  height  of  each  story 
to  be  7^  inches  instead  of  7.  This  will  bring  the 
hive,  when  consisting  of  two  stories,  to  the  capacity 
of  a  solid  foot.  It  will  be  of  advantage,  also,  to  have 
the  upper  and  lower  bands  of  each  story  worked 
double,  the  one  exterior  to  the  other,  as  represented 
in  Plate  X.,  fig.  3.  This  will  contribute  greatly  *» 
the  steadiness  of  the  hive,  and  afford  the  neans  of 
connecting  the  stories  firmly  together  by  pack-thread 
or  wooden  pins. 

Bee-Boxes. — The  respective  merits  of  straw-hives 
and  bee-boxes  have  often  been  made  the  subject  of 
discussion.  Certainly  those  of  straw  have  a  decided 
superiority  over  those  of  wood,  in  respect  to  their 
capability  of  maintaining  an  equable  temperature, 


from  the 
«.i.:~u  4.v 


THE  HONEY-BEE. 


from  the  non-conducting  quality  of  the  material  of 
which  the  former  are  constructed  The  latter  are 
more  easily  kept  clean — th<^  furnibh  better  means 
of  defence  against  vermin — they  are  a  great  deal 
more  durable,  and  afford  a  much  greater  facility  for 
operating  experimentally,  ana  studying  the  nature  of 
their  interesting  inmates.  And  what  is  always  of 
importance  in  matters  of  rural  economy,  their  cost, 
at  least  as  regards  the  simple*  kinds,  is  very  little 
more  than  that  of  the  straw  hives ;  and  if  we  take 
their  disability  into  account,  it  is  actually  less.  But 
the  nature  of  the  material  of  which  they  are  made, 
rendering  them  easily  affected  bv  variations  of  the 
external  temperature,  furnishes  an  important  and 
well-founded  objection ;  for  notwithstanding  all  the 
precautions  used,  no  practicable  or  manageable  thick- 
ness of  material,  nor  wrappings  of  straw  ropes  and 
straw  covers  have  been  found  effectual  in  remedying 
this  defect.  We  are  of  opinion,  therefore,  that  those 
who  cultivate  bees  for  the  sake  of  their  produce  only, 
and  who  have  no  particular  desire  to  study  minutely 
their  natural  history,  or  to  witness  their  proceedings 
in  the  interior  of  their  dwellings,  will  do  well  to  ad- 
here to  hives  of  straw ;  and  of  these,  by  far  the  best 
in  our  estimation,  is  the  &*or*<*i  straw  hive  of  Wild- 
man,  already  described. 

There  is  a  greater  variety  of  form  and  structure  in 
the  wooden  hives,  than  in  those  of  straw ;  but  the 
storied  kinds,  of  various  dimensions,  are  most  gener- 
ally used.  Wildman  has  invented  one  of  this  kind, 
for  a  long  and  somewhat  unintelligible  description  of 


1  . 4  HIVES. 

which  we  must  refer  CAIT  readers  to  his  treatise.  It 
appears  to  be  a  very  complex  structure,  and  therefore 
so  far  ineligible ;  for  every  bee-master,  in  operating 
with  his  little  irritable  and  impatient  labourers,  feels 
as  very  serious  obstacles  to  his  success,  the  machinery 
of  drawers,  dividers,  sliders,  grooves,  &c.  This  form 
of  the  storied  hive,  accordingly,  has  never  been  brought 
into  general  use.  A  simpler  construction  has  become 
popular.  Ten  years  after  Wildman's  work  was  pub- 
lished, Mr.  Keys  published  his  Treatise,  in  which  he 
gives  his  plan  of  a  storied  hive,  the  chief  improvement 
of  which  consisted  in  the  employment  of  the  cross 
bars  of  the  Grecian  hive,  and  arranged  nearly  in  the 
same  manner,  instead  of  the  complex  and  cumbrous 
sliding  frames  of  Wildman's.  Seven  years  ago,  Mr. 
Howatson,  in  a  useful  little  manual  on  bees,  advocated 
a  story-hive,  in  the  construction  of  which  he  professes 
having  endeavoured  to  combine  the  advantages  of 
both  Wildman's  and  that  of  Keys,  while  he  aimed  at 
greater  simplicity,  and  a  diminution  of  expense.  We 
think  he  has  succeeded  in  his  views,  and  his  success 
would  be  still  more  complete  were  the  troublesome, 
and,  in  our  opinion,  unnecessary  apparatus  of  f '  glass 
slips"  dispensed  with.  "  The  boxes  (PI.  XI.  fig.  1.) 
are  made  of  fir-deal,*  f  of  an  inch  thick ;"  a  full  inch 
in  thickness,  and  even  a  little  more,  would  be  an  im- 
provement,— there  would  be  less  chance  of  the  internal 
heat  escaping,  or  of  the  external  cold  penetrating. 

*  Poplar,  in  the  opinion  of  T.  A.  Knight,  Esq.,  would  an- 
swer better,  from  its  looser  g'ain,  and  consequent  non-con- 
ducting quality. 


Of  . 

UNIVERSITY  j) 


THE  HONEY-BEE.  175 

'  The  inside  dimensions  of  each  are  12  inches  by  9, 
and  8  deep ;  the  whole  depth  of  the  skep  (hive)  is 
therefore  16  inches,  and  its  capacity  one  solid  foot. 
Each  box  has  8  wooden  spars,  1  inch  broad,  and  f 
thick,  as  a  foundation  to  the  combs.  The  length  of 
the  upper  side  of  each  spar  is  9J  inches,  while  the 
under  side  is  only  9,  a  half-cheeky  as  tradesmen  say, 
of  ^  inch  being  made  in  the  under  side  at  each  end. 
But  the  upper  side  of  the  spars  must  be  flush  with 
the  upper  edge  of  the  boxes ;  wherefore  a  check  mu*v 
be  made  to  receive  the  spars  in  the  long  sides  of  the 
boxes  also.  The  intervals  between  the  spars  in  the 
upper  box  are  closed  with  slips  of  glass,  the  ends  of 
which  rest  on  the  same  check  as  the  spars.  In  the 
ander  box  all  the  intervals  are  left  open,  not  only  that 
the  bees  may  have  a  ready  passage  up  and  down ,  but 
also  that  the  whole  interior  air  may  be  of  the  same 
temperature." 

In  Dr.  Sevan's  "  Honey-Bee"  we  have  the  de. 
acription  of  another  storied  hive  (PI.  XI.  fig. 2,)  whick 
differs  from  the  last  described  only  in  dimensions, 
and  in  the  number  of  bars ;  the  size  of  the  former 
being  12  inches  square,  and  9  deep,  inside  measure; 
and  the  bars  six  in  number,  and  1J  inch  broad. 
We  have  reason  to  know,  however,  that  since  the  pub- 
lication of  his  excellent  Treatise,  Dr.  B.  has  found 
reason  for  making  some  alteration  in  his  hive,  and  that 
he  now  recommends  the  dimensions  to  be  12  inches 
between  back  and  front  at  the  top,  but  gradually 
tapering  inwards  to  10|  inches  at  the  bottom,  with 
the  view  of  supporting  more  firmly  the  weight  of  the 


176  HIVES. 

combs,  which  wi.  thus  have  the  form  of  a  wedge, 
and  11|  inches  between  end  and  end;  the  bars  to 
be  1  £  inch  in  breadth,,  7  in  number,  and  to  measure 
from  the  centre  of  one  to  the  centre  of  another  1 1  inch.* 
He  has  also,  on  the  suggestion  of  Mr.  Golding,  an 
intelligent  Kentish  apiarian,  adopted  another  im- 
provement. To  induce  the  bees  to  lay  the  foundation 
of  their  combs  on  the  centre,  and  in  the  direction  of  the 
bars,  instead  of  across  the  interstices,  as  they  often 
do,  thus  preventing  their  easy  removal  when  desired, 
Wildman  spread  over  them  a  sheet  of  paper.  Huish 
uses  a  covering  of  gauze,  and  Hotvatson  inserts  slips 
of  glass ;  the  two  former  from  a  belief  that  the  builders 
would  not  erect  their  structure  on  so  unstable  a  found- 
ation as  paper  or  gauze ;  and  the  latter,  from  a  know- 
ledge of  their  dislike  to  the  smooth  and  slippery  surface 
of  glass.  Dr.  B.'s  method,  recommended  by  his  friend, 
is  preferable  to  them  all ;  it  consists  in  fixing  to  the 
under  side  of  each  bar  a  small  piece  of  comb,  and 
thus  furnishing  the  bees  with  a  line  of  direction  which 
the}7  will  implicitly  follow.  The  expedient  of  a  guide- 
comb  .has  been  long  known  and  practised,  but  the 
mode  of  attaching  it  to  the  bar  adopted  by  Dr.  B.  is 
simple  and  ingenious.  He  pours  a  little  melted  wax 
on  the  under  surface  of  the  bar,  and,  while  it  is  warm 
and  in  a  liquid  state,  applies  to  it  longitudinally  a  piece 
of  guide-comb,  taking  care  that  the  centre  of  the 
comb,  formed  by  the  bottoms  of  the  cells,  shall  ex- 

*  The  back  and  front  boards,  in  consequence  of  the  slope, 
measure  in  thickness  one  inch  at  the  top,  and  rather  more 
than  one  inch  and  six- eighths  at  the  bottom. 


THE  HONEY-BEE.  177 

actly  correspond  with  the  centre  of  the  har ;  when 
the  wax  hardens,  which  it  does  in  a  few  seconds,  the 
comb  is  firmly  fixed.  To  save  trouble,  every  second 
bar  only  need  be  furnished  with  this  guide.* 

The  storied  hive  appears  to  us  simple  and  con- 
venient ;  and  it  has  this  very  decided  advantage, 
that  the  use  of  it,  as  will  be  illustrated  when  treating 
of  the  honey-harvest,  renders  perfectly  and  com- 
pletely practicable  the  preservation  of  the  life  of  the 
bees,  and  that,  too,  without  any  difficulty  or  nicety  of 
operation  that  might  scare  the  timid  cultivator  from 
the  humane  attempt.  The  storied  hive  affords,  also, 
great  facilities  for  uniting,  at  the  end  of  the  season, 
two  weakly  swarms,  or  two  weakly  provided  hives. 
By  means  of  smoke  blown  in  at  the  door  below  of 
the  two  hives  to  be  united,  the  bees  are  forced  into 
the  upper  boxes,  which  are  then  separated  and  placed 
one  above  the  other,  thus  forming  a  stock  strong  both 
in  population  and  provisions,  and  securing,  in  all  pro- 
bability, early  swarming  in  the  following  season. 
Terrified  by  the  smoke,  the  bees  readily  unite  without 
bloodshed. 

Hubers  Hive. — The  hive  invented  by  the  cele- 
brated Huber,  and  which  he  has  called  the  book  or 
leaf-hive,  possesses,  in  our  estimation,  more  valuable 
properties,  taken  as  a  whole,  than  any  other  we  are 
acquainted  with.  It  has  all  the  advantages  of  a  ctm- 

*  Since  the  above  was  written,  Dr.  Be  van  has  published  a 
Second  Edition  of  his  excellent  work,  where,  in  pages  82  and 
98,  he  gives  detailed  descriptions  of  the  size  and  arrangements 
of  his  Bee-Boxes. 


173  HIVES. 

mon  bee-box,  as  to  capacity,  cleanliness,  and  security 
against  vermin,  while,  at  the  same  time,  it  enables  me 
cultivator  to  ascertain  at  all  times  the  state  of  Ins 
colony,  nay,  of  every  individual  comb,  the  progress  of 
the  brood,  the  quantity  of  provision,  the  existence  and 
number  of  royal  cells,  and  the  probable  period  of 
swarming.  It  affords  every  facility,  too,  for  making 
artificial  swarms,  and  for  discovering  the  exact  period 
when  that  operation  may  be  attempted  with  a  reason- 
able prospect  of  success.  The  greatest  drawback  is 
its  expense,*  which  is  such  as  as  to  preclude  any  but 
amateurs  from  having  recourse  to  it.  A  figure  of  this 
hive,  as  used  by  Huber  himself,  is  to  be  found  in  his 
"  Observations  on  Bees  ;"  another  of  the  same  hive, 
as  afterwards  modified  by  him,  has  been  given  by 
M.  Lombard,  (Plate  XL,  fig.  3.) 

The  leaf-hive  consists  of  eight  frames,  each  18 
inches  high,t  English  measure,  and  ten  inches  wide, 
inside,  having  the  uprights  and  top  cross  pieces  1 J 
inch  broad  and  one  inch  thick,  so  that  the  eight  frames, 
when  placed  close  together,  constitute  a  hive,  eigh- 
teen inches  high,  twelve  inches  between  end  and  end. 
and  ten  inches  between  back  and  front,  all  inside 
measure.  The  frames  are  held  together  by  a  flat 
sliding  bar  on  each  side,  secured  by  wedges  and  pins. 
To  the  first  and  eighth  of  these  frames  is  attached  a 
frame  with  glass,  and  covered  with  a  shutter.  The 
body  of  the  hive  is  protected  by  a  sloping  roof,  and 

*  One  Guinea  is  the  usual  price. 

•f  Fourteen  or  fifteen  inches  at  most  would  be  a  better  size 
for  the  uprights. 


THE  HONEY-BEE.  179 

the  entrance  is  made  through  the  thickness  of  the 
floor-board.  We  dislike  the  sliding  bars,  with  their 
pins  and  wedges,  which  are  so  far  inconvenient,  that, 
in  drawing  them  out,  all  the  frames  are  liable  to  open, 
and  the  observer  is  exposed  to  some  hazard  of  annoy- 
ance from  the  bees  issuing  out  at  every  joint;  and  we 
have  substituted  for  them  hinges  on  the  one  side,  and 
a  hook  and  eye  on  each  frame  on  the  other ;  we  can 
thus  open  any  particular  leaf  without  meddling  with 
the  rest.  In  taking  honey  from  this  hive,  the  bee- 
master  has  the  whole  interior  completely  under  his 
eye  and  at  his  disposal,  and  can  choose  what  combs 
best  suit  his  purpose,  both  as  to  quantity  and  quality ; 
taking  care,  however,  to  do  so  only  at  such  periods 
as  will  leave  the  bees  time  to  replenish  the  vacancy 
before  the  termination  of  the  honey  season.  It  is 
also  well  adapted  for  artificial  swarming.  By  sepa- 
rating the  hive  into  two  halves^  the  honey,  brood- 
combs,  and  bees  will,  generally  speaking,  be  equally 
divided ;  and  by  supplying  each  half  with  four  empty 
frames,  we  shall  have  two  hives,  one  half  empty 
equal  in  number  of  bees,  of  brood,  and  even  of  stores. 
One  of  the  new  hives  will  possess  the  Queen ;  and  if 
the  operation  has  been  performed  at  the  proper  time, 
that  is  to  say,  a  week  or  ten  days  before  the  period 
of  natural  swarming,  the  probability  is  there  will  be 
royal  brood  coming  forward  in  the  other ;  at  all  events, 
there  will  be  plenty  of  eggs  and  larvae  of  the  proper 
age  for  forming  an  artificial  Queen. 

Single-comb  Hive. — The  celebrated  naturalist,  Bon- 
net, suggested  and  recommended  to  Huber  the  adop- 


180  HIVES. 

tion  of  a  hive  which  should  admit  of  only  one  comb, 
and  that  indefatigable  apiarian  soon  succeeded  in  con- 
structing one,  the  sides  of  which,  composed  of  glass, 
were  separated  by  so  small  an  interval,  that  only  a 
single  comb  could  be  erected  between  them.  In  this 
he  found  no  difficulty  in  establishing  a  swarm;  the  bees 
pursued  their  labours  with  the  same  assiduity  and  re- 
gularity as  in  other  hives,  and,  every  cell  being  ex- 
posed to  view,  none  of  their  proceedings  could  be  con- 
cealed. Huber  has  not  given  any  directions  as  to  the 
dimensions  or  the  mode  of  constructing  this  hive,  but 
they  have  been  supplied  by  Feburier,  though  he  does 
not  name  the  inventor.  "  It  consists  of  a  frame 
from  1^  foot  to  2  feet  in  height,  and  from  1  foot  to 
1^  foot  in  breadth.  The  uprights  and  cross-bar  at 
the  top,  are  about  2  inches  thick,  and  1|  inch  broad. 
This  breadth  being  sufficient  to  admit  of  the  bees 
constructing  a  com^  forms  almost  the  whole  interior 
of  the  hive.  To  this  frame  is  applied  on  each  side 
another  frame  of  the  same  dimensions,  except  that 
it  need  not  be  above  ^  inch  in  thickness.  In  each 
of  these  outer  frames  is  placed  a  pane  or  panes  of 
glass,  in  such  a  manner,  that  the  distance  between, 
constituting  the  width  of  the  hive  from  back  to 
front,  shall  be  20  lines,  that  is  12  for  the  thickness 
of  the  comb,  and  4  on  each  side  for  the  passage  of 
the  bees.  These  dimensions  must  be  correctly  ob- 
served ;  at  least,  the  width  had  better  be  diminished 
than  augmented,  otherwise  the  bees  will  work  against 
the  glass.  The  frames  are  attached  to  one  another 
by  hinges  on  the  one  side,  and  hooks  on  the  other, 


THE  HONEY-BEE.  181 


or  by  iron  wire.  An  entrance  is  made  by  cutting,  in 
the  middle  of  the  lower  quarter  of  the  frame,  a  notch 
sloping  upwards  from  the  outside.  There  must  be 
an  entrance  both  before  and  behind,  the  doors  of 
which  are  opened  and  shut  at  pleasure.  This  hive 
must  be  covered  with  a  wooden  surtout  resting  on 
the  floor-board.  To  save  the  trouble  of  lifting  it  off 
every  time  we  observe  the  bees,  an  opening  is  .made 
in  each  side  with  a  shutter  fitted  to  it,  of  the  same 
size  with  the  glass ;  and  as  it  is  necessary  that  the 
bees  should  be  kept  from  getting  between  the  hive 
and  the  surtout,  there  must  be  a  covered  passage 
leading  to  the  outside.  This  hive  presents  great 
facilities  for  making  experiments,  and  for  observing 
the  proceedings  of  the  bees,  which  being  prevented 
from  constructing  more  than  one  comb,  cannot  con- 
ceal any  part  of  their  operations  as  in  other  hives. 
They  soon  become  accustomed  to  the  removal  of  the 
surtout,  and  are  not  at  all  disturbed  by  our  observ- 
ing them.  The  Queen  may  be  followed  in  all  her 
movements,  and  even  in  her  laying.  It  is  easy  to 
lay  hold  of  her  at  any  time,  either  in  the  hive  or  in 
the  passage.  The  bees  may  be  fed  and  retained 
prisoners ;  they  may  be  forced  to  make  wax  from 
honey,  honey  from  sugar,  &c.  In  short,  all  the  ex- 
periments that  have  ever  been  made,  may  be  verified 
by  means  of  this  hive,  the  result  found,  arid  new 
experiments  tried.  In  spite  of  its  peculiar  advan- 
tages, however,  it  has  inconveniences  which  annoy 
the  Naturalist.  It  is  very  difficult  to  introduce  a 
swarm  into  it,  how  much  soever  the  operator  may 


182  HIVES. 

have  been  accustomed  to  manage  bees.  The  insects 
cannot  cluster  together  in  it,  as  in  other  hives,  and 
concentrate  the  heat  during  winter,  and,  therefore, 
are  liable  to  perish ;  and  the  smallest  variation  of 
the  atmosphere  is  injurious  to  the  brood.  If,  in  order 
to  preserve  it,  it  is  put  into  a  warm  place,  it  must  be 
constantly  fed." 

This  is  the  kind  of  hive  we  have  made  use  of  in 
our  experiments ;  and  as  the  figure,  given  by  Febu- 
rier,  (Plate  XII.,  fig.  3,)  is  but  little  adapted  to  con- 
vey  a  correct  idea  of  it,  we  shall  present  our  readers 
with  a  sketch  of  our  own  hive,  exhibiting  what  we 
consider  some  improvements  on  the  original.  Fig. 
2,  P1  ve  XII.,  is  the  frame  which  contains  the  comb, 
tvro  feet  long  and  eighteen  inches  high,  inside  mea- 
sure. The  uprights  A  and  B,  and  the  top  piece  c, 
are  two  inches  broad,  and  one  inch  thick  ;  f,  f,  are 
cross  sticks,  about  three-eighths  of  an  inch  square,  for 
supporting  the  comb ;  c  is  a  piece  of  comb  fixed  in 
the  frame  for  a  guide ;  g,  g,  are  two  iron  staples,  by 
which  the  frame  is  secured  to  the  floor-board.  Fig. 
4,  represents  one  of  the  outer  frames  containing  two 
panes  of  glass,  A  and  B,  each  eighteen  inches  high 
and  twelve  broad,  fixed  in  slender  frames  which  are 
hinged  to  the  outer-frame,  and  shut  flush  with  it, 
resting  against  a  vertical  bar,  c,  which  is  half  an  inch 
square.  When  the  two  outer  frames  are  applied 
and  fastened  by  means  of  hooks  and  eyes,  one  on 
each  side,  to  the  inner  frame  containing  the  comb, 
the  distance  between  the  glasses  is  exactly  twenty 
lines,  or  If  of  an  inch.  The  panes  bein^  made  to 


Iig.5. 


Jy.} 


Iig.6. 


Jig.  3. 


THE  HONEY-BEE.  183 

open  is  indispensable  for  experimental  operations; 
such  as  seizing  the  Queen,  cutting  out  brood-comb, 
&c. ;  D,  D,  are  shutters  1|  inch  in  thickness,  which 
render  unnecessary  the  surtout  described  by  Febu- 
rier,  and  are  much  more  convenient.  Fig.  5,  is  the 
floor-board,  which  has  the  entrances — for  there  are 
two,  one  on  each  side — in  the  thickness,  sloping  up- 
wards to  the  centre  of  the  floor ;  A,  A,  are  two  iron 
rods  which  keep  the  hive  firm  on  its  board,  by  pass- 
ing through  the  two  staples  in  the  centre  frame. 
Fig.  6,  is  the  hive  mounted  on  its  floor-board,  with 
its  shutters  closed ;  B,  is  the  roof,  sloping  on  each 
side,  and  fastened  by  a  hook  and  eye  at  each  corner. 
The  whole  turns  on  a  pivot,  c,  which  is  the  upper 
end  of  a  post  driven  into  the  ground.  Fig.  7,  is  the 
hive  seen  in  profile.  When  the  observer  is  satisfied 
with  inspecting  one  side  of  the  comb,  he  may  wheel 
the  hive  round  and  examine  the  other,  without 
changing  his  station,  taking  care,  before  turning  it, 
to  open  the  door  nearest  to  him,  and  shut  the 
other  immediately  after.  By  this  mode  of  proceed- 
ing he  may  contemplate  his  favourites  at  his  leisure, 
without  disturbing  them,  and  without  the  slightest 
danger  of  being  annoyed  by  them ;  for  it  is  true  that 
they  become  so  much  accustomed  to  the  opening  of 
the  shutters  that  the  admission  of  the  light  ceases  to 
disturb  them.  Feburier  speaks  of  the  difficulty  of  in- 
troducing the  bees  into  this  hive — the  difficulty  is  very 
trifling.  Raise  the  hive  three  inches  from  its  board, 
supporting  it  below  by  a  lath  of  wood,  placed  on  edge, 
two  feet  long  and  three  inches  deep  ;  there  will  thus 


134  MANAGEMENT  IN  SPRING. 

Ibe  an  opening  along  the  whole  front  three  inches  high. 
Rest  the  edge  of  a  hoard,  two  or  three  feet  square, 
on  the  floor  of  the  hive;  on  this  hoard  place  the 
common  hive,  into  which  the  hees  have  heen  re- 
ceived on  swarming ;  give  a  smart  stroke  on  the 
top,  and  the  hees  will  fall  down ;  remove  the  com- 
mon hive,  and  they  will  hurry  as  if  for  shelter  into 
the  other,  and  in  a  few  minutes  the  whole  will  he 
ensconced  in  their  new  habitation.  Should  they  lin- 
ger longer  than  is  convenient,  a  puff  or  two  of  smoke 
will  cause  them  to  ascend  with  great  speed.  A  guide- 
comh  must  he  fixed  in  this  hive,  before  peopling  it. 
Since  this  work  was  ready  for  the  press,  the  writer 
has  seen  a  Treatise  on  Bees,  by  Mr.  Nutt,  a  gentle- 
man of  Lincolnshire,  in  which  he  describes  and  re- 
commends a  hive  of  his  own  invention.  It  consists 
of  three  boxes,  placed  collaterally,  each  twelve  inches 
square  and  nine  inches  deep.  The  central  one,  which 
is,  somewhat  affectedly  called  "  the  Pavilion  of  Na- 
ture," constitutes  the  grand  breeding  apartment  ; 
while  the  other  two,  to  which  there  is  access  from 
the  pavilion  by  horizontal  openings  made  in  the  ends 
for  that  purpose,  form  the  chief  honey  magazines.  In 
the  management  of  this  hive,  the  pavilion  is  left  un- 
touched, and  the  wings,  or  collateral  boxes  only  appro- 
priated. When  the  population  of  the  central  box,  at 
the  beginning  of  summer,  has  increased  to  such  a  de- 
gree as  to  raise  the  internal  temperature  to  100  de- 
grees of  Fahrenheit,  the  slides  inserted  between  the 
centre  and  end  boxes  are  drawn  up,  and  access  to  the 
latter  given  to  the  bees ;  by  which  means  the  temper. 


THE  HONEY-BEE.  185 

ature  is  lowered,  room  is  given  to  the  fast-augmenting 
population,  and  the  necessity  of  swarming  avoided. 
And  that  the  Queen  may  be  deterred  from  depositing 
her  eggs  in  these  end  boxes,  and  thus  deteriorating 
the  quality  of  the  honey,  a  degree  of  coolness,  incom- 
patible, according  to  this  writer's  theory,  with  the 
rearing  of  brood,  is  produced  by  ventilation ;  and 
this  is  effected  by  two  openings,  one  at  the  top  and 
the  other  at  the  bottom  of  the  boxes,  covered  with 
pieces  of  perforated  tin,  and  fitted  with  moveable 
shutters.  For  the  convenience  of  using  a  ther- 
mometer, a  perforated  tin  tube,  fixed  at  the  top, 
reaches  down  into  the  centre  of  each  box.  Into 
this  tube  the  instrument  is  inserted  from  time  to 
time,  in  order  to  ascertain  the  temperature.  The 
quantity  of  honey  said  to  be  taken  from  one  set  of 
these  boxes  in  one  season  (1826)  is  enormous — not 
less,  the  author  avers,  than  296'^  Ibs.,  while  109  Ibs. 
were  left  to  the  bees.  Nay,  it  appears  from  a  regis- 
ter given  in  the  work,  that  in  the  season  above  men- 
tioned, one  of  the  boxes,  weighing  52  Ibs.,  was  filled 
in  four  days  !  If  there  is  no  mistake  here,  we  can 
only  conclude  that  the  author's  residence  must  in- 
deed be  in  a  land  flowing  with  honey. 

On  the  management  of  Bees  in  Spring. — About 
the  first  or  second  week  of  February,  unless  when 
the  season  is  stormy,  the  bees  will  be  observed  ven- 
turing cautiously  to  the  mouth  of  the  hive ;  and  if 
the  sun  shines  out  about  mid-day,  the  little  eager 
foragers  will  be  seen  spreading  their  wings  joyfully. 


186  MANAGEMENT  IN  SPRING. 

launching  forth  into  the  air,  though  with  a  low  timid 
flight,  and  roaming  from  bush  to  bush  in  search  of 
some  plant  that  may  yield  a  modicum  of  farina — for 
the  Queen  has  already  begun  to  lay  the  eggs  of 
workers;  and  although  there  is  always  a  certain 
quantity  of  this  kind  of  food  in  the  hive,  (the  pro- 
duct of  the  preceding  year's  gathering)  for  the  coming 
brood,  the  provident  insects  are  aware  that  an  addi- 
tional supply  will  be  required,  and  rouse  themselves 
accordingly  from  the  winter's  inactivity.  The  col- 
lection of  farina,  however,  is,  at  this  early  period, 
very  scanty.  The  few  bees  that  are  seen,  during  the 
month  of  February,  entering  their  domiciles  with 
their  yellow  loads,  derive  them  almost  solely  from 
the  snow-drop,  the  crocus,  and  the  furze-blossom. 
Some  other  early  flowering  plants  are  sometimes  to 
be  met  with — such  as  laurustinus,  hellebore,  and 
spring  flowering  heath,  but  these  are  not  common, 
and  in  fact  are  found  only  or  chiefly  in  spots  where 
they  have  been  planted  for  the  special  benefit  of  the 
apiary.  At  this  early  period,  therefore,  the  owner 
cannot  help  them,  however  anxious  to  do  so,  as  far 
as  farina  is  concerned.  In  other  respects,  however, 
equally  important,  he  has  it  in  his  power  to  minister 
essentially  to  their  welfare,  namely,  by  supplying 
them  plentifully  with  honey  or  syrup  of  sugar.  In 
the  article  of  honey,  none  of  the  insect  families  of  a 
judicious  bee-master  will  be  deficient ;  he  has,  it  is 
to  be  presumed,  kept  none  as  stock-hives  which  did 
not  possess  stores  sufficient,  and  more  than  sufficient, 


THE  HONEY-BEB.  187 

to  carry  his  bees  through  not  only  the  winter  months, 
but  those  of  spring  also.  But  even  to  the  well-pro- 
visioned, a  little  additional  supply  will  be  welcome, 
and  prove  advantageous,  infusing  fresh  spirits  into 
the  hard-working  labourers,  encouraging  the  laying 
of  the  Queen,  and  consequently  contributing  greatly 
to  the  rapid  increase  of  the  population,  and  to  the  pro- 
duction of  early  swarms.  We  need  not  fear  being 
over-liberal ;  the  bees  are  excellent  economists  and 
will  carefully  husband  what  we  entrust  to  them. 

The  first  care  of  the  cultivator,  after  the  appear- 
ance of  his  bees  in  spring,  is  to  inspect  his  hives. 
Lifting  them  gently  from  the  stool,  he  will  sweep 
away  all  the  dead  bees,  eggs  of  moths,  scrapings  of 
wax,  mouldiness,  or  other  offensive  matters  that  have 
accumulated  during  the  winter,  and  clean  and  dry 
the  floor-board  effectually.  The  lower  part  of  the 
combs,  where  the  population  is  scanty,  is  sometimes 
found  to  be  mouldy ;  it  will  save  the  workers  much 
trouble,  and  contribute  to  their  health,  to  cut  those 
parts  away.  Let  the  cover,  if  of  straw,  be  next  taken 
off;  mice  are  often  found  lodging  between  it  and  the 
hive,  and,  secure  from  observation,  work  their  way 
down  into  the  interior.  The  cover  should  be  re- 
newed, and  carefully  fastened  close  to  the  hive  by 
one  or  two  wooden  hoops.  As  the  consumption  of 
food  in  spring  is  very  great,  in  consequence  of  the 
prodigious  quantity  of  brood  reared — the  queen  lay- 
ing at  the  rate  of  100  to  200  eggs  daily — the  culti- 
vator must  see  that  there  is  an  abundant  supply,  and 
commence  feeding,  if  there  appears  any  thing  like  a 


188  MANAGEMENT  IN  SPRING. 

deficiency.*  No  branch  of  bee-management  requires 
more  attention  tban  the  feeding  operation,  and  very 
many  hives,  we  fear,  are  irretrievably  injured  by  the  in- 
judicious manner  in  which  supplies  of  food  are  admin- 
istered. Giving  them  in  a  cold  state,  or  in  a  state  of 
fermentation,  or  at  improper  periods,  costs  every  year 
the  lives  of  thousands  of  bees.  No  food  should  be 
given  in  spring  till  the  bees  shew  by  their  coming 
abroad,  that  it  may  be  offered  them  with  perfect  safety. 
A  simple  mode  of  feeding  is  by  means  of  a  small 
drawer,  having  a  float  pierced  with  holes,  inserted  in 
the  thickness  of  the  floor-board,  at  the  back  of  the 
hive.  Liquid  honey,  or  syrup  of  sugar,  a  little  warm, 
may  be  poured  into  this  drawer  in  the  evening,  after 
the  bees  have  retired  in-doors  from  the  labours  of 
the  day.  It  is  taken  up  immediately,  and  the  smell 
is  completely  gone  before  the  morning. 

It  is  of  very  material  importance  in  feeding,  to 
guard  against  the  admission  of  stranger  bees  to  the 
feeding  vessel.  This  may  be  effected  by  shutting  up 
the  hive  completely  after  the  feeding-drawer,  above 
described,  has  been  inserted,  allowing  only  the  admis- 
sion of  air.  One  circumstance,  however,  may  render 
this  precaution  abortive ;  some  of  the  liquid  may  be, 
and  very  often  is,  accidentally  spilt  in  pushing  the 
trough  inwards,  the  consequence  of  which  is,  that  the 
smell  of  the  syrup,  when  the  hive  is  opened,  will  attract 

*  The  food  given  to  bees  in  autumn  may  be  either  honey 
or  sugar ;  but  in  spring  it  should  always  be  honey,  as  sugar 
does  not  form  so  good  an  ingredient  of  the  jelly  which  nour- 
ishes the  young  brood. 


JFy.J. 


Tig.  5. 


'  1.  ffoneu V/w'fU'r.  2  /Y//////A///Y///  Pipe.  3.  Feetl/ruj  Trvupfi. 


THE  HONEY-BEE.  189 

strangers,  and  eventually  lead  to  plunder.  It  is  a  good 
method,  therefore,  to  administer  the  food,  when  it  is 
given  at  the  external  en  trance,  in  a  covered  vessel,  hav- 
ing its  opening  at  one  side  placed  close  to  that  of  the 
hive,  so  that  the  bees  proceed  directly  to  the  trough, 
without  having  any  communication  with  the  open  air, 
and,  consequently,  without  affording  an  opportunity  of 
admittance  to  strangers.  A  trough  of  this  kind  is  de- 
scribed in  the  Edinburgh  Encyclopaedia,  and,  with  some 
little  improvement,  by  Howatson.  We  have  used  it, 
and  found  it  to  answer  pretty  well,  and  shall,  there- 
fore, for  the  benefit  of  others,  describe  it  here.  (See 
PL  XIII.  fig.  3.)  "  It  cons'ists  of  an  oblong  box,  in  one 
end  of  which  is  a  reservoir  containing  honey  that  is 
allowed  to  flow  from  the  bottom,  under  a  thin  float, 
buoyed  up  with  cork,  and  perforated  with  small  holes, 
through  which  the  bees,  standing  on  the  float,  supply 
themselves  with  the  honey.  There  is  a  hole  in  the 
side  of  the  box,  which  is  to  be  applied  to  the  entrance 
of  the  hive  for  admitting  the  bees  above  the  float,  and 
another  on  the  opposite  side  which  is  opened  at 
pleasure,  to  allow  them  to  escape,  should  the  box  be 
too  much  crowded.  The  lid  of  the  box  is  a  glass  pane. 
On  pouring  the  honey  into  the  reservoir,  the  float 
rises,  whence  there  should  not  be  such  a  quantity  as 
to  raise  it  close  to  the  lid  or  pane  above.  The  box  is 
about  10  inches  long,  4  broad,  and  2J  deep,  and  the 
reservoir  is  an  inch  wide.  When  used,  the  hole  in 
the  side  is  to  be  placed  close  to  the  entrance  of  the 
hive,  which  must  be  gently  rapped  on,  if  the  bees'do 
not  immediately  find  the  way  down.  It  is  entertain- 


190 


MANAGEMENT  IN  SPRING. 


ing  to  observe  bees  accustomed  to  be  fed  in  this  man- 
ner watching  the  approach  of  the  feeder.  When  the 
ordinary  time  draws  near,  they  rush  down  to  the  box 
tlie  moment  it  is  put  upon  the  board,  and,  after  speed- 
ily filling  themselves,  they  return  to  the  hive,  from 
which  they  very  soon  return  for  a  second  supply.  By 
throwing  a  little  fine  flour  on  those  leaving  the  box,  it 
will  be  seen  that  they  can  fill  themselves  in  three 
minutes,  and  are  absent  not  above  five.  One  conve- 
nience that  attends  feeding  with  such  a  box,  is  the 
exclusion  of  stranger  bees,  as  the  sole  communication 
with  the  interior  is  from  the  entrance  of  the  hive/' 
This  is  a  very  good  contrivance,  generally  speaking, 
but  there  should  be  no  hole  for  allowing  the  bees  to 
escape  from  the  trough  or  box  when  over-crowded, 
as,  if  left  open  for  a  minute  through  neglect,  it  would 
give  occasion  for  the  very  evil  intended  to  be  guarded 
against,  namely,  the  admission  of  strangers ;  for  what 
affords  the  means  of  exit  to  the  former  wijl  admit  the 
entrance  of  the  latter.  There  is  no  need  of  cork  to 
buoy  up  the  float,  which,  if  made,  as  it  should  be,  of 
thin  light  fir,  will  be  sufficiently  buoyant  of  itself. 
It  may  be  remarked,  also,  that  there  is  no  danger  of 
filling  the  box  so  full  as  to  crush  the  bees  against  the 
glass  cover ;  the  describer  must  have  forgot  that  the 
entrance-hole  intervenes,  above  which  the  liquid  can- 
not rise.  The  usual  mode  of  supplying  the  bees  by 
this  trough  is  to  give  the  food  in  the  afternoon  or 
evening,  when  all  are  within  doors,  and  to  remove  it 
early  next  morning.  This  mode  of  feeding,  however, 
ought,  as  already  stated,  to  be  had  recourse  to  only  in 


THE  HONEY-BEE.  191 

mild  weather.  If  the  nights  he  cold,  there  will  he 
found  in  the  trough  next  day,  many  dead  hees  which 
had  heen  tempted  to  linger  there  too  long. 

As  the  season  advances,  the  spring  flowers  appear 
in  greater  abundance,  the  gooseberry  and  currant 
hushes  furnish  both  honey  and  farina,  the  seeding 
turnips  and  early  sown  mustard  present  a  very  consi- 
derable supply ;  the  furze,  also,  is  in  full  bloom,  and 
the  bees  become  less  dependant  on  artificial  feeding. 
But,  unless  the  weather  be  remarkably  mild,  and  the 
stocks  of  more  than  ordinary  richness,  the  adventitious 
supplies  ought  not  to  be  withdrawn  till  the  beginning 
of  May.  During  March  and  April,  the  activity  and 
bustle  of  the  hive  are  greatly  augmented,  and  the  in- 
dustrious foragers  may  be  seen  in  a  genial  morning 
hurrying  with  their  loads  into  the  hive  in  crowds,  and 
jostling  and  driving  one  another  about  with  most  un- 
ceremonious haste.  In  a  strong  hive,  from  50  to  70 
bees,  as  already  stated,  may  be  observed  entering  in  a 
minute;  and,  when  about  to  purchase  a  hive,  we 
cannot  have  recourse  to  a  more  decisive  testimony  of 
its  strength  than  the  numbers  that  enter  loaded  with 
farina  in  a  given  period  of  time.  It  is,  in  fact,  during 
this  season,  about  the  beginning  or  middle  of  April, 
that  such  purchases  can  be  made  with  less  risk  than 
during  any  other  part  of  the  year.  The  winter  is 
past,  and  the  more  trying  season  of  early  spring, 
especially  the  latter  half  of  February  and  the  whole 
of  March,  during  which  periods  more  bees  die  than 
at  any  other.  Their  consumption  of  honey  is  then 
so  great,  from  the  circumstance  of  the  Queen  having 


192  MANAGEMENT  IN  SPRING. 

begun  her  laying,  and  the  rapidly  increasing  quantity 
of  brood,  that  none  but  well  provisioned  hives  can 
support  the  expenditure.  In  April,  however,  the 
industrious  insect  begins  to  get  something  out  of  doors; 
besides  the  gooseberries  and  currants,  the  seeding 
turnips  and  furze,  the  willows  are  putting  forth  their 
catkins,  and  the  buds  of  the  plane  and  horse-chestnut 
are  swelling,  all  of  which  contribute  to  relieve  the 
winter  magazines  and  render  it  quite  safe  for  a  buyer 
to  set  about  forming  his  apiary.  Let  him,  therefore, 
choose  a  fine  morning,  when  the  bees  are  busily  en- 
gaged in  carrying  in  farina,  and  observe  attentively, 
and  in  their  turn,  all  the  hives  from  which  he  is  to 
select  his  purchase,  counting  the  number  of  each  that 
enter  within  a  minute's  space.  He  will  fix,  of  course, 
on  those  that  exhibit  the  greatest  number. 

The  cultivator  will  sometimes  at  this  season  dis- 
cover, to  his  mortification,  that  one  or  more  of  his 
hives  has  been  totally  deserted  by  the  inhabitants.  If 
there  is  no  want  of  honey  in  the  combs,  and  no  appear- 
ance of  mice  or  other  vermin  having  obtained  access 
to  it,  the  probable  cause  of  this  desertion  is  the  death 
of  the  queen  during  the  winter,  from  age  or  from 
accident.  In  such  circumstances,  the  whole  popu- 
lation will  gradually  leave  their  habitation  ;  and  while 
many  wander  about  in  the  cold,  and  ultimately  perish, 
others  may  be  seen  dispersing  themselves  among  the 
other  hives  in  the  apiary.  The  owner  should  in  this 
case  shut  up  the  hive,  carry  it  into  a  dry  place,  and 
reserve  it  for  a  late  swarm,  to  which  it  will  be  a 
valuable  acquisition.  It  is  worthy  of  remark  how 


THE  HONEY-BEE.  *93 

seldom  the  prosperity  of  the  apiary  is  affected  by  the 
death  of  a  queen  ;  yet,  supposing  the  duration  of  her 
life  to  extend  to  four  years, — and  we  iave  no  certainty 
of  its  being  of  longer  continuance, — in  every  collection 
of  four  stock  hives,  there  must  be,  on  an  average,  one 
death  each  year.  And  yet  how  seldom  are  we  aware 
of  this  event,  or  suffer  any  diminution  of  our  stocks 
in  consequence !  We  can  account  for  this  only  by 
concluding  that  the  death  of  the  queen  from  age, 
takes  place  much  less  frequently  in  winter  than  in 
summer,  at  which  season  eggs  may  have  been  already 
laid  in  royal  cells ;  or,  at  all  events,  there  being  then 
common  eggs  and  brood  of  all  ages  in  the  hive,  the 
bees  have  it  in  their  power  to  rear  a  successor  from 
the  larva  of  a  worker.  And  the  males  being  at  the 
same  time  in  great  numbers,  impregnation  of  the 
young  queen  soon  takes  place,  eggs  are  laid  forty-six 
hours  afterwards,  and  the  business  of  the  community 
goes  on  without  further  interruption. 

Bees  are  confessedly  a  very  irritable  race,  and  in 
our  frequent  inspection  of  the  hives  at  this  season,  as 
well  as  in  our  operations  with  them  throughout  the 
year,  we  are  sometimes  made  to  feel  their  fury,  and 
to  smart  under  the  venom  of  their  stings.  Almost 
all  bee-masters  are  of  opinion  that  the  anger  of  the 
bees  is  greatly  excited  and  aggravated  by  the  odour 
of  their  own  poison.*  Feburier  thinks  that  this 
venom  is  more  or  less  active  according  to  the  temper- 

*  The  venom  of  bees  is  extremely  active  ;  Reaumur  con- 
jectures that  the  weight  of  a  grain  would  kill  a  pigeon  in  a  few 
seconds. 


194  MANAGEMENT  IN  SPRING. 

ature  of  the  atmosphere,  and  the  temperament  of  the 
hody  which  is  stung ;  and  he  tells  us  farther,  that 
the  bees  are  more  peaceably  disposed  in  temperate 
climates,  than  in  those  where  the  heat  is  extreme.* 
For  this  he  gives  the  authority  of  the  Abbe  della 
Rocca,  who  asserts  that  these  insects  are  not  so  irrit- 
able in  the  comparatively  moderate  climate  of  France, 
as  they  are  in  the  Grecian  Islands  where  he  had  re- 
sided ;  and  in  proof  of  this  he  gives  one  or  two  an- 
ecdotes which  are  worthy  of  being  recorded.  A 
small  privateer  with  40  or  50  men,  having  on  board 
some  hives  made  of  earthen-ware  full  of  bees,  was 
pursued  by  a  Turkish  galley  manned  by  500  seamen 
and  soldiers.  As  soon  as  the  latter  came  alongside, 
the  crew  of  the  privateer  mounted  the  rigging  with 
their  hives,  and  hurled  them  down  upon  the  deck  of 
the  galley.  The  Turks,  astonished  at  this  novel 
mode  of  warfare,  and  unable  to  defend  themselves 
from  the  stings  of  the  enraged  bees,  became  so  terri- 
fied, that  they  thought  of  nothing  but  how  to  escape 
their  fury ;  while  the  crew  of  the  small  vessel,  de- 
fended by  masks  and  gloves,  flew  upon  their  enemies 
sword  in  hand,  and  captured  the  vessel  almost  with- 
out resistance.  The  Abbe's  next  anecdote  is  nearly 
as  extraordinary.  When  Amurath,  the  Turkish 
emperor,  during  the  siege  of  Alba  Graeca,  had  bat- 
tered down  part  of  the  wall,  and  was  about  to  take 
the  town  by  assault,  he  found  the  breach  defended 

*  This  is  an  error,  if  we  may  believe  the  accounts  which 
travellers  within  the  tropics  "have  given  of  the  bees  in  those 
regions. 


THE  HOXEY-BEE.  195 

by  bees,  many  hives  of  which  the  inhabitants  had 
stationed  on  the  ruins.  The  Janissaries.,  although  the 
bravest  soldiers  in  the  Ottoman  empire,  durst  not  en- 
counter this  formidable  line  of  defence,  and  refused 
to  advance.  "  Our  bees/'  says  M.  Feburier,  in  re- 
marking on  these  anecdotes,  "are  not  so  terrible. 
Still,  if  we  place  ourselves  within  a  few  feet  of  a  hive 
to  examine  them,  and  do  not  carefully  avoid  all  hasty 
movements,  we  shall  very  soon  perceive  one  or  two 
bees  wheeling  rapidly  round  us,  with  a  shrill  and  pierc- 
ing sound,  very  different  from  their  ordinary  humming. 
In  this  case  it  will  be  prudent  to  take  ourselves  off, 
or  plunge  the  head  into  a  bush,  because  the  number 
of  the  assailants  will  increase  rapidly,  and  the  attack 
commence  without  a  moment's  delay.  If,  notwith- 
standing the  shelter  of  the  bush,  they  continue  their 
enraged  buzzing  around  us,  it  will  be  most  prudent 
to  get  quietly  and  quickly  out  of  the  way." 

The  following  anecdote  from  Lesser,  quoted  by 
Kirkbyand  Spence,  will  shew  that  even  in  the  temper- 
ate climate  of  Europe,  the  irritability  of  this  insect  may 
be  made  a  formidable  means  of  defence.  "  During  the 
confusion  occasioned  by  a  time  of  war  in  1525,  a  mob 
of  peasants  assembling  in  Hohnstein  in  Thuringia, 
attempted  to  pillage  the  house  of  the  minister  of 
Elende,  who  having  in  vain  employed  all  his  eloquence 
to  dissuade  them  from  their  design,  ordered  his  do- 
mestics to  fetch  his  bee-hives,  and  throw  them  in  the 
middle  of  this  furious  mob.  The  effect  was  what 
might  be  expected ;  they  were  immediately  put  to 
flight,  and  happy  to  escape  unstung." 


196  MANAGEMENT  IN  SPRING. 

Almost  every  writer  on  the  subject  of  bees  has 
given  a  cure  for  their  sting,,  and  a  recipe  for  a  bee- 
dress.  As  remedies  against  the  venom,  olive-oil, 
vitriol,  laudanum,  vinegar,  and  even  simple  water, 
have  each  their  advocates  ;  and  old  Butler  prescribes 
the  rubbing  the  wound  with  simple  saliva.  We  have 
found  no  remedy  so  efficacious  as  the  juice  of  a  plant 
we  have  seldom  to  go  far  in  search  of,  the  common 
dock,  bruised,  and  rubbed  instantly  on  the  wound, 
after  the  sting  has  been  withdrawn.  The  rubbing 
should  be  continued  for  ten  or  fifteen  minutes ;  it  will 
allay  the  pain,  and  very  generally  prevents  the  part 
from  swelling.  With  regard  to  defensive  coverings, 
we  have  seen  none  described  which  were  not  greatly 
wanting  in  simplicity  and  facility  of  management. 
Many  of  them,  also,  are  very  uncomfortable  to  the 
wearers,  particularly  the  cloth  hoods  which  reach 
down  over  the  shoulders,  and  by  confining  and  con- 
centrating the  heat  of  the  body  and  breath  about  the 
head  and  face,  give  more  annoyance  than  a  few  stings 
would  do.  We  have  tried  most  of  these  dresses,  and 
have  laid  them  aside ;  and  now  we  use  only  a  thin 
gauze  or  crape  veil,  sewed  quite  round  the  edge  of 
the  hat -rim,  the  projection  of  which  keeps  the  veil 
at  due  distance  from  the  face.  To  prevent  the  bees 
from  getting  within  it,  the  sides  of  the  veil  are  sewed 
together  behind,  and  the  under  part  of  it  stuffed 
within  the  neck  of  the  vest.  This,  with  a  pair  of  stout 
leather  or  woollen  gloves,  forms  our  whole  defensive 
armour ;  it  is  put  off  and  on  in  a  few  seconds,  and 
proves  perfectly  sufficient  for  the  purpose  intended. 


THE  HONEY-BEE.  197 

On  the  Management  of  Bees  in  the  Swarming 
Sea-son. — The  approach  of  this  interesting  season  is 
indicated  to  the  Bee-master  hy  the  appearance  of  the 
drones  or  males,  which  shew  themselves  ahout  the 
end  of  May  or  the  beginning  of  June,  sooner  or  later, 
according  to  the  general  nature  of  the  climate,  and 
the  particular  state  of  the  colony  to  which  they  he- 
long.  In  the  meantime,  the  population  has  increased 
rapidly,  and  the  heat  of  the  hive  is  greatly  augmented. 
Excited  hy  these  causes,  the  queen  hurries  over  the 
combs  from  one  quarter  of  the  hive  to  another,  commu- 
nicates her  agitation  to  her  subjects,  and,  accompanied 
by  a  multitude  of  them,  rushes  out  of  the  hive.  (See 
p.  138.)  The  bee-owner  is  forewarned  of  this  re- 
volution by  several  not  insignificant  signs.  In  many 
cases,  for  several  preceding  days,  the  bees  have  been 
hanging  in  clusters  from  the  mouth  of  the  hive,  as  if 
unable  to  find  room  within,  and  desirous  of  seeking  a 
new  domicile ;  on  the  morning  of  the  day  on  which 
the  emigration  takes  place,  they  may  be  observed 
listless  and  idle  at  the  entrance,  frequently  entering 
within  the  door,  and  returning  in  small  parties  of 
two,  three,  or  four,  seemingly  insensible  to  the  fra- 
grance exhaled  from  the  rich  flower-vegetation,  and 
testifying  none  of  their  usual  activity  in  profiting  by 
it;  while,  as  the  day  advances,  the  males,  on  the 
other  hand,  are  hurrying  to  and  fro  with  a  prodigious 
bustle  and  noise,  as  if  conscious  of  some  revolution 
impending  in  which  they  would  have  to  bear  a  pro- 
minent part ;  and,  lastly,  the  moisture  or  sweating, 
as  it  is  called,  which,  in  the  early  part  of  the  day, 


198  MANAGEMENT  IN  SWARMING. 

had  covered  the.  alighting-board  like  a  heavy  dew,  is 
rapidly  dried  up  by  the  great  increase  of  heat. 

A  swarm  on  the  wing  is  a  most  agreeable  spectacle 
to  the  Bee-master.  It  is  true  his  harvest  of  honey 
might  be  more  plentiful,  were  the  population  to  re- 
main undivided,  and  be  accommodated  with  additional 
room,  either  by  means  of  storifying  or  collateral 
hiving ;  still,  to  the  lover  of  nature,  the  develop- 
ment of  the  instincts  and  habits  of  this  interesting 
insect,  which  takes  place  in  the  process  of  swarming, 
is  a  source  of  genuine  pleasure.  At  the  same 
time,  it  must  be  owned,  this  pleasure  is  not  always 
unmingled  with  anxiety,  for  his  winged  favourites 
sometimes  mount  high  in  the  air  and  fly  off,  perhaps 
to  a  habitation  previously  chosen,  and  to  which  they 
are  guided  by  their  scouts.  To  prevent  this  evil,  the 
owner  and  his  assistant  must  hasten  to  throw  up 
amongst  them  handfuls  of  small  gravel  or  earth, 
which  has  generally  the  effect  of  bringing  them  down. 
If  it  fail,  and  they  seem  determined  to  travel,  the 
owner  must  prepare  himself  to  follow ;  for  the  in- 
sects, when  thus  disposed  to  wander,  condense  their 
straggling  circles,  and  dart  off  with  great  rapidity, 
always  in  a  straight  line,  and  generally  against  the 
wind.  To  put  a  stop  to  their  flight,  the  common 
practice  is  to  make  all  sorts  of  noises,  ringing  of  bells> 
beating  of  pans  and  other  sonorous  vessels.*  Long 

*  Butler  thinks  that  these  noises  were  originally  intended 
to  proclaim  to  the  neighbourhood  that  a  swarm  had  risen,  and 
that  they  might  know  whence  it  came,  and  to  whom  it  be- 
longed. 


THE  HONEY-BEE.  199 

experience  has  satisfied  us  that  the  use  of  these  noisy 
implements  is  by  no  means  indispensable  on  such 
occasions.  Ten  swarms  out  of  twelve,  if  let  alone 
altogether,,  and  suffered  peaceably  to  take  their  own 
way,  will  alight  on  the  first  shrub,  bush,  or  low-grow- 
ing tree,  that  stands  in  nearly  a  direct  line  from  the 
mouth  of  the  hive,  whatever  may  be  their  intentions 
as  to  any  ulterior  destination ;  and  to  defeat  such  in- 
tentions, if  any  such  are  threatened,  let  the  swarm, 
as  soon  as  it  has  settled  on  an  accessible  spot,  be 
housed  immediately,  and  shaded  carefully  from  the 
sun.  In  half  an  hour  afterwards,  let  it  be  removed 
to  its  permanent  station  in  the  apiary.  If  the  swarm 
settle  on  the  branch  of  a  high  tree,  let  a  ladder  be 
got  and  fastened  to  the  trunk  by  ropes,  and  let  the 
operator  ascend  it,  carrying  up  with  him  a  small  bag, 
distended  within  by  a  slender  hoop  in  which  he  will 
inclose  the  swarm.  The  operation  will  be  facilitated, 
if  the  branch  can  be  cut  and  brought  down  along  with 
it.  Sometimes  the  swarm,  after  alighting,  returns  in 
a  few  minutes  to  the  hive.  This  happens  when  the 
queen  has  left,  as  she  sometimes  does,  the  settled 
group,  and  makes  her  way  back  to  her  original  abode ; 
the  swarm  will,  in  these  circumstances,  gradually 
follow  her  and  return  also,  but  will  come  off  again 
next  day,  or  perhaps  the  same  day.  Sometimes  the 
bees  return  to  the  hive  without  alighting  at  all ;  and 
sometimes,  unfortunately,  the  queen  in  such  a  case 
commits  a  mistake  and  enters  a  wrong  one,  while  her 
followers  crowd  after  her,  and  alight  in  myriads  about 
the  mouth  and  round  the  pedestal,  without,  however, 


200        MANAGEMENT  IN  SWARMING. 

entering  with  their  sovereign,  as  if  aware  of  the  danger 
of  such  intrusion.  This  is  rather  a  perplexing  state 
of  things,  and  the  best  remedy  we  can  suggest,  is  in- 
stantly to  carry  off  the  hive  into  which  the  queen  has 
strayed,  and  to  substitute  in  its  place  the  one  from 
which  she  had  issued.  The  bees  will  readily  enter; 
after  which  the  two  hives  may  be  restored  to  their 
former  places.  If  the  strayed  queen  does  not  reappear 
in  a  very  few  minutes,  we  may  conclude  she  has  fallen 
a  victim  to  her  error ;  and  the  owner  may  console 
himself  with  the  knowledge  that  the  swarm  will  come 
off  again  in  a  very  few  days,  with  another  queen. 

Two  swarms  sometimes  leave  their  hives  at  the  same 
time,  and  in  such  cases  almost  always  go  together.  If 
they  are  second  swarms,  it  will  be  better  to  let  them 
remain  so  ;  they  will,  when  thus  united,  form  a  strong 
stock,  and  will  collect  much  more  honey  than  they 
could  have  done  separately.  If  they  are  first  swarms, 
and  the  season  is  not  far  advanced,  it  will  be  expe- 
dient to  separate  them ;  and  for  this  purpose,  let  the 
whole  mass  be  first  received  into  an  empty  hive,  and 
then,  spreading  a  sheet  on  the  floor  of  an  empty  apart- 
ment from  which  the  light  is  partially  excluded,  let 
the  hive  be  placed  on  it ;  a  smart  stroke  on  the  top 
will  send  them  down  in  a  mass  upon  the  sheet,  and 
the  bees,  in  a  minute  or  two,  will  be  observed  coir 
lectecl  into  two  groups,  in  the  centre  of  each  of  which 
will  be  found  a  queen.  Place  an  empty  hive  gently 
over  each  group,  raising  one  side,  that  the  bees  may 
have  easy  access ;  and  when  housed,  remove  them  to 
their  proper  stations,  which  shbuld  be  some  consider- 


THE  HONEY-BEE.  201 

able  distance  apart.  The  reason  for  recommending 
a  partially  darkened  room  is,  that  should  the  opera- 
tion be  performed  in  the  open  air,  as  is  sometimes 
done,  and  in  sunshine,  the  swarms  will  almost  certainly 
rise  again,  and  very  probably  may  be  lost. 

Second  Swarms. — In  ten  or  twelve  days  after  the 
departure  of  the  old  Queen  with  her  followers,  the 
hive  is  in  a  state  to  send  forth  another  band  of  emi- 
grants. The  young  Queen,  thwarted  by  the  workers  in 
her  attempt  to  destroy  her  rivals  yet  in  their  cradles,* 
traverses  the  combs  in  every  direction  in  a  state  of 
great  agitation,  causing  by  her  impetuous  courses 
disorder  and  confusion  amongst  the  inhabitants,  and 
thereby  raising  the  temperature  of  the  hive  to  such 
a  height,  that  the  bees,  unable  to  support  the  aug- 
mented heat,  hurry  along  with  their  irritated  Queen 
towards  the  outlet  of  the  hive,  and  depart.  As  there 
are  often  from  six  to  ten  queens,  and  sometimes  even 
more,  in  the  hive,  two  or  three  will  often  be  found 
in  a  second  swarm,  which  has  frequently  the  effect 
of  dividing  it,  each  portion  alighting  on  a  separate 
bush.  The  operation  of  uniting  them  is  simple  and 
easy.  Cut  the  branch  which  carries  the  smallest 
portion,  and  place  it  in  contact  with  the  other ;  they 
will  soon  unite.  Or  receive  first  the  one  group  into 
an  empty  hive,  and  placing  it  immediately  under  the 
other,  shake  this  last  down  upon  them,  and  the  junc- 
tion is  effected.  The  bees  will  quickly  rid  them- 
selves of  the  supernumerary  queen. 

Third  Swarms.  — It  is  in  consequence  of  this  mul- 
*  See  page  95. 


202  MANAGEMENT  IN  SWARMING. 

tiplicity  of  queens,  that  sometimes  a  third,  and  even 
a  fourth,  emigration  takes  place  from  the  mother-hive, 
— the  former  on  the  third  day  after  the  second,  and 
the  latter  on  the  day  following.  To  establish  these  as 
separate  and  independent  colonies  would  be  ultimately 
a  loss  to  the  owner, — the  swarm  or  cast  itself  would 
do  little  good,  and  the  parent  hive  would  be  impover- 
ished to  such  a  degree  as  to  render  it  unfit  for  a 
winter  stock.  The  third  and  fourth  swarms,  there- 
fore, ought  to  be  restored  to  their  original  habitation, 
taking  care  previously  to  search  for  and  seize  the 
Queen  or  Queens,  which  in  these  small  swarms  is  not  a 
difficult  operation.  If  the  operator  is  successful  in  his 
search,  the  bees  will  return  of  themselves.  Even  a 
second  swarm  is  seldom  much  worth,  unless  the  prime 
one  has  been  particularly  weak,  and  would  be  much 
more  productive  to  the  owner,  by  its  continuance  in 
the  parent  hive.  Our  fondness  for  having  our  apiaries 
stocked  with  a  great  number  of  hives  is  apt  to  make 
us  overlook  the  disadvantage  of  having — as  we  are 
sure  to  have  by  indulging  ourselves  in  this  desire — 
puny  stock-hives  which  give  much  trouble,  and  cost 
a  great  deal  more  than  they  are  worth ;  for  in  this 
country,  second  swarms  that  come  off  later  than  June, 
seldom  do  any  good,  unless  they  are  situated  in  the 
immediate  neighbourhood  of  heath,  or  are  transported 
thither  in  August  or  September.  He  is  a  wise  bee- 
master,  then,  who  takes  but  one  swarm  from  each 
stock  ;  he  may,  generally  speaking,  depend  on  having 
stronger  swarms,  and  a  greater  quantity  of  honey  than 
he  would  have  procured  from  double  the  number  of 


THE  HONEY-BEE.  203. 

seconds.  There  is  but  one  way  of  preventing  second 
swarms,  and  that  is,  by  giving  them  more  room,  and 
destroying  all  the  remaining  royal  cells,  as  soon  as  it 
is  ascertained  that  a  young  Queen  has  been  hatched, 
to  preside  over  the  community.  A  first  swarm  de- 
parts only  on  a  fine  day,  when  the  sky  is  clear,  and 
the  sun  shines ;  a  second,  or  cast,  is  not  so  scrupu- 
lous. Should  the  weather  become  wet  immediately 
after  the  emigrants  have  been  housed,  they  must  be 
fed. 

Virgin  Swarms, — When  the  swarming  season  has 
been  early  and  favourable,  a  strong  first  swarm  sends 
forth  sometimes  a  young  colony  headed  by  the  old 
Queen.  For  the  first  few  days  after  she  had  taken 
possession  of  her  new  abode,  she  has  laid  the  eggs  of 
workers  in  great  numbers.  Portions  of  comb  con- 
taining large  cells  are  at  the  same  time  constructed, 
in  which  she  lays  the  eggs  of  males.  The  workers 
are  thereby  encouraged  to  build  royal  cells ;  and,  if 
the  weather  be  favourable,  at  the  end  of  a  month 
from  the  time  of  her  leaving  her  original  abode,  the 
old  Queen  leads  off  a  new  band  of  emigrants.  The 
product  of  this  swarm,  if  suffered  to  exist  separately, 
is  called  virgin  honey.  What  has  been  said  of  the 
value  of  second,  third,  and  fourth  swarms,  is  equally 
applicable  to  swarms  of  this  description.  Unless  in 
very  particular  circumstances,  they  are  not  only  not 
advantageous,  but  positively  injurious  to  the  general 
prosperity  of  the  apiary,  and  should  therefore  be 
prevented. 

A  timid  and  inexperienced  cultivator  of  bees  may 


204?  MANAGEMENT  IN  SWARMING. 

shrink  at  the  description  of  some  of  the  dangerous  op- 
erations ventured  on  with  such  irritable  subjects,  and 
will  be  disposed  on  every  occasion  of  this  kind  to 
ensconce  himself  in  impenetrable  defensive  armour. 
In  forming  artificial  swarms,  in  depriving  the  bees 
of  their  hard-earned  stores,  or  interfering  in  any  way 
with  the  brood,  he  will  do  well  to  protect  himself  by 
such  means.  But  in  regard  to  natural  swarms,  he 
need  be  under  no  apprehension,  and  this  panoply  is 
then  quite  unnecessary.  Every  person  accustomed 
to  work  amongst  bees,  knows  how  safely  he  may 
go  into  the  midst  of  a  newly  departed  swarm,  not 
one  bee  of  which  will  molest  him,  unless  he  acci- 
dentally crush  or  injure  it  during  his  operations. 
They  are  so  intent  on  the  great  object  of  their  emi- 
gration, the  acquisition  of  a  new  abode,  and  so  sensi- 
tively anxious  about  the  safety  of  their  mother  and 
Queen,  that  what  on  ordinary  occasions  would  draw 
forth  many  a  vengeful  weapon,  now  passes  utterly 
unheeded  by  them ;  and  the  cultivator  may,  in  the 
event  of  their  clustering  in  an  inconvenient  spot 
for  being  hived,  lift  them  in  handfuls  like  so  much 
grain,  without  in  the  least  suffering  for  his  boldness. 
The  following  instances,  in  proof  of  this,  are  very 
interesting,  and  worthy  of  being  repeatedly  brought 
forward,  not  only  as  illustrating  a  remarkable  feature 
in  the  history  of  the  Bee,  but  as  being  well  calculated 
to  inspire  confidence  in  those  who  are  required  to 
work  amongst  these  sensitive  creatures  at  the  swarm- 
ing season.  The  first  instance  is  from  M.  Lombard  : 
— "  A  young  girl  of  my  acquaintance  was  greatly 


THE  HONEY-BEE.  205 

afraid  of  bees,  but  was  completely  cured  of  her  fear 
by  the  following  incident.  A  swarm  having  left  a 
hive,,  I  observed  the  Queefi  alight  by  herself,  at  a 
little  distance  from  the  apiary.  I  immediately  called 
my  little  friend,  that  I  might  show  her  this  import- 
ant personage  ;  she  was  anxious  to  have  a  nearer 
view  of  her  majesty,  and  therefore,  having  first  caused 
her  to  draw  on  her  gloves,  I  gave  the  Queen  into  her 
hand.  Scarcely  had  I  done  so,  when  we  were  sur- 
rounded by  the  whole  bees  of  the  swarm.  In  this 
emergency  I  encouraged  the  trembling  girl  to  be 
steady,  and  to  fear  nothing,  remaining  myself  close 
by  her,  and  covering  her  head  and  shoulders  with  a 
thin  handkerchief.  I  then  made  her  stretch  out  the 
hand  that  held  the  Queen,  and  the  bees  instantly 
alighted  on  it,  and  hung  from  her  fingers  as  from  the 
branch  of  a  tree.  The  little  girl,  experiencing  no 
injury,  was  delighted  above  measure  at  the  novel 
sight,  and  so  entirely  freed  from  all  fear,  that  she  bade 
me  uncover  her  face.  The  spectators  were  charmed 
at  the  interesting  spectacle.  I  at  length  brought  a 
hive,  and  shaking  the  swarm  from  the  child's  hand, 
it  was  lodged  in  safety  without  inflicting  a  single 
sting." 

This  instance,  though  amusing,  must  yield  in  in- 
terest to  the  following  from  Thorley.  an  old  English 
bee-master.  It  has  been  often  told,  but,  for  the 
reasons  already  stated,  deserves  to  be  repeated : — 
"In  the  year  1717,  one  of  my  swarms  settled  among 
the  close-twisted  branches  of  a  codling  tree,  and  not 
to  be  got  into  a  hive  without  help,  my  maid-servant, 


206  MANAGEMENT  IN  SWARMING. 

being  in  the  garden,  offered  her  assistance  to  hold 
the  hive  while  I  dislodged  the  bees.  Having  never 
been  acquainted  with  bees,  she  put  a  linen  cloth  over 
'her  head  and  shoulders  to  secure  her  from  their 
stings.  A  few  of  the  bees  fell  into  the  hive,  and 
some  upon  the  ground,  but  the  main  body  upon  the 
cloth  which  covered  her  garments.  I  took  the  hive 
out  of  her  hands,  when  she  cried  out  that  the  bees 
were  got  under  the  covering,  and  were  crowding  up 
towards  her  breast  and  face,  which  put  her  into  a 
trembling  posture.  When  I  perceived  the  veil  was 
of  no  farther  service,  she  gave  me  leave  to  remove 
it;  this  done,  a  most  affecting  spectacle  presented 
itself  to  the  view  of  all  the  company,  filling  me  with 
the  deepest  distress  and  concern,  as  I  thought  myself 
the  unhappy  instrument  of  drawing  her  into  so  im- 
minent hazard  of  her  life.  Had  she  enraged  them, 
all  resistance  would  have  been  vain,  and  nothing  less 
than  her  life  would  have  atoned  for  the  offence  I 
spared  not  to  use  all  the  arguments  I  could  think  of, 
and  used  the  most  affectionate  entreaties,  begging 
her  with  all  the  earnestness  in  my  power  to  stand 
her  ground,  and  keep  her  present  posture  ;  in  order 
to  which  I  gave  her  encouragement  to  hope  for  a  full 
discharge  from  her  disagreeable  companions.  I  be- 
gan to  search  among  them  for  the  Queen,  they  hav- 
ing now  got  in  a  great  body  upon  her  breast,  about 
her  neck,  and  up  to  her  chin.  I  immediately  seized 
her,  taking  her  from  the  crowd,  with  some  of  the 
commons  in  company  with  her,  and  put  them  toge- 
ther into  the  hive.  Here  I  watched  her  for  some 


THE  HONEY-BEE.  207 

time,  and  as  I  did  not  observe  that  she  came  out,  I 
conceived  an  expectation  of  seeing  the  whole  hody 
quickly  abandon  their  settlement;  but  instead  of 
tha^  I  soon  observed  them  gathering  closer  together,, 
without  the  least  signal  for  departing.  Upon  this,,  I 
immediately  reflected  that  either  there  must  be  an- 
other sovereign,  or  that  the  same  was  returned,  I 
directly  commenced  a  second  search,  and  in  a  short 
time,  with  a  most  agreeable  surprise,  found  a  second, 
or  the  same.  She  strove,  by  entering  farther  into 
the  crowd,  to  escape  me;  but  I  re-conducted  her, 
with  a  great  number  of  the  populace,  into  the  hive. 
And  now  the  melancholy  scene  began  to  change  to 
one  infinitely  more  agreeable  and  pleasant.  The 
bees,  missing  their  Queen,  began  to  dislodge  and  re- 
pair to  the  hive,  crowding  into  it  in  multitudes,  and 
in  the  greatest  hurry  imaginable ;  and  in  the  space 
of  two  or  three  minutes,  the  maid  had  not  a  single 
bee  about  her,  neither  had  she  so  much  as  one  sting 
— a  small  number  of  which  would  have  quickly  stop- 
ped her  breath." 

The  following  table  of  the  average  number,  mea- 
sure, and  weight  of  Bees,  is  taken  from  Key's  Trea- 
tise— 

Ibs.    oz.    dr. 
23,000  Bees,  constituting  a  good  swarm, 

will  weigh     .         .         .         .  500 

100  Drones  weigh       .    .         .         .  010 

290  Workers          .         .         .         .  010 

4,640  Ditto, 100 

1,830  Ditto — a  pint  in  measure,         .  065 

3,660  Ditto — a  quart,        .         .  0  12  10 


208  ARTIFICIAL  SWARMS. 

This  table  is  probably  not  far  from  the  truth  ;  but 
in  experiments  to  ascertain  the  fact  with  unquestion- 
able correctness,  it  is  very  necessarv  to  take  into  the 
account  the  state  of  the  bees  at  the  time  when  the  cal- 
culation is  made.  If  they  are  alive,  they  weigh  less 
than  when  dead  ;  and  if  weighed  immediately  after 
they  have  emigrated  from  the  mother-hive,  allowance, 
to  the  amount  perhaps  of  a  fifth,  must  be  made  for  the 
honey  and  farina  with  which  they  are  then  loaded. 

On  Artificial  Swarms. — Artificial  swarming  is  not 
generally  practised  in  this  country,  owing  probably 
to  the  want  of  sufficient  practical  skill,  in  most  of 
those  who  apply  themselves  to  Bee-husbandry.  In 
many  cases,  however,  it  might  be  had  recourse  to  with 
great  advantage,  and  in  some  it  is  indispensable  if  it 
is  desired  to  reap  the  full  benefit  of  the  stock.  It 
saves  the  watching  necessary  in  the  case  of  natural 
swarms  ;  and  if  conducted  on  right  principles,  renders 
the  artificial  colony  quite  independent  of  the  casualties 
to  which  natural  swarms  are  liable.  Moreover,  it 
secures  the  multiplication  of  swarms  in  cases,  where 
if  left  to  the  natural  process,  there  would  be  none. 
Should  a  continued  tract  of  bad  weather  take  place 
about  the  usual  period  of  swarming,  the  old  queen 
would  have  time  and  opportunity  to  destroy  all  the 
royal  progeny, — for  the  bees  never  oppose  the  queen 
mother  in  such  cases, — and  thereby  entirely  frustrate 
the  hope  of  multiplication  by  natural  swarms.  To 
avoid  this  evil  we  must  have  recourse  to  artificial 
swarming.  The  general  period  proper  for  the  opera- 
tion is  about  eight  or  ten  days  previous  to  the  time 


THE  HON"EY-BEE.  209 

when  natural  swarms  might  be  looked  for.  At  that 
time  it  is  likely  royal  brood  will  be  found  in  the 
combs,  or  at  all  events,  abundance  of  eggs  and  larvae 
of  workers,  from  which  to  rear  an  artificial  queen, — 
and  the  males  are  also  at  this  time  numerous ; — a 
state  of  things  indispensable  to  the  success  of  artifi- 
cial swarming.  The  mode  of  operation  is  various, 
and  has  been  described  by  almost  every  writer  on 
the  subject  of  Bees.  With  common  hives  the  pro- 
cess is  somewhat  difficult,  and  not  always  successful. 
The  following  experiments,  however,  will  shew  that 
it  is  not  impracticable.  From  the  first  to  the  third 
week  of  June,  our  hives  had  all  thrown  their  top  or 
prime  swarms.  But  instead  of  sending  off  their 
seconds,  or  casts,  ten  or  twelve  days  thereafter,  as 
is  generally  the  case,  four  of  them  had  not  swarmed 
nearly  three  weeks  beyond  that  period.  This  was 
in  all  likelihood  owing  to  an  unfavourable  change 
of  weather,  which,  by  delaying  the  swarming,  had 
furnished  the  reigning  queen  with  an  opportunity 
of  putting  to  death  her  intended  successors.  In  this 
state  of  things,  from  the  crowded  condition  of  the 
hives,  a  mass  of  bees  as  large  as  a  man's  head,  hung 
from  the  alighting-board  of  each,  a  grievous  sight  to 
the  apiarian,  as  these  outliers  are  quite  idle.  We 
resolved,  therefore,  to  try  artificial  swarming  with  one 
of  these  hives,  and  to  regulate  our  proceedings  with 
regard  to  the  others  according  to  the  issue  of  this. 
Availing  ourselves  of  the  discoveries  of  Schirach  and 
Huber,  we  cut  out  of  an  other  hive  a  piece  of  comb  of 
about  2£  inches  square,  containing  eggs  and  larvae  of 


210  ARTIFICIAL  SWARMS. 

the  proper  age,  and  fixed  it  in  a  Huber  hive  which 
had  died  out  during  the  preceding  winter,  and  was 
now  full  of  empty  comb.  We  then  removed  to  the 
opposite  side  of  the  garden,  and  quite  out  of  sight, 
one  of  the  hives  which  had  an  outlying,  or  rather  out- 
hanging  mass  attached  to  its  alighting-board,  instantly 
clapping  down  in  its  place  on  the  same  board  the 
already  prepared  hive,  and,  with  the  help  of  a  hot  sun, 
forcing  the  others  to  enter.  They  made  a  tremendous 
noise,  and  seemed  much  disconcerted  at  finding,  in- 
stead of  the  rich  combs  they  had  hitherto  been  familiar 
with,  nothing  but  empty  cells.  This  agitation  was 
kept  up  all  the  day  by  the  continued  arrival  of  those 
bees  which  had  been  abroad  when  the  substitution 
took  place,  and  who  added  greatly  to  the  population. 
At  noon  next  day  we  inspected  the  new  establishment, 
and  found,  to  our  great  satisfaction,  that  the  experi- 
ment had  completely  succeeded.  The  foundations  of 
three  royal  cells  had  been  laid  in  the  small  piece  of 
brood  comb  we  had  given  them.  In  due  time  tire 
Queen  was  hatched,  the  hive  prospered,  and  at  the 
end  of  the  season,  we  took  from  it  nine  quarts  of 
honey.  I  may  observe,  that,  though  it  was  a  Huber's 
hive  we  used  on  this  occasion,  it  would  have  succeeded 
equally  well  with  a  straw  one ;  the  construction  of 
the  hive  had  no  influence  on  the  experiment  farther 
than  that  it  rendered  it  easier  to  fasten  the  piece  of 
brood  comb,  from  its  being  made  to  open  in  leaves.* 

*  We  repeated  this  operation  on  a  common  hive  this  season, 
(1834,)  sending  off  the  artificial  swarm  immediately  to  the 
ieath.  On  bringing  it  back,  three  weeks  afterwards;  we  founa 


THE  HONEY-BEE.  211 

From  another  hive,  made  of  straw,,  that  hung  out 
in  the  same  manner,  we  extracted  a  swarm  by  a 
method  described  by  some  of  the  older  Bee-masters, 
and  with  equal  success :  We  carried  the  full  hive 
into  a  dark  place, — turned  it  up, — fixed  it  in  the  frame 
of  a  chair  from  which  the  stuffed  bottom  had  been 
removed, — placed  an  empty  hive  over  it,  joining  them 
mouth  to  mouth, — and  partially  drove  it.*  As  soon 
as  we  perceived  that  about  half  of  the  bees  had 
ascended  into  the  empty  hive, — knowing  that  in  these 
cases  the  queen  is  generally  amongst  the  foremost, — 
we  immediately  replaced  the  old  hive  on  its  former 
station,  and  removed  the  new  one  containing  the 
queen,  to  a  little  distance.  As  the  former  had  plenty  of 
eggs  and  young  brood,  they  were  at  no  loss  to  procure 
another  queen ;  while  the  other  having  a  queen,  pro- 
ceeded to  work  in  all  respects  as  a  natural  swarm. 

With  such  a  hive  as  Huber's,  or  any  other  square  - 
shaped  hive  that  opens  in  two  parts  vertically,  the 

satisfactory  proofs  of  the  complete  success  of  the  operation. 
The  hive  contained  a  considerable  quantity  of  honey,  and, 
what  was  of  greater  consequence  to  the  naturalist,  the  piece 
of  brood  comb  which  had  been  inserted,  of  about  two  inches 
square,  contained  the  remains  of  two  royal  cells,  one  of  which 
was  open  at  the  end,  while  the  other  had  its  opening  in  the 
broadside.  From  these  appearances  we  infer,  that,  from  the 
first  cell  a  queen  had  issued  in  the  natural  way,  and  had  suc- 
ceeded in  destroying  her  rival  in  the  other,  effecting  her  pur- 
pose by  tearing  open  the  cell  in  the  quarter  which  afforded 
direct  access  to  the  vital  parts  of  her  rival's  body. 

*  By  driving  is  to  be  understood  the  process  of  forcing  the 
bees  out  of  a  full  hive  into  an  empty  one.  The  mode  of 
operating  is  described  at  length  in  page  227. 


ARTIFICIAL  SWARMS. 


operation  is  very  simple,  more  satisfactory,  and  less 
dependant  on  contingencies.  Let  a  hive  be  prepared 
of  precisely  the  same  dimensions  as  the  one  to  be 
operated  on,  and  of  the  same  construction,  namely, 
opening  vertically  in  two  halves.  Early  in  the 
morning,  or  in  the  evening,  when  the  bees  are  all  at 
home,  let  the  hive  be  gently  separated.  The  bees, 
always  most  irritable  when  idle,  will  dart  out  in  no 
placid  humour,  and  must  therefore  be  kept  from  an- 
noying the  operator,  by  the  use  of  smoke.  Apply  to 
each  full  half  an  empty  one,  carefully  fastening  them 
together  by  hooks  and  eyes  previously  arranged. 
We  have  thus  two  hives,  each  half  full  of  bees,  brood, 
and  honey.  One  of  them  will  possess  the  queen,  and 
the  other  will  have  royal  brood,  or  at  all  events,  eggs 
and  larvae  of  all  ages  wherewith  to  originate  a  queen. 
As  soon  as  they  have  recovered  from  the  panic  caused 
by  the  operation,  and  have  all  retired  into  the  inte- 
rior, let  both  doors  be  closed  that  there  may  be  no 
communication  between  the  two  divided  communi- 
ties. Two  or  three  hours  afterwards,  listen  atten- 
tively to  each,  and  it  will  be  readily  ascertained  from 
the  quiet  state  of  the  one,  and  the  loud  disorderly 
buzzing  of  the  other,  that  the  queen  is  present  with 
the  former,  and  that  the  other  is  distressed  at  the 
discovery  of  their  loss.  Carry  off  the  one  with  the 
queen,  and  shut  it  up  in  a  dark  apartment  for  twenty- 
four  hours,  leaving  the  other  in  the  original  station. 
If  this  last  had  no  royal  brood  at  the  time  of  the 
separation,  it  will,  within  twenty-four  hours,  have  set 
about  forming  an  artificial  queen,  and  the  operation 


THE  HONEY-BEE.  2  13 

is  finished.  The  other  may  now  be  brought  from  its 
confinement,  and  placed  on  another  pedestal.  Pos- 
sessing a  queen,  there  is  little  danger  of  any  of  the 
bees  leaving  it  for  the  other ;  and  even  this  may  be 
effectually  prevented  by  placing  that  other  in  con- 
finement for  twenty-four  hours,  after  which  time, 
the  hive  with  the  old  queen  will  have  become  ac- 
customed to  their  new  station. 

We  have  recommended  the  employment  of  smoke 
in  the  above  operation.  This  is  so  useful  an  auxi- 
liary in  every  operation  with  bees,  that  it  is  worth 
while  to  ascertain  the  most  effectual  and  convenient 
method  of  using  it.  Howatson  has  given  a  descrip- 
tion of  an  instrument  which  seems  well  enough  suited 
to  the  purpose :  "  We  use,"  says  he,  "  a  fumigat- 
ing box  of  tin,  of  the  form  of  which  we  cannot  give 
a  better  idea,  though  rather  a  ludicrous  one,  than 
supposing  it  an  old  shoe,  with  a  hole  in  the  toe, 
and  a  spur  on  the  heel;  the  mouth  of  this  shoe, 
moreover,  is  covered  with  a  hinged  lid.  The  spur 
is  a  tube  communicating  with  the  interior,  for  receiv- 
ing the  pipe  of  a  pair  of  common  hand-bellows,  the 
blast  of  which  drives  the  smoke  forward  through 
the  hole  in  the  toe  into  the  skep.  The  burning 
rags,  or  other  materials  for  producing  the  smoke,  lie 
directly  under  the  lid,  and  a  piece  of  moveable  per- 
forated tin  is  put  in  near  the  mouth,  so  as  to  intercept 
the  sparks  which  would  otherwise  be  emitted,  and 
burn  the  bees  or  melt  the  combs.  This  fumigating 
box  is  ten  inches  long  and  three  broad ;  it  is  two 
inches  deep  at  the  heel,  and  tapers  gradually  down 


214  DEPRIVATION  AND  TRANSPORTATION. 

to  a  quarter  at  the  toe.  It  is  to  be  particularly 
attended  to  in  the  construction,  that  there  be  as  few 
joinings  as  possible,  and  these  are  to  be  fastened 
with  rivets  instead  of  solder.*  We  have  made  what 
we  think  an  improvement  on  this  instrument, — not 
on  the  principle,  but  on  the  shape,  and  the  mode  of 
using  it ;  and  have  given  a  figure  of  it  in  PL  XIII. 
fig.  2.  A  is  the  body  of  the  instrument,  having  a 
bottom  at  B,  perforated  with  small  holes,  through 
which  the  smoke  of  burning  rags,  or  of  tinder,  or  of 
dried  cow-dung,  made  damp  before  being  used, 
placed  inside  at  A,  will  be  blown  out  at  the  point  c ; 
D  is  the  lid  which  slips  on  the  body,  after  the  rags 
are  kindled  within,  having  a  tube  E  treble  the  dia- 
meter of  the  opening  at  c.  The  rim  of  the  lid  is 
perforated  with  holes  ^  inch  in  diameter,  correspond- 
ing to  the  same  number  of  holes  in  the  body  of  the 
instrument,  the  use  of  which  is  to  admit  the  air  by 
bringing  the  holes  over  each  other,  and  thus  to  pre- 
vent the  fire  from  being  extinguished,  when  the 
operator  occasionally  lays  it  out  of  his  hand.  When 
about  to  resume  it,  a  half-turn  of  the  lid,  by  break- 
ing the  correspondence  of  the  holes,  will  again  ex- 
clude the  air ;  F  is  a  ring  by  which  the  instrument 
is  held;  if  an  assistant  is  at  hand,  he  may  insert 
the  nozzle  of  a  pair  of  hand-bellows  into  the  mouth 
of  the  tube  E,  and  thus  add  to  its  efficiency.  The 
instrument  is  made  of  tin,  having  all  the  joinings 
rivetted  instead  of  being  soldered.  It  is  on  a  scale 
of  six  or  seven  times  the  dimensions  of  the  figure* 
*  Howatson  on  Bees,  page  62. 


THE  HONEY  BEE.  215 

It  is  almost  needless  to  add,  that  if  the  operator  be  a 
smoker  of  tobacco,  a  few  whiffs  from  his  pipe  will 
answer  the  purpose  better  than  either  of  the  modes 
above  described. 

On  Deprivation  and  Transportation. — The  swarm- 
ing season  terminates,  generally,  about  the  first  week 
of  July,  a  few  days  sooner  or  later,  according  to  the 
climate,  and  the  temperature  of  the  season.  After 
that  period,  no  emigration  ought  to  be  allowed ;  or 
if  it  take  place  in  spite  of  our  endeavours  to  prevent 
it,  the  swarms  should  be  restored  to  the  mother- 
hives.  The  massacre  of  the  Males,  which  takes 
place  about  the  beginning  of  August,  seems  to  afford 
a  not  unequivocal  symptom  that  the  richest  part  of 
the  honey-season  is  nearly  over,  and  that  the  bees 
are  aware  of  the  necessity  of  cutting  off  all  unneces- 
sary expenditure  of  food.  Those  cultivators,  there- 
fore, who  pursue  the  system  of  appropriating  a  portion 
of  the  honey  accumulated  during  the  summer-months 
of  June  and  July, — who  content  themselves  with  a 
share  only  of  the  fruits  of  Bee-industry,  and  who 
make  use  of  hives  conveniently  constructed  for  this 
purpose, — or  who  have  an  opportunity  of  availing 
themselves  of  the  near  neighbourhood  of  heath, — 
may  now  proceed  with  the  process  of  deprivation. 

The  use  of  storied  hives,  of  Huber's,  and  of  others 
which  divide  vertically  into  halves,  renders  this  pro- 
cess very  simple.  The  quantity  of  honey  in  hives 
of  this  construction  can  be  at  all  times  accurately 
ascertained ;  so  that  it  can  be  seen  at  once  whether 
there  be  any  available  surplus,  and  what  combs,  as 


21  6  DEPRIVATION  AND  TRANSPORTATION. 

containing  brood,  must  be  carefully  preserved.  The 
upper  box  in  storied  hives  is  then  free  from  brood, 
and  may  easily  be  removed,  not  only  without  present 
detriment  to  the  inmates,  but  almost  without  their 
knowledge.  The  modus  operandi  will  be  pointed 
out  afterwards.  It  is  not  impracticable  to  accom- 
plish deprivation  with  the  common  straw-hive ;  but 
it  is  attended  with  so  much  difficulty,  and  is  so 
liable  to  failure,  that  it  is  seldom  attempted.  The 
mode  of  proceeding,  however,  as  recommended  and 
practised  by  Wildman,  is  to  remove  the  full  hive 
into  a  darkened  room,  and  by  repeated  strokes  on  the 
outside,  to  force  the  bees  to  ascend  into  an  empty 
one,  placed  immediately  above  the  other ;  after  which 
the  deprived  bees  are  removed  to  their  usual  stand 
in  the  apiary.  In  the  mean  time  the  operator,  with 
a  thin  pliable  knife,  cuts  out  the  full  combs,  and 
scrapes  off  with  a  spoon  what  may  have  escaped  the 
knife;  he  then  returns  the  bees  to  their  old  hive. 
To  the  great  mass  of  those  who  cultivate  bees,  this 
operation  appears  troublesome  and  dangerous ;  and 
where  it  is  attempted,  it  often  fails,  from  the  desire 
of  appropriating  too  large  a  share  of  the  stores,  ,and 
from  the  destruction  of  the  brood- combs.  In  certain 
circumstances,  however,  the  operation,  when  done 
judiciously,  may,  even  with  straw-hives,  be  done  witfi 
safety;  and  that  is  when  the  deprived  hives  are  to 
be  immediately  removed  to  the  vicinity  of  heath* 
Change  of  pasture  is  most  advantageous  to  these 
insects  at  this  season ;  for  while  the  flowers  in  one 
district  have  entirely  faded,  those  of  another  may  be  in 


THE  HONEY-BEE.  21 7 

full  bloom.  In  corn-districts,  especially,  this  change 
is  indispensable.  After  the  middle  of  August,  wide 
tracts  of  the  richest  arable  lands,  unless  in  the  im- 
mediate vicinity  of  heath,  present  to  the  bees  but  a 
barren  desert ;  the  wild  flowers  are  almost  all  gone, 
and  in  those  that  still  remain,  the  secretion  of  honey 
proceeds  very  slowly  and  scantily.  And  what  is  of 
still  more  importance,  the  white  or  Dutch  clover, 
which,  in  a  highly-cultivated  country,  forms  the  great 
dependence  of  the  apiary,  has  disappeared ;  and 
hardly  any  thing  remains  but  the  small  patches  of 
mignonette  in  the  gardens,  and  the  coarse  rag- weed 
or  mug-wort  in  the  fields. 

From  this  period,  accordingly,  the  hives,  generally 
speaking,  become  every  day  lighter ;  and  the  Bee- 
master,  especially  after  deprivation,  must  exert  his 
skill  in  checking  the  evil,  otherwise  his  stocks  will 
be  unfit  to  stand  the  winter.  The  only  remedy, — at 
least  the  best, — is  to  transport  his  hives  to  a  district 
where  the  bees  will  find  those  supplies  that  are 
wanting  at  home. 

The  practice  of  removing  bees  towards  the  close 
of  autumn  to  fresh  pastures  prevailed  in  ancient  times> 
as  we  learn  from  Columella  and  others, — and  is  con- 
tinued at  the  present  day,  with  great  advantage  to 
the  owners.  In  China,  Egypt,  the  Grecian  Islands, 
and  over  almost  the  whole  European  continent,  we 
find  the  transporting  system  highly  approved  of.  In 
England  we  know  not  that  its  advantages  are  ap- 
preciated as  they  deserve  to  be;  but  in  Scotland, 


218  DEPRIVATION  AND  TRANSPORTATION. 

the  practice  is  almost  universal.  One  instance  is  thus 
stated  by  a  friend.*  "  About  five  miles  from  Edin- 
burgh, at  the  foot  of  one  of  the  Pentland  hills,  stands 
Logan-house,  supposed  the  former  residence  of  Sir 
W.  Worthy,  celebrated  by  Allan  Ramsay  in  his 
Gentle  Shepherd.  This  house  is  now  occupied  by  a 
shepherd,  who,  during  July  and  August,  receives 
about  100  bee-hives  from  his  neighbours  beyond  the 
hills,  that  their  bees  may  gather  the  honey  from  the 
luxuriant  blossoms  of  the  mountain  heather." 

The  exact  period  when  transportation  is  to  be  had 
recourse  to,  must  be  regulated  by  the  localities,  and 
by  the  temperature  of  the  season.  But  in  general, 
•the  Bee-master  will  act  safely  if  he  adopt  the  decay 
of  the  white  clover  as  the  signal  of  removal.  At  that 
period,  the  heath  is  coming  into  bloom,  and  soon 
presents  a  rich  fund  of  sweets  to  the  eager  collectors. 
By  transporting  them  thither,  a  double  harvest  may 
b<3  reaped.  In  the  autumn  of  1828,  we  took  nearly  the 
whole  stores  from  a  few  hives,  before  transporting 
them  to  the  moors ;  and  on  bringing  them  back,  after 
an  absence  of  about  three  weeks,  they  had  acquired 
at  an  average  ten  ft>s.  of  honey  each.  Double  this 
quantity  in  the  same  period  of  time,  if  the  weather 
is  dry  and  sunny,  is  by  no  means  uncommon,  as  the 
fruit  of  transportation.  But  much  depends  on  the 
season ;  and  the  rains  so  often  prevailing  in  August 
and  September,  frequently  disappoint  the  expectations 
of  the  owner.  In  1829,  during  the  autumn  of  which 
*  Dr.  Bevan. 


CHE  HONEY-BEE.  21  9 

the  rains  were  unceasing,  though  never  very  heavy, 
we  sent  four  hives  to  the  heath  ;  but  brought  them 
back  again  considerably  diminished  in  weight. 

Along  with  the  deprived  hives — that  is,  those  from 
which  a  portion  of  their  stores  have  been  taken, — 
there  should  be  sent  to  enjoy  the  benefit  of  change 
of  pasture,  such  swarms  of  the  season  as  had  emi- 
grated late,  or  had  been  unusually  small ;  and  to 
give  them  a  better  chance  of  success,  two  of  this  de- 
scription should  be  united  before  their  removal. 
Their  station  on  the  new  pasture-ground  should  not 
be  less  than  three  miles  distant  from  the  apiary, 
otherwise  they  may  find  their  way  back  to  their 
original  resting-place,  and  perish*  The  flight  of  the 
Bee,  according  to  Huber,  extends  generally  about 
half-a-league.  If  that  Naturalist  meant  a  German 
league,  as  he  probably  did,  according  to  this  calcula- 
tion, a  bee  will  fly  at  least  two  English  miles  in 
quest  of  food.  The  proof  of  the  correctness  of  this 
opinion  is  given  in  a  note  by  M.  Lombard  and  in  an 
unpublished  letter  of  Huber,  of  date  April  1810 
which  is  quoted  by  M.  Lombard  in  his  Treatise.  "At 
the  time  of  the  revolution,  M.  Huber  lived  at  Cour, 
near  to  Lausanne.  He  had  the  lake  on  one  side  of 
his  domicile,  and  vineyards  on  the  other.  He  soon 
perceived  the  disadvantage  of  his  position  (as  re- 
garded his  bees.)  When  the  orchards  at  Cour  had 
shed  their  blossoms,  and  the  few  meadows  in  the 
neighbourhood  had  been  mown,  he  found  the  stores 
of  his  stock-hives  diminishing  daily ;  the  labours  of 
the  bees  ceased  so  entirely,  that  even  in  summer  they 


220  GENERAL  HONEY  HARVEST. 

would  have  died  of  hunger  had  he  not  succoured 
them.  In  the  meantime,  while  matters  were  going 
on  so  badly  at  Cour,  the  bees  at  Renan,  Chabliere, 
Vaux,  Cery,  &c. — places  at  the  distance  of  only  half- 
a-league, — were  living  in  the  greatest  abundance, 
threw  numerous  swarms,  and  filled  their  hives  with 
honey  and  wax."  This  fact  serves  as  an  evidence 
that  the  flight  of  a  bee,  in  ordinary  cases,  is  less  than 
two  English  miles ;  though  we  readily  admit  that  in 
some  rare,  though  well  authenticated  instances,  they 
have  been  known  to  fly  double  that  distance.  The 
general  fact  is  farther  confirmed  by  the  following 
sentence  in  Huber's  letter :  rf  If  my  bees,"  he  says, 
"could  have  cleared  the  interval  which  separated 
them  from  the  places  where  they  would  have  found 
provisions,  they  would  assuredly  have  done  so,  rather 
than  die  of  hunger.  They  succeeded  no  better  at 
Vevai,  although  it  is  not  more  than  half-a-league 
from  that  place  to  Hauteville,  Chardonne,  £c.,  where 
they  throve  remarkably  well." 

General  Honey-Harvest. — About  the  beginning 
or  middle  of  September,  the  transported  hives  are 
brought  back  to  their  usual  station ;  and  in  a  few  days, 
according  to  circumstances,  the  general  honey-har- 
vest commences.  The  bees  have  relaxed  greatly  in 
their  labours, — the  fields  no  longer  tempt  them  to  go 
a-foraging, — and  already  the  little  economists  are 
forced  to  break  in  on  their  winter  stores.  The  hives, 
therefore,  designed  to  be  reserved  as  winter  stocks, 
must  be  inspected  and  weighed.  Every  one  which 
weighs  not  fifteen  or  sixteen  Ibs.,  exclusive  of  empty 


THE  HONEY-BEE.  221 

hive  or  skep,  bees,  brood,  &c.,  ought  without  hesita- 
tion to  be  rejected.  A  less  quantity  by  two  or  three  Ibs. 
may  bring  them  through  the  winter,  but  this  will  de- 
pend much  on  the  nature  of  the  season ;  whereas, 
with  the  quantity  above  stated,  there  is  no  doubt  at 
all  of  their  preservation  as  far  as  food  is  concerned, 
whatever  may  be  the  temperature.  During  frost, 
the  bees  consume  very  little  indeed ;  and  if  the  cold 
increase  in  severity,  still  less,  if  any.  But  as  we 
cannot  anticipate  what  the  temperature  of  the  ensuing 
winter  may  turn  out,  our  wisdom  is  to  take  care 
before  hand  that  there  be  no  deficiency  in  their  stores  ; 
it  cannot  be  supplied  when  the  cold  has  actually  set 
in.  A  common  straw-hive  weighs  when  empty  from 
five  to  six  Ibs. — an  ordinary  swarm  about  four 
tbs., — the  wax  of  a  full  hive  of  the  current  year 
nearly  two  ibs., — of  the  preceding  year,  at  least  three 
Ibs., — and  the  farina  in  the  cells  not  less  than  one  ft>., 
making  in  all  about  fifteen  Ibs.  A  stock,  therefore,  to 
be  secure,  ought  to  be  double  that  weight  in  the  gross, 
that  is,  should  contain  not  less  than  fifteen  ibs.  honey. 
Having  selected  the  stocks,  the  Cultivator  who 
does  not  practise  the  mode  of  partial  deprivation, 
alluded  to  in  last  chapter,  will  now  reap  his  general 
harvest.  There  are  three  modes  of  taking  the  honey, 
each  of  which  has  its  advocates ;  namely  Partial  De- 
privation, applicable  to  storied  and  leaf  hives  ;  Suffo- 
cation,— and  Driving,  that  is  forcing  the  bees  to  quit 
their  magazines,  and  uniting  the  expelled  inhabitants 
to  the  stock-hives.  Partial  Deprivation  consists  in 
appropriating  early  in  the  season  a  portion  of  the 


222        GENERAL  HONEY  HARVEST. 

stores.  In  preparing  prospectively  for  thus  sharing 
in  the  products  of  the  liive,  the  Cultivator  who  pur- 
sues the  storifying  system,  immediately  after  the 
swarming  season  is  over,  adds  another  story  or  hox 
to  the  two  of  which  his  hivo  consists,  placing  it 
undermost,  or  as  it  is  called  by  some  Bee-Masters, 
Nadir-ing.  The  brood-comhs  contained  in  the  up- 
permost story,  will,  as  the  young  bees  are  hatched, 
be  quickly  filled  with  honey,  and  may  be  removed 
about  the  beginning  of  August.  The  top  cover  is 
then  replaced  on  the  next  story  in  position,  which 
was  originally  the  lower,  and  is  now  the  upper.  In 
ordinary  seasons,  the  bees  will  have  ample  time  to 
'  lay  in  sufficient  food  for  winter  and  spring  use,  after 
the  abstraction  of  this  portion  of  their  stores.  As  the 
combs  of  the  upper  box  are  frequently  found  ad- 
hering by  their  lower  extremities  to  the  bars  of  the 
next,  it  will  be  necessary,  before  removal,  to  separate 
them  by  means  of  a  very  thin  long-bladed  knife  or  a 
fine  wire,  (a  piano-forte  string  will  answer  well,) 
drawn  through  the  hive  at  the  point  of  junction.  The 
operator  will  next  expel  the  bees  from  this  box  or 
story,  by  lifting  the  top-cover,  and  blowing  in  a  little 
smoke,  which  will  cause  the  inhabitants  to  retreat 
quickly  to  the  lower  regions.  The  box  may  then  be 
taken  away,  without  the  operator  running  the  risk  of 
the  slightest  annoyance.  The  same  effect  may  be  pro- 
duced by  driving.*  The  honey  found  in  this  removed 
box,  will  not  be  all  honey  of  the  current  season,  and 
consequently  is  not  so  delicately  fine.  It  is  also 
•  See  in  page  227  directions  for  the  operation  of  driving. 


THE  HONEY-BEE.  223 

sometimes  found  mixed  with,  or  rather  deposited 
above,  a  layer  of  farina.  Should  it  be  wished,  therefore, 
to  obtain  a  supply  free  from  these  imperfections,  the 
empty  story  which  is  added,  may  be  placed  above, 
instead  of  below  the  original  stock,  and  the  honey  will 
thus  be  of  a  superior  kind.  This  mode  of  operating  is 
called  super-ing,  in  contra-distinction  to  nadir-Mg.* 
This  practice  of  partial  deprivation  has  never  yet 
become  general,  because  it  is  liable  to  frequent  failure, 
even  in  improved  hives,  and  because  the  full  benefit 
is  not  derived  from  it  at  the  very  commencement  of 
the  system.  The  liability  to  failure,  the  first  of  the 
objections  stated,  is  owing  in  most  instances,  not  to 
the  mode,  but  to  the  period  of  the  operation.  Ac- 
cording to  the  too  common  practice  of  those  who  are 
friendly  to  deprivation,  a  portion  of  honey  is  abstract- 
ed from  the  hives  about  the  beginning  or  middle  of 
September ;  and  the  owner  compliments  himself  on 
his  moderation  in  being  content  with  a  part  instead 
of  the  whole,  and  on  his  humanity  in  saving  the  lives 
of  his  industrious  favourites ;  while  in  nine  instances 
out  of  ten,  he  finds,  on  the  arrival  of  March,  that  his 
moderation  and  humanity  have  been  altogether  un- 
availing; and  that  he  has  saved  them  from  a  violent 
death  by  suffocation,  only  to  expose  them  to  the 
more  tardy,  but  not  less  cruel  death,  by  starvation. 
Whereas,  if  deprivation  take  place  soon  after  the 
swarming  season,  as  already  recommended,  and  is 
managed  with  discretion,  the  issue  will  be  very  diffe- 

*  Dr.  Be  van  practises  Nadir-ing  only  with  young  swarme, 
and  Super-ing  with  those  of  preceding  years. 


224  GENERAL  HONEY  HARVEST. 

rent,  and  ultimately  more  profitable  to  the  owner, 
than  the  almost  universally  practised  mode  by  suffo- 
cation, which  is  too  well  known  to  need  description. 
The  latter  system  may  yield  a  greater  return  in  pro- 
portion to  the  hives  operated  upon, — but  in  the 
former,  there  is  a  much  greater  number  of  hives 
available.  For  example  :  Suppose  two  apiaries,  each 
containing  five  stock-hives  at  the  end  of  July,  ex- 
clusive of  as  many  swarms  recently  thrown.  The 
owner  of  the  one,  practising  the  depriving  system, 
takes  from  each  of  his  stocks  ten  Ibs.  of  honey,  making 
an  amount  of  fifty  Ibs.  as  his  honey-harvest.  The 
owner  of  the  other,  an  abettor  of  suffocation,  proceeds 
in  September  to  smoke  his  five  old  hives,  and  receives 
from  each  twenty-five  Ibs.  of  honey,  making  an  amount 
of  125  ibs.  as  his  honey-harvest,  between  two  and 
three  times  the  quantity  of  the  other.  In  the  follow- 
ing year,  the  Depriver  has  his  five  old  stock -hives, 
and  the  five  swarms  now  become  stocks  also ;  from 
the  whole  ten  he  now  takes  100  ft>s.  of  honey,  while 
at  the  same  time  his  apiary  is  augmented  by  the  ad- 
dition of  ten  new  swarms,  making  twenty  for  the  fol- 
lowing year;  while  his  rival  possesses  only  his 
former  number  of  five  yielding  1 25  Ibs.  In  the  next 
year,  that  is,  two  years  from  the  commencement  of 
the  comparative  trial,  the  Depriver  has  twenty  stock - 
hives  yielding  200  Ibs., — and  so  on  by  a  geometrical 
ratio, — while  the  other  remains  at  his  original  1 25  Ibs. 
This  calculation  is  made  on  the  supposition  that  each 
owner  takes  but  one  swarm  from  each  stock,  and 
without  making  any  allowance  for  losses  and  failures 


THE  HOXEY-BEE.  225 

which  will  affect  the  produce  of  both,  in  honey  and 
bees,  but  to  which  both  are  liable. 

We  are  now  to  compare  the  suffocating  system 
with  that  by  which,  even  though  we  defer  the  honey 
harvest  to  the  usual  late  period  of  September,  we  may 
obtain  the  same  quantity  of  produce,  and  at  the  same 
time  save  the  lives  of  the  bees.  "  Were  we  to  kill 
the  hen  for  her  egg,"  says  Wildman  indignantly, 
Sf  the  cow  for  her  milk,  or  the  sheep  for  the  fleece  it 
bears,  every  one  would  instantly  see  how  much  we 
should  act  contrary  to  our  interest ;  and  yet  this  is 
practised  every  year  in  our  inhuman  and  impolitic 
slaughter  of  the  bees."  It  is  mortifying  to  find  writers 
of  some  celebrity  in  this  branch  of  rural  economy, 
defending  the  practice  of  suffocation,  and  using  such 
arguments  as  the  following :  "  If  he  who  dines  every 
day  on  a  good  dish  of  animal  food,  does  not  find  fault 
with  the  farmer  who  sold  his  cattle  to  the  butcher, 
or  who  carried  them  to  the  market  after  he  had  him- 
self cut  their  throats, — why  does  he  exclaim  against 
the  Bee-cultivator  who  suffocates  insects  destined  by 
nature  to  die  in  the  following  year  ?"*  Independent 
of  the  consideration  that  the  carcase  of  the  bee  is 
not,  like  that  of  the  she.ep  or  ox,  of  use  after  its 
death,  and  that  advantage  may  be  derived  from  it 
while  in  life,  the  cold  calculating  spirit  which  could 
approve  and  recommend  such  uncalled-for  barbarity, 
seems  very  inconsistent  with  the  enthusiastic  admira- 
tion of  the  insect  generally  felt  by  apiarians,  and  be- 
trays more  of  the  selfishness  of  the  honey-merchan^ 
*  Feburier,  Traite  des  Abeilles. 


22  3  GENERAL  HONEY  HARVEST. 

than  the  generous  feelings  of  the  delighted  Naturalist. 
No  doubt,  reasoning  analogically,  we  have  the  same 
right  to  destroy  our  bees,  without  being  liable  to  the 
charge  of  inhumanity,  as  we  have  to  take  the  life  ol 
our  sheep  or  oxen.  Both  were  designed  for  our  use, 
and  if  the  death  of  the  animals  is  necessary  to  give 
us  the  full  benefit  of  what  was  originally  intended 
for  our  service,  there  is  no  inhumanity  in  fulfilling 
the  designs  of  nature.  At  the  same  time,  our 
humane  feelings  must  be  at  a  very  low  ebb  indeed, 
if  we  can  make  use  of  this  right  without  some 
degree  of  pain  and  regret,  when  the  object  to  be 
sacrificed  to  our  benefit  has  been  to  us  a  source  of 
innocent  enjoyment ;  nay,  it  may  be  reasonably  ex- 
pected, that  the  interest  we  feel  in  that  object,  will 
not  only  prevent  us  from  destroying  it  wantonly  and 
unnecessarily,  but  will  induce  us  anxiously  to  inquire 
whether  the  barbarous  alternative  may  not  be  avoided 
in  perfect  consistency  with  our  real  advantage. 

Now,  it  is  as  clear  as  day,  that  the  advantage  of 
the  owner  is  best  consulted  by  saving  the  lives  of  his 
bees ;  because,  independent  of  the  satisfaction  of 
eschewing  the  odious  task  of  sacrificing  what  we 
have  long  watched  with  so  much  anxiety,  and  con- 
templated with  so  much  admiration,  the  conservative 
system  yields  as  large,  if  not  a  largei  produce  than 
the  destructive,  with  this  additional  advantage,  that 
the  honey  is  not  deteriorated  by  the  unwholesome 
fumes  of  the  sulphur*  made  use  of  in  suffocation ; 

*  Objections  are  sometimes  made  to  the  free  use  of  honey, 
that  it  is  very  apt  to  produce  disorders  in  the  stomach  and 


THE  HONEY-BEE.  22? 

and,  in  the  next  place,  we  have  the  industrious  col- 
lectors themselves  ready  in  another  season  to  renew 
their  labours  and  add  to  our  riches, — and  requiring 
only  to  be  united  to  some  well-provisioned  stock-hive 
which  can  afford  to  maintain  them.  It  is  pitiable  to 
reflect  that  the  small  degree  of  additional  trouble  re- 
quired in  uniting  them,*  should  prove  so  effectual  an 
obstacle  to  this  conservative  practice.  Yet  the  opera- 
tion with  each  hive  so  treated,  need  not  occupy  more 
than  fifteen  or  twenty  minutes.  In  the  evening  when 
all  are  quiet,  turn  up  the  hive  which  is  to  be  operated 
upon,  fixing  it  in  a  chair  from  which  the  stuffed  bot- 
tom has  been  removed ;  place  an  empty  hive  above 
it,  wrap  a  cloth  round  the  point  of  junction,  to  pre- 
vent the  bees  from  coming  out,  and  annoying  the  ope- 
rator; then,  with  a  short  stick  or  stone  in  each  hand, 
beat  round  the  sides  but  gently  for  fear  of  loosen- 
ing the  combs.  In  five  minutes,  the  panic-struck 
insects  will  hastily  mount  into  the  empty  hive,  with 

bowels.  Some  medical  men  are  of  opinion  that  the  sulphur, 
and  not  the  honey  is  the  cause  of  the  evil. 

On  submitting  this  note  to  Dr.  Bevan,  he  made  the  follow- 
ing remarks  upon  it :  "  The  fumes  of  sulphur  are  converted 
into  sulphuric  acid,  (vitriolic  acid,)  and  the  quantity  which 
mingles  with  the  honey  is  very  small.  I  am  fully  persuaded, 
that  so  far  from  its  causing  the  honey  to  disagree  with  the 
stomach  and  bowels,  its  tendency  would  be  to  produce  a 
contrary  effect.  It  is  the  honey,  and  the  honey  only  that 
disagrees ;  to  a  greater  or  less  extent,  of  course,  according  to 
the  pasturage  from  which  it  has  been  collected.  I  knew  a 
gentleman  who  could  not  be  in  the  same  room  with  uncovered 
honey  without  having  his  bowels  disordered." 

*  The  French  call  this  operation  "  marrying  hives." 


228  GENERAL  HONEY  HARVEST. 

a  loud  humming  noise  expressive  of  their  trepidation. 
The  hives  are  then  separated, — that  containing  the 
bees  is  placed  on  its  usual  pedestal, — and  the  other 
containing  the  honey  is  carried  off.  The  union  is 
next  to  be  effected.  Turn  up  the  stock-hive  which 
is  to  receive  the  addition  to  its  population, — with  a 
bunch  of  feathers,  or  a  small  watering-pan,  such  as 
is  used  for  watering  flower-beds,  drench  them  with 
a  solution  of  ale  and  sugar,  or  water  and  sugar,  made 
a  little  warm.  Do  the  same  to  the  expelled  bees ; 
and  then  placing  these  last  over  the  stock,  mouth  to 
mouthj  a  smart  rap  on  the  top  of  the  hive  will  drive 
them  down  among  the  bees  and  combs  of  the  under- 
most hive.  Place  this  last  on  its  pedestal,  and  the 
operation  is  completed.  The  strong  flavour  of  the 
solution  will  prevent  them  from  distinguishing  be- 
tween friend  and  stranger ;  and  their  first  movement, 
after  recovering  from  their  panic,  will  be  to  lick  the 
liquid  from  one  another's  bodies.  This  mode  of 
operating  is  applicable  to  all  kinds  of  hives.  It  will 
be  an  advantage,  though  attended  with  a  little  addi- 
tional trouble,  to  search  for,  and  destroy  the  queen 
ftf  the  expelled  bees,  before  the  union  takes  place. 
Two  queens  cannot  subsist  together  in  one  hive. 
VVhen  two  hives  are  united,  therefore,  what  becomes 
of  the  supernumerary  queen  ?  She  is  put  to  death 
by  the  bees  generally  within  twenty- four  hours  from 
the  time  of  the  union.  But  as  the  bees  are  the 
executioners,  it  is  within  the  bounds  of  possibility 
that  both  queens  may  fall  a  sacrifice.  The  followers 
of  one  queen  may  seize  upon  her  rival,,  and  destroy 


THE  HONEY-BEE.  229 

her,  in  ignorance  that  their  own  proper  sovereign 
has  been  perhaps  already  put  hors  de  combat  by  the 
subjects  of  the  other ;  and,,  in  such  a  case,  the  ruin 
of  the  whole  community  will  be  the  ultimate  con- 
sequence, because  at  this  season  there  are  no  eggs 
nor  larvae,  nor  males,  wherewith  to  repair  the  disaster. 
It  is  safer,  therefore,  to  search  for,  and  remove  the 
queen  of  the  swarm  that  has  been  dislodged,  and  is 
to  be  "  married,"  before  the  union  takes  place ;  she 
will  with  little  difficulty  be  discovered  and  laid  hold 
of  in  a  hive  without  comb. 

The  hives  denuded  of  the  bees,  being  now  carried 
into  the  house,  the  process  of  extracting  the  honey 
from  the  combs  must  commence  immediately,  while 
it  retains  its  natural  warmth.  It  will  then  flow  freely, 
and  if  there  is  a  fire  in  the  apartment  where  the  ope- 
ration  is  carried  on,  the  work  will  be  greatly  facili- 
tated. As  it  is  of  much  importance  in  preserving 
the  fine  flavour  of  the  honey,  that  it  should  be  ex- 
posed as  little  as  possible  to  the  external  air,  the 
mode  of  manipulation  pointed  out  by  Bonner,  and 
repeated  after  him  by  other  writers,  cannot  be  com- 
mended. The  following  is  the  kind  of  apparatus  we 
have  made  use  of  for  a  great  many  years,  and  find  to 
answer  well.  (PI.  XIII.  fig.  1.)  It  consists  of  a  tin 
vessel  of  an  oval  shape,  (having  a  spigot  at  the  bot- 
tom,) 18  inches  long,  7  broad,  and  5  deep.  Resting 
upon  this,  is  another  vessel  of  the  same  shape,  and 
just  so  much  smaller  that  its  under  edge  slips  within 
the  other  to  the  extent  of  an  inch,  and  is  prevented 
from  sinking  farther  by  a  raised  beading.  The  bottom 


230  GENERAL  HONEY  HARVEST. 

is  pierced  closely  with  holes,  each  the  16th  or  20th  of 
an  inch  in  diameter.  Above  the  bottom,  inside,  and 
at  the  distance  of  an  inch  from  it,  stands  upon  four 

feet,  a  stage,  A, of  the  same  shape  and  size. 

made  of  wire  cloth,  of  £  inch  mesh.  Under  the 
bottom,  is  fixed  a  piece  of  fine  muslin,  B,  the  edges 
of  which  are  brought  out  at  the  joining  of  the  two 
vessels.  In  using  this  apparatus,  the  combs  being 
sliced  horizontally  through  the  cells,  are  laid  with  the 
cut  side  undermost  upon  the  wire  cloth  stage,  which 
retains  all  the  bulky  part  of  the  wax,  and  prevents  it 
from  clogging  the  holes  below ;  the  honey  drops  upon 
the  bottom,  and  runs  through  the  small  holes  which 
prevent  the  lesser  particles  of  wax  from  getting 
through,  while  the  muslin  below  causes  it  to  flow  in 
almost  perfect  purity  into  the  under  vessel,  from 
whence  it  issues  through  the  spigot  into  the  store- 
jars.  A  cover  put  on  the  top  vessel,  after  the  sliced 
comb  has  been  deposited,  completes  the  exclusion  of 
the  external  air,  with  which  the  honey  never  comes 
in  contact  till  it  runs  from  the  spigot.  The  wax  is 
next  to  be  attended  to,  and  there  cannot  be,  perhaps, 
a  simpler  and  more  effectual  direction  for  its  manipu- 
lation than  that  which  is  given  by  the  Abbe  della 
Rocca.  The  wax  is  put  into  a  woollen  bag,  firmly 
tied  at  the  mouth ;  the  bag  is  plunged  into  a  pan  of 
boiling  water ;  the  pure  material  oozes  through  the 
cloth,  and  swims  on  the  surface ;  it  is  carefully 
skimmed  off,  as  long  as  any  continues  to  rise,  and 
poured  into  a  shallow  earthen  bowl,  which  is  pre- 
viously wetted  to  prevent  the  wax  from  adhering  to 


THE  HONEY-BEE.  231 

its  sides.  It  must  be  allowed  to  cool  very  gradually, 
otherwise  the  cake  which  it  forms  will  crack ;  and> 
therefore,  it  should  be  kept  in  a  warm  place. 

Management  of  Bees  during  Winter. — The  honey- 
harvest  being  now  over,  it  will  be  necessary  to  pre- 
pare the  stock-hives  for  passing  the  winter  in  safety. 
For  this  purpose,  certain  preliminary  precautions  are 
requisite,  and  none  more  so  than  to  guard  against 
pillage.  After  the  process  of  separating  the  honey 
from  the  wax,  it  is  usual  and  economical  to  carry  out 
to  the  apiary,  the  vessels  and  implements  employed 
in  the  manipulation ;  and  the  bees  will  readily  avail 
themselves  of  whatever  honey  may  adhere  to  them, 
and  clean  them  effectually.  Pieces  of  refuse  comb, 
also,  are  presented  to  them,  and  in  a  very  short  time 
the  industrious  insects  rifle  them  of  every  particle  of 
saccharine  matter.  Having  exhausted  these  sources, 
the  bees  are  tempted  often  by  the  more  than  usually 
strong  odour  exhaled  from  the  hives  in  consequence 
of  their  recent  luxurious  feasting,  to  rob  their  neigh- 
bours of  their  share  of  the  booty;  and  a  scene  of 
pillage  ensues  which  sometimes  ends  in  the  total  de- 
struction of  the  besieged  hives.  If  the  colony  attacked 
be  pretty  strong  in  population,  the  evil  may  be  put  a 
stop  to,  perhaps,  by  contracting  the  entrance.  Every 
proper  door  has  one  or  two  small  holes  at  the  bottom, 
which  may  be  opened  or  shut  as  occasion  requires, 
just  large  enough  to  admit  the  passing  of  a  single  bee. 
This  contracted  entrance  greatly  assists  a  besieged 
colony ;  but  the  doors  are  generally  so  thin,  that  the 
robbers  often  effect  an  entrance  by  adroitly  slipping 


232  MANAGEMENT  IN  WINTER. 

past  the  sentinel  on  watch.  An  improvement,  and 
a  very  simple  one,  in  the  formation  of  the  doors, 
will  increase  the  difficulty  of  eluding  the  vigilance  of 
the  guard ;  make  them  1  \  inch  thick,  the  small  aper- 
tures will  then  he  to  the  bees,  in  fact,  long  narrow 
passages,  along  which  they  will  he  unable  to  make 
their  way  in  the  face  of  the  opposing  sentinel.  Doors 
of  this  kind  should  remain  on  the  hives  during  the 
whole  winter.  If  the  precaution  above  recommended 
fails,  the  hive  attacked  must  be  removed  for  a  few 
days,  till  quiet  is  in  some  degree  restored  to  the, 
apiary;  and,  in  the  meantime,  to  amuse  and  baffle 
the  assailants,  an  empty  hive  may  occupy  the  station. 
No  stock-hive  ought  at  this  season  to  require  feed- 
ing. Still,  circumstances  may  occur,  as  in  the  case  of 
long-continued  bad  weather  during  the  end  of  autumn, 
which  may  render  some  supply  beneficial  and  even 
necessary.  In  such  cases,  the  best  mode  of  admini- 
stering it,  is  to  raise  the  hive  which  is  to  be  assisted, 
on  a  round  or  square  frame  of  wood,  two  or  three 
inches  deep,  and  place  in  the  vacuum  thus  produced, 
two  or  three  pieces  of  full  comb  on  edge,  and  in  their 
natural  position.  The  bees  will  soon  drain  them, 
storing  the  contents  in  the  upper  region  of  their  do- 
micile, after  which  the  frame  and  empty  comb  may 
be  removed.  In  default  of  comb,  syrup  must  be  sup- 
plied, as  directed  in  page  186. 

It  is  almost  needless  to  say,  that  feeding  during 
winter  is  out  of  the  question,  even  though  the  season 
should  be  mild.  It  is  unnecessary,  and  would  prove 
injurious,  tempting  the  insects  to  leave  the  compara- 


THE  HONEY-BEE.  233 

tively  warm  atmosphere  of  the  centre  of  the  hive 
where  they  are  congregated  in  dense  clusters,  and  to 
expose  themselves  to  the  colder  temperature  below 
which  chills,  and  ultimately  destroys  them.  At  the 
same  time,  we  must  not  be  understood  as  recom- 
mending the  shutting  them  up  altogether,  so  that  they 
cannot  take  the  advantage  of  an  occasional  interval 
of  sunshine.  Leave  the  narrow  apertures  free,  bbth 
in  order  to  admit  the  fresh  air,  and  to  afford  the  bees 
an  opportunity  of  coming  abroad  when  they  can  do 
so  in  safety.  Absolute  confinement  is  extremely  pre- 
judicial to  them.  The  practice  which  prevails  in 
some  places  of  removing  the  hives  into  the  dwelling- 
house,  by  way  of  preserving  them  from  the  cold,  is 
by  no  means  to  be  recommended;  and,  in  fact,  is 
often  followed  by  fatal  effects.  The  increased  tem- 
perature of  the  place  to  which  they  have  been  re- 
moved, keeps  them  in  such  a  state  of  animation  and 
excitement,  that  they  continue  to  eat  during  the  whole 
period  of  their  confinement,  and  not  being  at  liberty  to 
go  abroad  and  evacuate,  their  bodies  become  swollen 
and  diseased  by  the  retention  of  their  faeces, — for 
they  are  most  unwilling  to  soil  the  interior  of  then 
dwelling, — and  great  numbers  of  them  are  thus 
cut  off  5  and  when  in  spring  the  hive  is  brought  into 
the  open  air,  the  few  inhabitants  that  remain  are  too 
feeble  to  bear  the  sudden  change  of  temperature,  and 
gradually  dwindle  away,  or  are  plundered  and  de- 
stroyed by  the  more  vigorous  and  healthy. 

While  snow  is  on  the  ground,  a  gleam  of  sunshine 
will  cast  such  a  glare  of  light  into  the  interior  of  the 


234  MANAGEMENT  IN  WINTER. 

hives,  that  the  bees  are  often  induced  to  venture 
abroad,  and,  soon  chilled  by  the  cold,  they  fall  in 
hundreds  on  the  snow,  and,  if  not  timely  succoured, 
will  ultimately  perish.  This  evil  may  be  prevented 
in  some  degree  by  turning,  as  soon  as  winter  has  set 
fairly  in,  the  hives  round  on  their  stands,  so  that  the 
entrance  may  face  the  north.*  If  this  precaution 
has  not  been  taken  in  time,  and  the  unfortunate 
wanderers  are  already  prostrate  on  the  snow,  let 
them  be  instantly  gathered,  placed  in  a  vessel,  (a 
dinner-dish-cover,  for  example,)  having  a  piece  of 

*  Mr.  Nutt,  the  Lincolnshire  Bee-Master  alluded  to  in 
page  1 82,  gives,  in  his  work,  an  account  of  an  experiment 
to  ascertain  the  effect  of  changing  the  site  of  hives  from 
a  southern  to  a  northern  exposure  during  winter.  He  took 
six  hives  weighing  as  under,  and  placed  three  on  the  north  side 
of  his  house,  leaving  the  other  three  in  their  usual  situation. 
In  November  1834, 

No.  1  weighed  35  Ibs.  No.  4  weighed  42  Ibs. 

2  —      38  5       —      32 

3  —      40  6—37 

113  111 

The  first  three,  Nos.  1,  2,  &  3,  weighing  113  Ibs.,  remained 
during  winter  in  their  summer  situations.    Nos,  4,  5,  &  6,  were 
removed  to  a  cold  dry  place  on  the  north  side  of  his  house. 
On  the  26th  of  the  following  March  they  weighed  as  follows 
No.  1.  weighed  15  Ibs.  No.  4.  weighed  37  Ibs. 

2.  —      16  5.      —      27 

3.  —       19  6.      —      32 

50  96 

The  three  first,  therefore,  lost  63  Ibs.,  on  an  average  21  Ibs. 
each ;  the  three  last  decreased  only  15  Ibs.,  average  5  Ibs  each. 
The  three  last  swarmed  in  May,  the  three  first  not  till  July. 


THE  HONEY-BEE.  235 

thin  muslin  spread  over  its  mouth,  and  held  within  a 
yard  of  the  fire.  When  they  recover,  which  they 
will  do  in  a  few  minutes,  let  them  be  taken  out  to  the 
apiary,  and  the  muslin  removed,  and  they  will  speedi- 
ly regain  their  respective  habitations. 

Once  or  twice  during  the  winter,  the  hives  ought 
to  be  lifted  from  their  stools,  and  carefully  inspect- 
ed ;  all  cobwebs  swept  off,  the  floor-board  thoroughly 
cleaned,  and  the  outer  covers  or  surtouts  repaired 
and  adjusted,  so  that  the  rain  or  snow  may  not  gain 
admittance ;  the  snow,  especially,  as  soon  as  fallen 
should  be  cleared  away. 

In  the  preceding  chapter,  when  treating  of  taking 
the  honey,  and  at  the  same  time  preserving  the  lives 
of  the  bees,  we  recommended  the  uniting  of  the  ex- 
pelled bees  to  the  stock-hives,  and  pointed  out  an 
easy  method  of  accomplishing  this  union.  If  the 
stock-hive  be  very  large,  two  or  even  three  expelled 
swarms  may  be  joined  to  it.  In  that  case  it  will  be 
prudent  to  see  that  there  is  sufficient  provision  for  so 
many  additional  mouths;  for  nothing  seems  more 
reasonable,  or  more  consonant  with  experience,  than 
the  conclusion,  that  if  the  population  be  increased, 
the  means  of  maintaining  it  must  also  be  augmented. 
And  yet  a  very  experienced  Bee-master  has  averred, 
and  supports  his  averments  by  a  minute  detail  of  his 
experiments  on  the  subject,  that  it  is  not  necessary 
the  reinforced  hive  should  have  double  or  treble 
stores  in  order  to  supply  the  wants  of  its  now  doubled 
or  trebled  population.  The  fact, — if  fact  it  be, — is 
rather  astounding;  however  M.  Gelieu,  a  Swiss 


236  MANAGEMENT  IN  WINTER. 

clergyman,  author  of  "  Le  Conservateur  des  Abeilles,* 
and  the  discoverer  of  this  supposed  fact,  shall  speak 
for  himself.  We  have  never  put  his  discovery  to  the 
test  of  experiment — at  least  with  such  minute  accu- 
racy as  to  warrant  us  in  drawing  conclusions,  either 
affirmative  or  otherwise.  But  from  the  detail  which 
M.  Gelieu  gives,  there  appears  no  great  difficulty  in 
settling  the  point  beyond  all  doubt,  whatever  there 
may  be  in  ascertaining  the  reasons  for  it,  if  well- 
founded.  "  I  expected/'  says  M.  Gelieu,  "  that  in 
doubling  the  population,  it  would  be  necessary  to 
double  the  supply  too.  The  more  mouths,  said  I  to 
myself,  the  more  need  of  provisions.  I  consequent- 
ly made  a  considerable  addition  to  the  stores  of  the 
hives  whose  population  I  had  augmented;  but,  to 
my  astonishment,  when  I  weighed  them  at  the  re 
turn  of  spring,  I  found  that  their  consumption  had 
been  no  greater  than  that  of  the  single  hives.  I 
thought  I  must  surely  have  made  some  mistake,  and 
was  not  convinced  of  the  fact  till  I  had  repeated  the 
same  experiment  a  hundred  times,  and  always  with 
the  same  result.  I  cannot  conceive  how  an  army  of 
30,000  men  can  subsist  on  the  supplies  necessary  for 
an  army  of  only  10,000,  supposing  the  soldiers  of 
both  to  have  an  equal  appetite,  and  equal  means  of 
satisfying  it.  It  holds  true,  however,  with  the  bee&; 
the  fact  is  undeniable  ;  the  reason  is  to  me  unknown. 
I  leave  to  minds  more  penetrating  than  mine  the 
task  of  discovering  and  explaining  how  two  large 
families,  when  united,  can  live  at  as  little  expense  as 
either  of  the  two  would  have  done  when  separated. 


THE  HONEY-BEE.  23? 

Does  the  increase  of  heat  supply,  to  a  certain  extent, 
the  place  of  food  ?  Does  it-  render  their  aliment 
more  nutritive  ?  I  have  reason  to  believe,  that  dur- 
ing the  winter,  and  previous  to  the  breeding  season, 
a  small  hive  consumes  as  much  food  as  a  large  one. 
Do  the  inmates  of  the  small  hive  consume  individu- 
ally a  greater  quantity  ?  and  is  this  greater  consump- 
tion necessary  to  keep  up  the  requisite  degree  of 
warmth  ?  I  propose  these  inquiries  to  the  Naturalist 
After  this  discovery,,  as  important  as  it  is  inexpli- 
cable, I  varied  my  experiments  in  order  to  insure  ab- 
solute certainty ;  and  to  obtain  the  most  unequivocal 
proofs  of  the  fact,  I  united  three  swarms  in  autumn, 
and  when  I  weighed  the  hive  in  spring,  I  found  that 
it  had  scarcely  consumed  a  pound  weight  of  provi- 
sions more  than  a  single  hive.  I  went  farther.  I 
had  a  large  hive,  well-peopled,  and  amply  provision- 
ed. Without  removing  it  from  its  place,  I  joined  to 
it  the  bees  of  four  other  hives.  This  enormous  po- 
pulation produced  so  strong  a  heat,  that  during  the 
whole  winter,  which  was  severe,  there  was  heard 
from  them  a  loud  humming,  like  that  which  proceeds 
from  a  hive  on  the  evening  of  a  fine  day  in  spring. 
The  vapour  expelled  by  the  continual  vibrating  of 
their  wings  was  condensed,  and  formed  icicles  at  the 
entrance  of  the  hive  during  the  hard  frosts.  Well 
when  in  spring  I  weighed  this  hive,  which  contained 
five  families,  and  from  which  had  exhaled  so  much 
moisture,  I  found  it  but  three  Ibs.  lighter  than  my 
ordinary  hives.  It  threw  excellent  swarms,  long 
before  the  others  in  the  apiary,  and  I  was  well  re- 


238 


MANAGEMENT  IN  WINTER. 


paid  for  my  trouble."  In  proof  and  illustration  of 
these  facts,  the  author*  subjoins  the  following  Table, 
giving  a  view  of  the  diminution  in  weight  of  each  of 
his  hives  during  one  winter. 

Diminution  of  weight  in  each  of  thirty-six  hives, 
from  20th  September  1813,  to  31st  March  1814: — 


No. 

Ibs. 

No. 

Ibs. 

1. 

{Diminished  \ 
in  weight,  ) 

10 

27. 

f  Single  hive  ) 
(  diminished,  j 

10J 

2. 

lOi 

30. 

13 

3. 

12i 

32. 

9i 

4. 

12 

38. 

8 

8. 

11 

A. 

N 

10. 

9 

B. 

10 

11. 

8} 

C. 

124 

13. 

A  doubled  hive, 

11 

D. 

104 

15. 

10^ 

1. 

Wooden  hive, 

11* 

16. 

A  doubled  hive, 

10J 

4. 

Doubled  hive, 

94 

17. 

A  doubled  hive, 

14 

6. 

11 

20. 

10 

7. 

8J 

21. 

14 

8. 

19 

22. 

A  doubled  hive, 

8| 

9. 

10 

23. 

10J 

11. 

134 

24. 

9 

13. 

15 

25. 

15 

21. 

10 

26. 

12J 

23. 

Doubled, 

111 

From  this  Table  it  appears  that  the  average  ex- 
penditure of  thirty-six  hives  in  six  months,  was  about 
eleven  Ibs.  each ;  and  that  the  smallest  expenditure 
in  any  one  hive  was  eight  Ibs.,  and  the  greatest  nine- 
teen Ibs.  This  last  difference  the  author  attributes 
io  pillage,  and  thinks  it  probable  that  the  straw-hive, 
No.  38,  had  enriched  itself  at  the  expense  of  its 


r      ^ 

((UN  IV  V 


THE  HONEY-BEE.  239 

neighbours,  while  the  wooden-box,  No.  8,  had  been 
•olundered. 

The  numbers  awanting  in  the  Table  belonged  to 
hives  from  which  he  had  taken  the  honey,  or  which 
he  had  fed,  and  were  not,  therefore,  legitimate  sub- 
jects of  experiment. 


HUMBLE-BEES. 

WE  have  now  to  notice  the  nature  and  habits  of 
another  tribe  of  the  social  Apidae,  familiarly  known 
by  the  name  of  Humble-Bees  ;  but  so  large  a  space 
has  been  already  devoted  to  a  more  valuable  species, 
that  our  descriptions  must  be  comparatively  brief. 
H  amble-Bees,  as  far  as  we  know,  have  never  been  do- 
mesticated, or  made  directly  subservient  to  the  inter- 
ests of  mankind ;  although  it  is  not  improbable  that 
means  might  be  found  of  turning  their  labours  to 
account,  did  not  the  possession  of  a  more  useful 
species  remove  all  inducement  to  make  the  attempt. 
They  constitute,  however,  a  very  interesting  portion 
of  our  insect  population  for  a  variety  of  reasons. 
Their  economy,  although  greatly  inferior  in  interest 
to  that  of  the  hive  bee,  is  still  extremely  curious ; 
their  comparatively  large  size,  and  gay  colours,  ren- 
der them  conspicuous  objects  in  our  fields  and  gar- 
dens ;  the  untiring  diligence  with  which  they  seek 
their  food  among  the  blossoms  "so  busy  and  so 


240  HUMBLE-BEES. 

pleased/'  can  hardly  be  observed  without  pleasure ; 
while  their  incessant  hum,  which  often  assails  our 
ears  in  heathery  uplands,  where  nearly  all  other 
indications  of  life  have  ceased,  forms  one  of  the 
most  common  of  those  rural  sounds,  the  entire 
effect  of  which  is  usually  so  agreeable.  "  There 
are  few  associations  of  our  childhood/'  it  has  been 
recently  remarked,  "  more  deep  and  lasting  than 
those  connected  with  the  pursuit  and  capture  of 
these  beautiful  creatures,  some  of  which  are  remark- 
able for  their  size,  and  the  rich  contrast  which  they 
exhibit  of  velvet  black  and  crimson,  with  bars  of 
brilliant  yellow.  This  splendid  attire,  however,  saves 
them  not  from  being  rudely  handled ;  and  we  remem- 
ber the  day  when  an  artificial  bink,  that  is.  a  little 
box  made  of  clay,  with  a  piece  of  glass  at  one  end, 
and  a  sprinkling  of  sugar  at  the  other,  contained  as 
many  captives  in  proportion  to  its  size  as  the  black 
hole  at  Calcutta."  * 

Although  so  dissimilar  in  external  aspect,  a  very 
close  connection  in  regard  to  structure  can  be  traced 
between  the  hive-bee  and  the  kinds  of  which  we 
now  treat.  The  respective  genera  are  accordingly 
placed  in  juxta-position  in  systematic  arrangements. 
For  a  long  period  these  genera,  as  well  as  several 
others,  were  confounded  under  the  common  name 
of  Apis,  and  it  was  not  till  a  comparatively  recent 
date,  that  the  humble-bees  were  separated,  and  the 
generic  term  Bombus  applied  to  them.  A  different 
formation  of  certain  parts,  entailing  a  difference  in 
*  Ency.  Brit.,  Art.  Entomology 


HUMBLE-BEES.  241 

tneir  modes  of  life,  having  been  subsequently  detected, 
the  humble-bees  of  this  country  are  now  very  properly 
divided  into  two  generic  groups,  Bombus  and  Apathus. 
They  may  be  distinguished  from  the  hive-bee,  and 
other  races  bearing  affinity  to  them,  by  having  the 
simple  eyes  arranged  in  a  curve,  instead  of  forming  a 
triangle ;  by  having  an  impression  in  the  shape  of  a 
cross  on  the  forehead ;  the  labrum  transverse,  and  two 
distinct  spines  at  the  apex  of  the  posterior  tibiae.  More 
obvious  characters  are  afforded  by  their  large,  com- 
paratively rounded,  hirsute  bodies,  generally  adorned 
with  bands  of  light-yellow  or  red.  Upwards  of 
forty  different  species  are  described  as  inhabitants  of 
Britain ;  but  as  the  three  distinct  races  of  females, 
males,  and  workers,  belonging  to  the  same  species, 
often  bear  little  resemblance  to  one  another,  and  as 
the  hair  or  down  covering  their  bodies,  often  of  the 
gayest  colours,  changes  with  age,  like  the  plumage  of 
birds,  it  is  by  no  means  unlikely  that  individuals  of 
the  same  family,  and  differing  only  in  sex  or  age, 
have,  in  some  instances,  been  described  as  of  a  dif- 
ferent species.  Speaking  of  the  hirsuties,  or  hairy 
covering  of  this  family,  and  of  its  liability  to  change 
of  colour,  Kirby  remarks,*  "  An  insect  recently 
hatched  appears  in  this  respect  a  different  species 
from  the  same  when  it  has  been  long  exposed  to 
wind  and  weather.  Thus,  for  instance,  Apis  Mus- 
corum,  which,  when  fresh  from  the  pupa,  is  dis- 
tinguished by  a  thorax  covered  with  hair  of  a  fine 
orange  colour,  and  by  an  abdomen  whose  coat  is  a 
*  Monographia  Apum  Angliae,  i.  207. 


242  HUMBLE-BEES. 

rich  yellow  ;  when  it  grows  old,  especially  the  male, 
exchanges  these  brilliant  colours  for  a  cinereous  hue, 
which  circumstance  misled  Fahricius  to  give  it  as  a 
distinct  species,  under  the  name  of  A.  Senilis.  But 
not  only  yellow  and  red,  hut  even  black  and  white 
hairs  are  apt  to  change  their  colours  through  age. 
All  these  circumstances  make  it  a  matter  of  some 
importance  to  be  able  to  distinguish  a  recent  insect 
from  one  that  has  been  long  disclosed.  This  may 
often  be  done  by  inspecting  the  state  of  its  wings, 
for  in  the  latter,  especially  in  males,  they  are  usually 
lacerate  at  the  apex ;  the  body,  too,  has  frequently 
a  good  deal  of  its  hair  rubbed  off.  It  will  not  be 
without  use  to  know  into  what  the  predominant 
colours  fade ;  yellow  will  usually  first  turn  pale,  and 
then  cinereous  ;  red  will  turn  through  tawny  to  yel- 
low, and  sometimes  to  cinereous ;  white  will  turn  to 
pale,  and  sometimes  to  tawny ;  and  black  will  now 
and  then  turn  white.  But  this  is  not  all  the  difficulty 
with  which  the  describer  of  the  Bombinatriees  has 
io  struggle ;  the  males  in  general  resemble  the  fe- 
males sufficiently  to  be  known  as  such  ;  but  there 
are  several  so  unlike  them  as  to  be  easily  mistaken 
for  different  species ;  and  I  am  by  no  means  certain 
that  I  have  not,  in  more  instances  than  one,  described 
the  sexes  under  different  names.  Till  all  can  be 
traced  to  their  nidi,  this  is  not  easily  to  be  avoided-" 
We  shall  now  proceed  to  give  examples  of  the 
two  genera  Bombus  and  Apathus. 


terrestrisj 


'  -bee. 


243 


COMMON  HUMBLE  BEE. 

(BOMBUS  TE&RESTRIS.) 
PLATE  XIV. 

Apis  terrestris,  Linn.  Kirby^s  Monog.  Apum,  ii.  350.— Sliaw's 

general  Zool.  vi.  348,  PL  98 Donov.  Brit.  Ins.  in.  PL  88, 

tig.  1. — A.  Audax,  Harris*  Eocpos.  of  Eny.  Ins.  xxxviii.  fig.  1. 
Reaumur,  vi.  Tab.  3,  fig.  1. 

IN  its  present  restricted  sense  the  genus  Bombus 
may  be  briefly  characterised  by  the  following  defini- 
tion ;  body  oblong,  and  very  hairy ;  head  narrower 
than  the  thorax,  usually  triangular,  the  antennae 
having  thirteen  joints  in  the  female,  fourteen  in  the 
male,  geniculated  at  the  second  joint;  exterior  palpi 
exarticulate,  interior  two-jointed  ;  ligula  three-lobed, 
the  central  lobe  elongated ;  labium  transverse  sub- 
linear ;  hinder  tibiae  provided  with  a  hollow  expan- 
sion for  collecting  pollen  ;  claws  bifid  at  the  apex. 

The  species  named  above  is  one  of  the  best  known, 
and  an  account  of  its  habits  will  convey  a  pretty 
accurate  notion  of  the  proceedings  of  the  rest,  although 
they  vary  somewhat  in  their  modes  of  life.  In  the 
female,  the  head  and  antennae  are  black,  the  mouth 
with  rufescent  hairs  ;  proboscis  scarcely  longer  than 
the  head  ;  thorax  black,  with  a  bright-yellow  band 
anteriorly ;  basal  segment  of  the  abdomen  black, 
second  yellow,  third  black,  the  three  posterior  ones 
white ;  wings  light-brown,  the  thick  nervures  dark 
coloured,  the  finer  ones  ferruginous ;  legs  black  and 
hairy,  the  pollen,  brush,  and  spines  ferruginous.  The 
male  has  the  thoracic  and  abdominal  bands  either 


244  HUMBLE-BEES. 

pale-yellow  or  luteous ;  the  posterior  tibiae  rather 
smooth  above,  the  lateral  hairs  cinereous ;  abdomen 
approaching  to  globose.  Slight  varieties  are  formed 
by  the  coloured  bands  being  sometimes  of  a  lighter 
or  a  darker  hue. 

This  insect  abounds  in  our  fields  and  gardens,  and 
is  almost  equally  common  throughout  all  Europe. 
It  is  distinguished  above  its  congeners  for  strength 
and  activity.  It  is  one  of  the  earliest  insects  that 
appear  in  the  spring,  and  one  of  the  latest  to 
leave  us  in  autumn.  It  forms  its  nest,  as  is  well 
known,  in  holes  in  the  ground,  sometimes  excavated 
laboriously  by  its  own  efforts,  sometimes  previously 
formed  by  other  animals  and  taken  possession  of  by 
the  foundress  of  the  colony.  The  females  of  this,  as 
of  all  the  other  species,  are  largest  in  size,  the  males 
next,  and  the  workers  smallest.  Early  in  spring, 
when  the  willows  begin  to  bloom,  the  female  may  be 
seen  traversing  the  gardens  by  sun-rise  with  her 
usual  sonorous  booming,  and  busied  in  collecting 
honey  and  pollen  from  the  catkins.  The  workers 
do  not  appear  till  a  somewhat  later  period,  and  the 
males  not  till  autumn,  when  the  thistles  are  in  blos- 
som, upon  the  flowers  of  which  they  are  found  in 
great  numbers,  and  in  still  greater,  if  possible,  upon 
seeding  leeks  and  onions,  where,  on  a  single  flower, 
may  be  seen  half  a  dozen  at  the  same  moment.  At 
this  early  period  of  the  year,  the  female  is  a  solitary 
being,  and  her  flights  are  directed  in  search  of  a  place 
suitable  for  a  habitation.  The  females  only,  of  all 
the  former  year's  colonv  have  survived  the  winter, 


COMMON  HUMBLE-BEE.  245 

and  now  dispersing,,  each  seeks  a  residence  for  her- 
self, where  she  may  become  the  foundress  of  a  new 
community.  Having  pitched  upon  a  convenient  spot, 
the  laborious  insect  proceeds  to  excavate  first  the 
passage  or  gallery,  then  the  nest  itself,  detaching  the 
soil,  as  it  were,  grain  by  grain ;  she  seizes  the  mole- 
cule with  the  first  pair  of  legs,  transfers  it  instantly 
to  the  second,  receives  it  next  with  the  third,  and 
finally  pushes  it  as  far  as  possible  behind  her.  These 
excavations,  situated  often  above  a  foot  under  the 
surface,  are  wholly  the  work  of  the  solitary  female. 
Sometimes,  however,  the  nest  is  made  close  to,  or 
even  upon  the  surface  when  partially  hollow,  and 
covered  with  dry  moss ;  but  this  is  not  the  usual  mode 
pursued  by  this  species,  and  in  such  localities  the 
colony  is  far  less  numerous  than  when  at  a  greater 
depth. 

Having  finished  the  excavation,  and  carpeted  her 
new  dwelling  with  soft  leaves,  &c.  the  insect  pro- 
ceeds to  construct  brood  cells.  The  wax  of  which 
these  are  formed  is  secreted,  as  in  the  domestic  bee, 
in  certain  receptacles  placed  on  each  side  of  the 
middle  process  of  the  abdominal  scales,  and  is  ex- 
tracted by  the  bee  in  the  form  of  laminae,  moulded 
to  the  shape  of  the  insect's  body.  Unlike  the  Queen 
of  the  hive  bees,  the  mother-bee  of  this  family  pos- 
sesses these  wax-secreting  organs  as  well  as  the 
workers,  and  produces  the  substance  in  greater  quan- 
tity than  her  progeny. 

The  interior  of  the  humble-bee  nest  (PL  XV.) 
presents  a  striking  contrast  to  that  of  the  honey-bee 


246  HUMBLE-BEES. 

hive.  While  the  heauty  and  regularity  of  the  latter 
are  such  as  to  excite  the  admiration  of  mankind,  the 
nest  of  the  former  offers  to  the  eye  of  the  ohserver 
little  else  than  a  confused  and  clumsy  mass,  consist- 
ing, apparently,  of  mishapen  lumps  of  dirty-coloured 
wax.  Amidst  these  apparent  irregularities,  however, 
we  discover  a  number  of  egg-shaped  hodies  of  a 
yellowish  colour  and  of  different  sizes,  some  of  them 
heing  6  lines  deep  and  4  wide,  and  others  4  lines 
deep  and  2^  wide,  placed  on  end,  and  closely  cement- 
ed together,  the  central  ones  projecting  above  those 
which  are  situated  towards  the  edge  of  the  mass. 
These  ovoidal  hodies  are  cocoons  of  silk,  strong  and 
tenacious  in  their  texture,  and  coated  with  wax ; 
they  contain  the  young  brood.  Several  clusters 
placed  near  each  other  form  a  kind  of  cake  or  comb, 
the  upper  surface  of  which,  from  the  projection  of 
the  central  cells,  is  convex,  and  the  under,  of  course, 
concave.  These  combs  are  placed  in  tiers,  one  above 
another,  and  supported  by  pillars  of  wax  at  the  outer 
edges.  There  are  also  found  in  the  nest  masses  of 
wax  of  a  roundish  and  irregular  form,  about  1^  inch 
in  diameter  and  ^  inch  deep ;  these  also  are  brood 
cells  but  of  a  peculiar  kind,  for  they  contain  each  six 
or  seven  larvae  lying  close  together,  and  bedded  on  a 
quantity  of  farina  moistened  with  honey,  evidently 
deposited  there  for  their  nourishment,  and  to  which 
they  can  have  recourse  immediately  on  being  hatched. 
When  this  is  consumed,  the  workers,  aware,  it  would 
seem,  of  the  fact,  make  an  opening  in  the  top  of  the 
cells,  and  give  from  time  to  time  an  additional  sup- 


COMMON  HUMBLE-BEE.  24? 

ply,  taking  care  each  time  to  renew  the  sealing ;  and 
this  is  continued  till  their  transformation  into  the 
nymph  state  takes  place,  when  the  feeding  ceases, 
and  the  cell  is  finally  closed.  And,  lastly,  we  find 
displayed  in  different  places  throughout  the  nest,  and 
stowed  away,  as  it  were,  in  odd  corners,  a  number 
of  small  cups  or  cells  filled  with  honey.  A  peculi- 
arity with  regard  to  these  deserves  notice, — they  are 
never  sealed  like  those  of  the  domestic  bee,  because 
they  are  not  designed  for  winter  stores  of  which 
they  have  no  need,  but  for  daily  use. 

The  cells  being  prepared  for  the  reception  of  the 
brood,  the  mother  proceeds  to  lay  her  eggs.  These 
are  not  fixed  on  one  end,  as  is  the  case  with  those 
of  the  domestic  bee,  but  are  huddled  together  without 
any  order,  and  to  the  number  often,  as  already  stated, 
of  six  or  seven.  This  number  is  deposited  at  one 
time  by  the  mother,  who  does  not  quit  the  cell  till 
she  has  finished  her  laying.  She  has  good  reasons 
for  so  doing ; — even  while  in  the  act  of  laying,  at- 
tempts are  eagerly  made  by  the  workers  to  seize  and 
devour  the  eggs,  while  she  as  eagerly  and  courage- 
ously protects  them.  Sometimes  she  pursues  the 
marauders  to  the  extremity  of  the  comb,  while,  in 
the  meantime,  others,  watching  the  opportunity,  steal 
upon  the  cell  arid  carry  off  the  eggs.  As  soon  as  she 
has  made  her  deposit,  therefore,  she  carefully  seals 
up  the  cell,  and  takes  her  station  on  the  cover,  fre- 
quently wheeling  her  body  round,  as  if  to  defend  her 
progeny,  and  doggedly  keeping  guard  for  six  or 
eight  hours.  If  she  can  withstand  their  voracity  for 


248  HUMBLE-BEES. 

that  period,  success  attends  her  exertions,  for  it  is 
only  in  its  first  stage  that  the  egg  is  sought  after  by  the 
workers. 

In  four  or  five  days  the  eggs  are  hatched.  The  lar- 
vae, which  differ  from  those  of  the  hive-bee  in  having 
their  sides  marked  by  irregular  transverse  black  spots, 
feed  primarily  on  the  magazines  previously  deposited 
beside  them,  and  are  afterwards  supplied  by  the  work- 
ers, till  they  begin  to  spin  their  cocoons.  In  this 
operation,  each  larva  separates  itself  from  the  group 
to  which  it  has  hitherto  been  attached,  forming  a 
lodgement  for  itself  under  the  roof  of  the  same  roomy 
apartment  where  it  had  lived  in  society.  Males  and 
females  are  bred  in  the  same  cell  and  fed  in  the  same 
manner,  and  the  cocoons  of  both  are  seen  mingled 
together.  It  may  seem  difficult  to  comprehend  how, 
in  a  cell  of  such  small  dimensions,  the  larvae  can  find 
room  to  grow,  and  separately  to  spin  their  cocoons. 
The  fact  is,  the  cells  acquire,  in  the  meantime,  a 
great  addition  in  point  of  dimensions.  As  the  inmates 
increase  in  size,  the  lateral  pressure  of  their  bodies 
bursts  the  slender  walls  of  the  cell,  and  the  workers 
instantly  set  about  repairing  the  rent,  which  they  do, 
not  by  bringing  the  edges  together,  but  by  placing  a 
large  patch  upon  it,  the  full  extent  of  the  opening, 
and,  of  course,  augmenting  by  so  much  the  capacity 
of  the  cell.  A  succession  of  rents,  caused  by  the 
growth  of  each  of  the  larvae,  is  followed  by  a  suc- 
cession of  patches  and  additions,  till,  at  last  the  cell 
is  augmented  to  four  or  five  times  its  original  size ; 
and,  as  the  operators  by  no  means  resemble  their 


COMMON  HUMBLE-BEE.  249 

fellow  workers  of  the  hive  in  the  neatness  of  their 
work,  the  several  patches  adhering  to  the  outside  of 
the  cells  contribute  much  to  the  rough  and  clumsy 
appearance  which  the  interior  of  the  nest  exhibits. 

In  fifteen  days  the  bee  arrives  at  its  perfect  state ; 
its  body  has  become  hardened,  and  is  covered  with 
a  greyish  down,  which,  on  being  exposed  to  the 
light,  assumes  a  diversity  of  colours.  It  gnaws 
through  its  prison-walls,  assisted  by  its  fellows ;  and 
in  a  quarter  of  an  hour  from  the  commencement  of 
its  exertions,  it  emerges  from  its  cradle,  leaves  its 
nest,  and  takes  its  first  flight  into  the  fields  in  search 
of  honey.  Its  deserted  habitation  has  now  the  form 
of  a  truncated  cone,  and  is  made  a  receptacle  for 
provisions.  As  her  progeny  gradually  increases  in 
numbers,  the  mother-bee  relaxes  in  her  labours; 
she  leaves  to  them  the  lining  of  the  walls  and  roof 
of  the  nest  with  a  thin  membrane  of  wax ;  and 
though  she  occasionally  lends  her  aid  in  the  con- 
struction of  cells,  it  is  only  to  give  the  finishing 
polish  to  what  the  workers  have  already  "  rough- 
hewn." 

The  inmates  of  an  humble-bee  nest  are,  as  has 
been  stated,  of  three  classes :  females,  males,  and 
workers.  The  old  female,  we  have  said,  is  alone  in 
spring.  In  May,  the  eggs  which  she  has  laid,  have 
been  hatched,  and  produce  workers  only ;  the  females 
and  males  of  the  community  do  not  appear  till  later, 
— none  sooner  than  June,  and  the  greatest  number 
in  July.  The  males  have  the  advantage  of  the  hive- 
drone  in  point  of  usefulness  to  the  community ;  for 


250  HUMBLE-BEES. 

though  they  do  not  burthen  themselves  with  the  task 
of  collecting  provisions,  they  hear  their  part  in  secret- 
ing wax.  Like  the  hive-drones,  they  have  no  sting ; 
but  they  are  exempted  from  the  severe  fate  of  the 
former,  in  escaping  the  cruel  massacre  to  which  those 
are  doomed.  They  are  suffered  to  live,  and  enjoy 
the  natural  term  of  their  existence,  which,  however, 
extends  not  beyond  the  end  of  Autumn.  On  the 
first  approach  of  cold  weather,  they  exhibit  evident 
symptoms  of  decreasing  activity.  On  alighting  on 
the  flowers  of  any  of  the  late  blossoming  plants, — 
as  the  sun-flower,  thistle,  &c. ;  the  intoxicating 
juices  concur  with  the  diminished  temperature  in 
rendering  them  utterly  helpless,  and  incapable  of 
saving  themselves  from  danger,  and  their  languor 
increases  till  the  severity  of  the  cold  benumbs  them 
altogether,  and  life  becomes  extinct.  The  workers 
are  not  all  neuters.  Many  of  them  bred  in  spring, 
copulate  with  the  males  in  June,  and  lay  eggs  soon 
after,  but  only  those  of  males.  These  males  fecundate 
those  females  which  are  reared  towards  the  end 
of  the  season,  but  which  do  not  begin  to  lay  till  the 
following  spring,  when  they  each  lay  the  foundation 
of  a  new  colony.  At  the  approach  of  winter,  that 
is,  the  first  winter  of  their  existence,  they,  the  females 
viz.  to  the  number  of  30  or  40  together,  make  a 
lodgement  in  or  near  the  old  nest,  where  they  pass 
the  torpid  season  in  safety  and  quiet,  till  the  return 
of  spring  awakes  them  to  life  and  activity,  and 
natural  instinct  prompts  them  to  disperse,  and  seek 
each  a  dwelling  of  her  own.  The  old  mother,  the 


COMMON  HUMBLE-BEE.  251 

males,  and  the  workers,  all  perish  hefore  the  cold 
season  arrives. 

M.  P.  Huber,  to  whom  we  are  indebted  for  many 
of  the  foregoing  facts,  relates  a  very  interesting 
anecdote  of  the  instinctive  resourses  of  this  insect. 
While  carrying  on  an  experiment  respecting  the 
elaboration  of  wax,  he  placed  a  piece  of  brood-comb 
with  a  dozen  bees  under  a  bell  glass,  taking  away 
from  them  every  particle  of  wax,  and  furnishing 
them  with  farina  only.  The  comb,  from  the  irregu- 
larity of  its  shape,  did  not  rest  steadily  on  the  table; 
and  when  the  bees  mounted  on  it,  to  impart  the 
necessary  warmth  to  the  brood,  its  rocking  motion 
seemed  to  annoy  them  extremely.  They  had  no 
wax  wherewith  to  remedy  the  evil ;  but  their  in- 
stinct, and  their  intense  affection  for  their  young 
supplied  an  ingenious  expedient.  A  few  of  them 
mounted  the  comb,  and  letting  their  bodies  down 
towards  its  lower  edge,  suspended  themselves  from 
it,  head  downwards^  by  the  hooks  of  their  hinder 
feet ;  and  with  those  of  the  second  pair  of  legs  which 
are  very  long,  laid  hold  on  the  table,  and  thus  steadied 
the  mass  by  the  mere  force  of  muscular  strength. 
(PL  VIII.  fig.  4.)  In  this  posture  they  remained 
till  relieved  by  others,  the  mother  herself  lending 
her  aid;  and  they  continued  the  painful  task  for 
two  or  three  days.  In  the  mean  time,  some  honey 
with  which  they  had  at  length  been  supplied,  fur- 
nished them  with  the  means  of  producing  wax,  with 
which  they  immediately  set  about  constructing  pillars, 
having  their  bases  resting  on  the  table,  and  support- 


252  HUMBLE-BEES. 

ing  the  comb.  They  were  thus  relieved  from  their 
toil ;  but  it  was  only  for  a  short  period ;  for  the 
wax  getting  soon  dry,  the  pillars  gave  way ;  and  the 
harassed  insects  were  again  subjected  to  the  weary 
task  of  propping  up  the  tottering  edifice  by  their 
bodily  exertions,  when  M.  Huber  took  pity  on  them, 
and  glued  the  comb  firmly  to  the  table. 

LAPIDARY  OR  RED-TAILED  BEE. 

(BOMBUS  LAPIDARIUS.1 

PLATE  XVI.  Figs.  1, 2. 

Apis  lapidaria,  Linn. — Donov.  iii.  97,  PI.  108,  fig.  1,  and  xi. 

69,   PI.   385,  fig.    1. — Kirby's  Monog.   Apum,   ii.    364 

Orange- tailed  Bee,  Bingley,  iii.  290. — Ap.  audens,  Harris 
Expos.  130,  PI.   38,  fig.  2;  PI.  40,  fig.   12;  PI.  40,  fig. 

15 Ap.  arbustorum,  Fab. — A.  strenuus,  Harris''  Expos. 

xxxviii.  fig.  5. 

THIS  handsome  species  receives  its  specific  name 
from  its  habit  of  forming  its  nest  among  loose  heaps 
of  stones ;  occasionally,  however,  it  burrows  in  the 
earth  like  the  species  last  described.  The  female 
(fig.  2.)  is  of  considerable  size,  having  nearly  the 
whole  body  of  a  deep  velvetty  black  clothed  with 
long  soft  hairs :  mouth  fringed  with  red  hairs ;  thorax 
entirely  black ;  abdomen  with  the  three  last  segments 
red.  The  wings  are  shorter  than  the  body,  almost 
clear  and  transparent,  the  apex  a  little  obscured,  and 
the  nervures  black;  legs  deep  black,  the  hairs  of 
the  tarsi  reddish.  The  male  (fig.  1.)  is  of  smaller 
dimensions,  having  the  thorax  lemon-yellow  behind, 
black  on  the  middle,  and  pale  yellow  in  front ;  the 
forehead  with  a  patch  of  lemon-yellow ;  legs  with 


2  2  fowtge  tailed-bee.      (£•  lapidarut 

.3.  Moss  <)/-  (<ifr/f/ •  bee. (£.  fnujcorum.j 


LAPIDARY  OB  ORANGE-TAILED  BEE.  253 

rufescent  hairs,  palest  on  the  thighs;  underside  of 
the  body  flavescent.  Varieties  occur  nearly  one  half 
smaller  than  the  ordinary  length,  which  often  exceeds 
ten  lines. 

This  is  likewise  a  common  hee,  not  only  in  Britain, 
but  in  most  other  parts  of  Europe.  It  frequents 
flowers  throughout  the  summer,  and  is  partial  to 
hilly  pastures  and  imperfectly  cultivated  places.  It 
stores  up  honey  with  great  assiduity — strenue  melli- 
ficans,  is  Linnaeus's  expression — and  it  defends  it,  as 
most  schoolboys  can  testify,  with  no  small  zeal  and 
pertinacity.  Its  colonies  are  not  so  populous  as  those 
of  B.  terrestris,  but  they  are  more  so  than  the  asso- 
ciations of  B.  inuscorum.  Owing  to  the  great  diffe- 
rence in  the  markings,  the  male  has  been  mistaken 
by  Fabricius  and  others  for  a  separate  species,  which 
he  named  B.  arbustorum. 

MOSS  OR  CARDER  BEE. 

(BOM BUS  MUSCORUM.) 

PLATE  XVI.    Fig.  3. 

Apis   muscorum,   Linn. — Donov.   xi.   70,   PL   382,  fig.  2 

Kirby^s  Monog.  Ap.  ii.  317. — A.  senilis,  Fab — A.  impavidus, 
melleus  and  melinus,  Harris*  Expos.  Pis.  38  and  40 — 
The  Cording  Bee,  Bingley,  iii.  288. 

USUALLY  rather  a  smaller  insect  than  either  of  the 
preceding,  although  the  females  sometimes  attain  the 
length  of  ten  lines.  The  general  colour  of  the  whole 
body  is  pale  yellow,  the  hirsuties  rather  long ;  probos- 
cis the  length  of  the  thorax,  (it  is  represented  in  the 
accompanying  fig.  with  the  parts  extended  and  sepa- 


254  HUMBLE-BEES. 

rated,)  the  latter  clothed  with  reddish  yellow  or 
golden  coloured  hairs ;  abdomen  triangular,  the  hir- 
suties  fulvous;  wings  slightly  tinged  with  brown, 
the  nervures  hlack ;  legs  likewise  black,  the  thighs 
densely  bearded  with  yellow  .hairs.  The  abdomen  of 
the  male  is  narrower  than  that  of  the  female,  and 
has  some  dark  coloured  down  at  the  extremity. 
Varies  in  size,  and  in  having  the  hirsuties  of  the 
thorax  dark  brown,  or  so  pale,  as  to  approach  cine- 
reous ;  the  latter  hue  sometimes  occasioned  by  age. 
Of  frequent  occurrence  in  all  the  temperate  regions 
of  Europe.  It  is  known  in  Scotland  as  the  Foggie 
or  Moss-bee.  Its  nest  is  quite  upon  the  surface, 
and,  consisting  merely  of  a  little  dome  of  moss,  it 
falls  an  easy  prey  to  every  kind  of  marauder.  The 
following  is  Reaumur's  account,  as  abridged  by  Kirby, 
of  its  plan  of  operations ;  but  he  seems  either  to 
overlook  the  fact,  that  at  the  usual  period  of  forming 
the  nest,  the  female  is  the  sole  architect  and  practical 
builder,  or  his  description  applies  to  the  formation  of 
the  nest  at  a  more  advanced  period  of  the  season, 
after  the  original  one  may  have  been  by  some  means 
destroyed,  and  when  the  population  has  multiplied. 
After  stating  that  they  cover  their  dwelling  with  a 
thick  vault  or  coping  of  moss,  he  continues :  "  The 
mode  in  which  they  transport  the  moss  they  use  Is 
singular.  When  they  have  discovered  a  parcel  of  it 
conveniently  situated,  they  place  themselves  upon  it 
with  their  anus  towards  the  spot  to  which  they  mean 
to  convey  it.  They  then  take  a  small  portion,  and 
with  their  maxillae  and  forelegs,  as  it  were  card  and 


1.  Donovans  ffiimble-be&.  f£.  Donovan&llus.J 
2  6rcatffwtible-be&  of  Valparaiso.  fB.grandis.j 


J.  0  Westwood  d 


MOSS  OR  CARDER  BEE.  255 

comb  it ;  when  the  pieces  are  sufficiently  disen- 
tangled, they  are  placed  under  the  body  by  the  first 
pair  of  legs;  the  intermediate  pair  receives  them 
and  delivers  them  to  the  last,  which  pushes  them  as 
far  as  possible  beyond  the  anus.  When  by  this  pro- 
cess the  insect  has  formed  behind  it  a  small  mass  of 
moss  well  carded,  then  either  the  same  or  another 
who  takes  her  turn  in  the  business,  pushes  it  nearer 
to  the  nest.  Thus  small  heaps  of  moss  are  conveyed  to 
its  foot ;  and  in  a  similar  manner  they  are  elevated 
to  its  summit,  or  where  they  may  be  most  wanted. 
A  file  of  four  or  five  insects  is  occupied  at  the  same 
time  in  this  employment.* 

DONOVAN'S  HUMBLE-BEE. 

(BOMBUS  DONOfANELLUS.) 

PLATE  XVII.     Fig.  1. 
Apis  Donovanella,  Kirby^s  Monog.  Ap.  ii.  357,  PI.  18,  fig.  6. 

THE  length  of  this  insect  very  little  exceeds  seven 
lines  ;  the  prevailing  colour  black,  all  the  parts  very 
hirsute  ;  head  and  antennae  black ;  the  mouth  with 
reddish  hairs ;  thorax  black,  with  a  dense  patch  of 
lemon-yellow  hairs  in  front  in  the  female,  but  ob- 
scure in  the  male  ;  abdomen  between  triangular  and 
globose,  the  base  with  a  broad  light-yellow  band, 
then  a  black  one,  the  three  last  segments  red ;  legs 
black  ;  wings  tinged  with  dusky-brown. 

This  species  is  named  in  honour  of  the  late  Mr. 
Donovan,  whose  extensive  works,  containing  accur- 
ate delineations  both  of  British  and  foreign  insects, 
as  well  as  of  other  animals,  have  tended  greatly  to 
*  Reaumur's  M^Tfi.  torn.  vi. 


256  HUMBLF  BEES. 

promote  the  study  of  natural  history  in  this  country. 
It  is  rather  a  scarce  insect,  and  approaches  near  to 
B.  subinterruptus  ;  but,  as  Kirby  remarks,  the  wings 
are  darker,  the  abdomen  shorter  and  wider,  with  the 
black  band  much  narrower  ;  the  red  hairs  of  the 
anus  of  a  deeper  colour,  and  occupying  three  *'-%- 
ments. 

HARRIS'  HUMBLE-BEE. 

(BOMBUS  HARRISELLUS.) 

PLATE  XVIII.   Fig.  1. 
ApisHarrisella,  Kirby'sMonog.  Ap.  ii.  373,  PI.  18,  fig.  8,  fig.  7. 

THIS  species  differs  from  all  that  we  have  hitherto 
described,  in  being  wholly  deep-black,  the  mouth 
alone  with  a  few  ferruginous  hairs.  The  wings  are 
slightly  tinged  with  yellowish-brown,  becoming  some- 
what obscure  at  the  apex,  the  nervures  blackish. 

Found  occasionally  in  the  south  of  England  ;  the 
male  more  frequently  than  the  female. 

UOMBUS  GRANDIS. 
PLATE  XVII.   Fig.  2. 

THIS  figure  represents  the  largest  species  of  Bombus 
hitherto  discovered,  drawn  by  Mr.  Westwood  from 
a  specimen  in  the  collection  of  the  Rev.  F.  W.  Hope. 
It  has  not  yet  been  described,  and  is  known  only  by 
a  figure  in  Guerin's  Iconographie  du  Regne  Animal, 
Insectes,  PL  75*  fig.  3.  The  whole  upper  side  is 
a  uniform  fulvous  colour;  the  region  of  the  eyes, 
the  mouth,  and  antennae,  black  ;  the  whole  of  tne 
underside  is  likewise  black,  and  the  legs  of  the  same 
colour ;  wings  tinged  with  yellowish-brown  ;  the 


((  TINT1 


BOMBUS  GEANDIS.  257 

nervures  black.     Length  about  an  incb  and  a  quarter : 
expansion  of  the  wings  two  inches  and  a  quartes. 
It  is  a  native  of  Valparaiso. 

APATHUS  VESTALIS. 
PLATE  XVIII.    Fig.  2. 

A.pis  vestalis,  Kirby's  Monog.  Ap.  ii.  347,  PL  18,  fig.  4, — fig.  3, 
— Donov.  xiii.  65,  PI.  464 — Bom  bus  vestalis,  Stephen** 
Catal. — Psithyrus  vestalis,  St.  Fargeau,  Curtis. 

THE  peculiarities  on  which  this  genus  is  founded,, 
were  pointed  out,  to  a  certain  extent,  by  Kirby,  but 
fte  did  not  avail  himself  of  them  to  separate  the 
group  from  the  true  humble-bees.  In  fact,  there  is 
such  a  striking  general  resemblance  between  the 
Apathi  and  Bombi,  that  such  a  separation  appears  at 
first  sight  to  be  doing  violence  tc  natural  affinity. 
But  the  principal  mark  of  distinction^  *he  want  of  a 
brush  (corbicula)  for  collecting  masses  of  pollen,,  is  a 
most  important  one,  and  might  have  been  expected 
to  influence  materially  the  whole  mode  of  life. 
There  seems  now  to  be  no  doubt,  that  the  Apathi 
never  attempt  to  build  a  nest  of  any  kind,  or  to 
make  any  provision  for  their  young,  but  deposit  their 
eggs  in  the  nests  of  other  bees,  into  which  they  find 
access  apparently  without  being  suspected  of  any  im- 
proper design.  The  larvae  produced  by  these  surrep- 
titious eggs  being  stronger  than  the  rightful  owners, 
consume  the  food  provided  for  them.  They  undergo 
their  various  changes  in  the  same  appropriated  home. 
This  practice  is  known  to  prevail  among  many  other 
kinds  of  bees,  not,  however  very  closely  resembling 


258  FALSE  HUMBLE-BEES. 

humble  bees  (^ch  as  the  genera  Coelioxys,  Melecta, 
Epeolus,  &c.)  which  are  therefore  called  Cuckoo-bees. 
The  Apathi  may  be  appropriately  designated  by  the 
name  of  False  Humble-bees.  A.  Campestris,  A.  Bar- 
butellus,  A.  Vestalis,  and  A.  Rupestris,  are  among 
our  indigenous  examples ;  and  there  are  doubtless 
many  foreign  kinds,  of  which  we  have  received  as  yet 
no  satisfactory  account. 

The  term  Psithyrus  was  formerly  proposed  for 
this  genus,  but  that  having  been  previously  employed 
in  another  branch  of  Zoology,  Mr.  Newman  has  sup- 
planted it  \>y  that  used  above,  which  signifies,  with- 
out affection  (privative  a  and  tfadog  aifectio.)  The 
characters  may  be  briefly  given  as  follows :  Labium 
forming  an  obtuse  angle  anteriorly ;  posterior  tibiae 
convex  above,  neither  provided  with  an  apparatus 
for  carrying  pollen,  nor  with  an  auricle  at  the  base 
of  the  planta;  abdomen  oblong,  the  anal  segment 
dilated  into  an  angle  on  both  sides. 

A.  vestalis  is  rather  a  large  insect,  measuring  from 
seven  to  nine  lines.  The  female  is  black  and  hirsute  ; 
the  head  subglobose ;  the  thorax  with  a  yellow  band 
anteriorly ;  abdomen  oblong,  inclining  to  .globose,  in- 
curved at  the  extremity,  the  third  segment  yellow  at 
the  margin  on  both  sides,  the  whole  of  the  fourth 
and  the  sides  of  the  fifth  whitish,  the  anal  one 
smooth,  and  curved  inwards.  In  the  male,  (fig.  2,) 
the  posterior  fascia  is  broad  and  whitish,  the  ex- 
tremity itself  with  a  patch  of  black  hairs;  wings  a 
little  dusky ;  the  apex  and  the  larger  nervures  -nearly 
black;  legs  black. 


APATHUS  VESTAL1*.  25£) 

Found  occasionally  near  London,  and  in  other 
parts  of  England,  first  appearing  pretty  early  in  the 
spring.  It  is  said  to  fly  for  the  most  part  near  the 
earth. 

APATHUS  RUPESTRIS. 

PLATE  XVIII,  Fig.  3. 

Apis  rupestris,  Fab.  Kirby^s  Monog.  Ap.  ii.  369. — Apis  lapi- 
daria,  Var.  Brunn.  Prodrom.  Insectol.  Sieland,  PI.  19. — Apis 
subterranea,  Geoff.  Hist.  Ins.  2,  PI.  416,  n.  20. 

THE  resemblance  of  this  false  humhle-hee  to  B.  la- 
pidarius  is  so  great,  that  it  is  not  surprising  they  have 
been  frequently  confounded.  The  present  species 
measures  fully  an  inch  in  length,  so  that  it  must  be 
regarded  as  the  largest  of  our  indigenous  bees.  The 
body  is  entirely  black,  the  three  last  segments  of  the 
abdomen  clothed  with  yellowish-red  hairs.  The 
head  and  thorax  are  very  hirsute,  the  abdomen  like- 
wise very  hirsute  on  the  sides,  but  more  sparingly 
clothed  on  the  back ;  shape  of  the  abdomen  ovate- 
oblong  ;  legs  black  and  hairy ;  wings  ample,  longer 
than  the  body,  the  colour  smoke  brown,  approaching 
to  black,  arid  the  substance  intermediate  between 
corium  and  membrane. 

Frequent  in  .the  vicinity  of  London,  and  also  in 
many  other  parts  of  England,  but  seemingly  not 
generally  distributed.  We  have  noticed  it  in  Scot- 
land, but  only  on  one  or  two  occasions. 


VM\  I   iiSITY 


FOREIGN  BEES. 


BESIDES  the  Apis  Mellifica,  or  common  domestic 
bee  of  Europe,  and  the  genera  Bombus  and  Apathus, 
or  humble-bees  in  their  several  species,  there  are 
numerous  other  kinds  of  the  social  Apidae  to  be  met 
with  in  different  and  distant  regions  of  the  earth,  of 
which  some  notice  may  be  acceptable  to  our  readers. 
We  must  premise,  however,  that  the  present  state 
of  our  knowledge  of  this  portion  of  natural  history 
is  very  imperfect  and  unsatisfactory,  drawn,  as  it 
must  necessarily  be,  from  the  accounts  of  travellers, 
to  whom  it  was  a  subject  of  very  inferior  interest, 
and  whose  descriptions  of  the  insects  are  generally 
so  indistinct,  that  it  is  nearly  impossible  to  determine 
to  what  families  they  respectively  belong.  But 
before  proceeding  to  give  some  account  of  the  bees 
domesticated  in  different  parts  of  the  world,  which 
in  general  are  pretty  nearly  related  to  the  Honey 
Bee,  it  may  not  be  improper  to  make  our  readers 
acquainted  with  a  few  interesting  exotic  forms  which 
:laim  a  closer  affinity  to  the  tribe  last  treated  of. 
The  genus  EUGLOSSA,  to  which  we  shall  first  advert, 
has  many  properties  in  common  with  the  Humble 
Bees.  As  in  them  the  hinder  tibiae  terminate  in  two 
spines,  and  the  females  are  provided  with  a  spooii- 
shaped  expansion  for  collecting  honey.  They  differ 
from  Bombas  and  Apathus  in  having  the  labrum 


EUGLOSSA  SURINAMENSIS.  26* 

square,  the  false  proboscis  nearly  as  long  as  the 
body,  and  the  labial  pulpi  terminating  in  a  point 
formed  by  the  two  last  joints.*  All  the  species  are 
exotic,  and  apparently  confined  to  South  America. 
Several  of  them  are  nearly  glabrous,  (such  as  E. 
dentata,  and  cor  data,}  in  this  respect  deviating  mate- 
rially from  the  external  aspect  usually  associated 
with  the  peculiar  structure  which  they  exhibit. 

EUGLOSSA  SURINAMENSIS. 
PLATE  XIX.    Fig  1. 

Apis  Surinamensis,  Linn — Abeille  a  ventre  jaune,  De  Geer^ 

torn,  iii,  PI.  28,  fig.  9 Centris  Surin.  Fab.  Drury's  Exot. 

Ins.  PI.  43,  fig.  4 — Euglossa  Surin.  Latr.  Gen.  Crust,  et 
insect.  Zool.  Humb.  et  Bomp.  PI.  17,  fig.  12. 

THIS  species  has  been  long  known,  as  the  above 
synonyms  indicate.  It  is  rather  a  small  insect,  the 
accompanying  figure  representing  it  a  little  enlarged. 
The  body  is  black,  and  clothed  with  a  short  very 
dense  hirsuties ;  head  and  antennae  black,  the  tongue 
extending  backwards  as  far  as  the  middle  of  the 
abdomen ;  eyes  brown ;  thorax  black ;  the  wings 
tinged  with  clear  brown ;  nervures  black ;  abdomen 
with  the  basal  segment  black,  the  remainder  ochre- 
yellow,  appearing  as  if  gilded ;  the  black  colour  on 
the  underside  of  the  abdomen  extends  to  the  middle ; 
legs  black,  the  tibiae  and  radical  joint  of  the  tarsus 
in  the  hinder  pair  broad  and  flat. 

Inhabits  Surinam,   Xalapa   in    New  Spain,    and 
other  parts  of  South  America. 

*  Cuvier,  Regne  Anim.  v.  357. 


262  FOREIGN  BEES. 


EUGLOSSA  ANALIS. 
PLATE  XIX.     Fig.  2. 

THE  figure  referred  to  represents  a  small  and  very 
brilliant  Euglossa,  which  we  have  the  pleasure  of 
figuring  and  describing  for  the  first  time.  In  length 
it  is  not  quite  half  an  inch,,  and  the  wings  expand 
about  three  quarters  of  an  inch.  The  head  and 
thorax  on  the  upper  side  are  punctured,  and  of  an 
intense  rich  blue ;  the  clypeus  at  the  sides,  labrum 
and  mandibles  white ;  underside  of  the  thorax  rich 
green ;  the  surface  of  the  abdomen  is  finely  and 
closely  punctured,  the  colour  purple,  the  terminal 
segments  being  brilliant  golden-green,  especially  on 
the  underside;  the  wings  are  slightly  stained  with 
brown;  the  second  submarginal  cell  receives  the 
first  recurrent  nerve;  the  second  recurrent  nerve 
being  confluent  with  the  nerve  which  closes  the  third 
submarginal  cell  posteriorly ;  the  legs  are  rich  blue 
and  shining,  the  anterior  tarsi  with  long  white  pile ; 
the  posterior  tibiae  are  very  broad,  compressed  and 
punctured,  having  an  impression  on  the  upper  edge 
in  the  middle,  from  which  an  impressed  line  extends 
parallel  with  the  edge  nearly  to  the  tip ;  the  basal 
joint  of  the  tarsi  is  broadly  triangular  and  com- 
pressed. 

This  beautiful  insect  is  from  the  collection  of  the 
Rev.  F.  W.  Hope,  and  is  a  native  of  Brazil.  It  is 
related  to  the  Cnemidium  viride  of  Perty  (Dei 
animal,  artic.  Brazilice,  PI.  28,  fig.  9.) 


AGLAE  CAERULEA.  263 


AGLAE  CAERULEA. 

PLATE  XIX.    Fig.  3. 

Aglae  caerulea,  Encydop.  Methodique — Griffiths  Cuvier,  /»• 
secta,  vol.  ii.  PI.  107. 

THIS  group,,  peculiar,  like  the  former,  to  South 
America,  was  separated  from  Euglossa  by  M.M. 
Lepeletier  and  Serville.  The  antennae  are  long  and 
filiform,  inserted  in  a  frontal  cavity,  consisting  of 
twelve  joints  in  the  female  and  thirteen  in  the  male  ; 
labial  palpi  four-jointed;  ocelli  three;  scutellum 
depressed,  the  sides  prolonged  behind  into  two  spini 
form  projections.  The  species  are  probably  parasi- 
tical, for  they  are  destitute  of  the  apparatus  requisite 
for  collecting  pollen.  The  species  represented  may 
be  regarded  as  the  type.  It  is  a  large  insect  com- 
pared with  the  generality  of  its  associates,  of  a  violet 
blue  colour,  very  glossy,  and  covered,  though  not 
very  thickly,  with  black  hairs ;  antennae  black ;  sides 
of  the  abdomen,  which  bear  tufts  of  hair,  brownish ; 
wings  likewise  of  that  colour  with  a  slight  golden 
reflection ;  labrum  and  scutellum  very  glossy. 
It  is  a  native  of  Cayenne. 

CENTRIS  NOBIL1S. 

PLATE  XX.    Fig.  1. 

CENTRIS  has  the  antennae  filiform  in  both  sexes,  of 
twelve  joints  in  the  female  and  thirteen  in  the  male ; 
the  third  joint  always  slender  throughout  its  whole 
length  but  suddenly  enlarged  at  the  tip ;  mandibles 
with  four  teeth  on  the  inner  edge ;  maxillary  palpi 


264»  FOREIGN  BEES. 

very  slender,  and  consisting  of  four  joints,  which  is 
likewise  the  case  with  the  lahial  pair ;  spines  of  the 
hinder  legs  pectinated  on  the  inner  side. 

To  exemplify  this  genus  we  have  represented  a 
new  and  splendid  species  from  the  collection  of  the 
Rev.  F.  W.  Hope,  which,  on  account  of  its  large 
size  and  vivid  colours,  Mr.  Westwood  has  named  C. 
nobilis.  It  is  of  an  intense  black,  clothed  with  very 
short  velvet-like  plush;  the  three  terminal  segments 
of  the  abdomen  brick-red,  and  the  wings  black,  with 
an  exceedingly  brilliant  purple  gloss ;  the  length  is 
about  thirteen  lines;  expanse  of  the  wings  nearly 
two  inches ;  the  second  submarginal  cell  receives  the 
first  recurrent  nerve,  and  the  second  recurrent  nerve 
is  confluent  with  the  nerve  which  closes  the  third 
submarginal  cell ;  the  hind  legs  are  extremely  hirsute, 
with  two  long  and  acute  tibial  calcaria,  both  denti- 
culated, but  one  more  strongly  than  the  other ;  the 
upper  lip  is  triangular;  the  mandibles  with  four 
teeth,  the  two  inferior  ones  strongest  and  obtuse ; 
the  maxillary  palpi  short,  very  slender,  and  four- 
jointed. 

Locality  doubtful;  but  in  all  probability  South 
America. 

CENTRIS  GROSSA. 

PLATE  XX.    Fig.  2. 

Apis  Grossa,   Drury.  —  Centris  Grossa,   Drury^s  Exot.   Ins. 
( Westwootfs  ed.)  i.  PI.  45,  fig.  3. 

HEAD  bluish-black,  with  a  mixture  of  green;  antennae 
black ;  thorax  of  a  dark  golden  green    inclining  to 


CENTRIS  GROSSA.  2G5 

blue,  very  glossy,  notwithstanding  a  few  scattered 
black  hairs ;  abdomen  nearly  of  the  same  brilliant 
hue  as  the  thorax ;  the  underside  with  a  greater 
mixture  of  blue ;  legs  black  and  hairy ;  wings  brown. 
A  native  of  Jamaica ;  nearly  allied  to  Centris 
versicolor  of  Fabricius,  which  also  inhabits  the  west 
Indian  Islands. 

XYLOCOPA  VIOLACEA. 

PLATE  XX.    Fig.  3. 
Fab.  Reaumur,  Donov.  Indian  Insects. 

THIS  genus  contains  a  very  conspicuous  group  of 
insects,  somewhat  resembling  humble-bees,  but  their 
colours  are  much  darker,  and  never  distributed  in 
bands ;  the  body  much  flatter,  and  the  whole  contour 
different.  The  wings  are  usually  very  dark,  and  reflect 
brilliant  tints  of  violet  and  copper ;  and  although  the 
body  is  in  most  cases  black,  it  often  presents  a  fine 
play  of  purple  or  green.  The  eyes  are  large,  and  some- 
times approximating  behind,  but  always  rather  distant 
from  each  other;  head  narrower  than  the  thorax, broad 
and  depressed ;  proboscis  rather  short ;  exterior  palpi 
six-jointed ;  interior  two-jointed ;  antennae  strongly 
geniculated ;  upper  wings  with  three  complete  cubital 
cells,  the  first  intersected  by  a  slender  transparent  line, 
the  second  triangular,  the  third  largest,  and  receiving 
the  two  recurrent  nervures.  Nearly  all  of  them 
are  extra-European  and  inhabiting  the  very  warmest 
regions.  Among  the  few  exceptions  to  this,  is  the 
species  referred  to  above  which  occurs  in  various  parts 
of  Europe,  and  naturalists  accordingly  have  often 


266  FOREIGN  BEES. 

had  opportunities  of  observing  its  habits.  The  best 
account  is  that  given  by  Reaumur,,  of  which  we  shaL 
therefore  introduce  an  abridgement,  premising  that 
the  insect  is  entirely  of  a  black  colour,  the  wings 
deeply  tinted  with  violet,  and  the  male  having  a 
reddish  ring  at  the  extremity  of  the  antennse. 

"  The  mother-bee  usually  makes  her  appearance 
early  in  the  year,  as  soon  as  winter  is  over.  She  may 
then  be  met  with  in  gardens,  visiting  such  walls  as  are 
covered  with  trees  trained  upon  trellis  work,  in  a 
warm  sunny  aspect.  When  once  she  has  begun  to 
make  her  appearance,  she  frequently  returns,  and 
during  a  long  period ;  and  she  may  always  be  known 
by  her  size,  and  her  hum,  which  much  resembles  that 
of  the  Bombinatrices.  The  object  of  her  earlier  visits 
is  to  fix  upon  a  piece  of  wood  proper  for  her  purposes. 
She  usually  selects  the  putrescent  uprights  of  arbours, 
espaliers,  or  the  props  of  vines ;  but  sometimes  she 
will  attack  garden  seats,  thick  doors,  and  window 
shutters ;  the  piece  that  she  chooses  is  usually  cylind- 
rical, and  perpendicular  to  the  horizon.  Her  strong 
maxillse  are  the  instruments  she  employs  in  boring 
it ;  beginning  on  one  side  for  a  little  way  she  points 
her  course  obliquely  downwards,  and  then  forwards 
in  a  direction  parallel  with  its  sides,  till  she  has  bored 
a  tunnel  of  from  twelve  to  fifteen  inches  in  length, 
and  seven  or  eight  lines  in  diameter.  A  passage  is 
left  where  she  enters  or  first  begins  to  bore,  and 
another  at  the  other  end  of  the  pipe.  As  the  indus- 
trious animal  proceeds  in  her  employment,  she  clears 
away  the  wood  that  she  detaches,  throwing  it  out  upon 


XYLOCOPA  VIOLACEA.  267 

the  ground,  where  it  appears  like  a  small  heap  of  saw- 
dust. Thus,,  we  see,  she  has  prepared  a  long  cylinder 
in  the  middle  of  the  wood,  sheltered  from  the  weather 
and  external  injuries,  and  fit  for  her  purposes.  But 
how  is  she  to  divide  it  into  cells  ?  what  materials  can 
she  employ  for  making  the  floors  and  ceilings  of  her 
miniature  apartments  ?  Why,  truly,  God '  doth  instruct 
he.'  n  discretion,  and  doth  teach  her !'  The  saw-dust, 
just  mentioned,  is  at  hand,  and  this  supplies  her  with 
all  that  she  wants  to  make  this  part  of  her  mansion 
complete.  Beginning  at  the  bottom  of  the  cylinder 
she  deposits  an  egg,  and  then  lays  in  a  store  of  pollen, 
mixed  with  honey,  sufficient  for  the  nutriment  of  the 
little  animal  it  is  to  produce.  At  the  height  of  seven 
or  eight  lines,  which  is  the  depth  of  each  cell,  she 
next  constructs,  of  particles  of  the  saw-dust  glued 
together,  and  also  to  the  sides  of  the  tunnel,  what 
may  he  called  an  annular  stage  or  scaffolding.  When 
this  is  sufficiently  hardened,  its  anterior  edge  affords 
a  support  for  a  second  ring  of  the  same  materials,  and 
thus  the  ceiling  is  gradually  formed  of  these  concentric 
circles,  till  there  remains  only  a  small  orifice  in  its 
centre ;  and  this  is  also  filled  up  with  a  circular  mass 
of  agglutinated  particles  of  the  saw-dust.  This  par- 
tition exhibits  the  appearance  of  as  many  concentric 
circles  as  the  animal  has  made  joinings,  and  is  about 
the  thickness  of  a  French  crown-piece ;  it  serves  for 
the  ceiling  of  the  lower,  and  the  floor  of  the  upper 
apartment.  One  cell  being  completed,  she  proceeds  to 
another,  which  she  furnishes  and  finishes  in  the  same 
manner;  and  so  on  till  she  has  divided  her  whole  tun- 
nel into  apartments,  which  are  usually  about  twelve. 


2(58  FOREIGN1   BEES. 

The  larvae  and  pupae  do  not  differ  materially  from 
those  of  other  bees.  When  the  former  assumes  the 
Dupa  it  is  placed  in  its  cell  with  the  head  downwards — - 
a  very  wise  precaution,  for  thus  it  is  prevented.,  when 
it  has  attained  its  perfect  state,  and  is  eager  to  emerge 
into  day,  from  making  its  way  out  upwards,  and 
disturbing  the  tenants  of  the  superincumbent  cells, 
who  being  of  later  date  each  than  its  neighbour  below 
stairs,  are  not  yet  quite  ready  to  go  into  public." 

XYLOCOPA  TEREDO. 
PLATE  XXI.  Fig.  1,  Male,_Fig.  2,  Female. 
Xylocopa  Teredo,  Linn.  Trans.  XIV.  p.  314. 
FOB  a  knowledge  of  the  habits  and  sexual  distinctions 
of  this  species  we  are  indebted  to  the  assiduous  and 
indefatigable  Lansdowne  Guilding,  whose  account 
was  published  in  the  fourteenth  volume  of  the  Lin- 
nsean  Society's  Transactions.  It  does  not  differ  much 
in  its  economy  from  the  species  last  described.  It 
takes  up  its  abode  in  dead  trunks  of  trees,  piercing 
into  the  interior  in  a  horizontal  direction,  and  then 
forming  longitudinal  excavations.  Its  little  nests  are 
very  numerous,  and  placed  without  any  order.  Be- 
ginning at  the  bottom,  the  female  fills  each  little  cell 
with  pollen,  mixed  with  honey,  and  deposits  an  egg 
in  it.  The  larva  which  proceeds  from  this  egg  is 
apodal,  naked,  and  whitish,  much  attenuated  towards 
the  head,  which  is  very  small,  and  of  an  ochreous 
yellow  colour ;  the  mandibles  rust-red,  the  spiracles 
likewise  red.  The  pupa  is  ochre-yellow,  the  thorax 
anteriorly  armed  with  two  spines. 

The  dissimilarity  of  the  sexes  is  so  great,  as  to 


2.  Xylocopa  Teresfa,  m/de.  2.f&male. 
3 Ccmigcr. 


XYLOCOPA  TEREDO.  269 

lead  us  to  apprehend  that  several  of  the  kinds  of 
Xylocopae,  now  regarded  as  distinct  species,  may  ulti- 
mately prove  identical,  when  we  obtain  as  correct 
information  regarding  them  as  we  possess  in  the  pre- 
sent instance.  The  male  (fig.  1,)  is  entirely  tawny- 

ellow  on  the  upper  side,  and  blackish  beneath; 
wings  rather  pale  yellow,  antennae  yellow  on  the 
under  side,  legs  likewise  tawny,  the  hairs  of  the 
two  anterior  pair  paler  yellow.  The  female  (fig.  2,) 
is  deep  black,  the  wings  broad  and  of  a  brassy  hue, 
with  purple  reflections.  The  difference  between  the 
sexes  is  not  confined  to  colour,  but  extends  likewise 
to  form.  The  male  is  comparatively  slender,  the 
thorax  oblong,  and  the  head  small ;  the  female  has  a 
very  large  head,  and  an  orbicular  thorax,  the  whole 
body  appearing  short  and  massive.  These  differences 
appear  more  conspicuous  in  Mr.  Westwood's  drawings, 
from  which  the  accompanying  engraving  is  taken, 
than  in  Mr.  Guilding's  figures ;  but  Mr.  Westwood's 
are  carefully  drawn  from  Guilding's  own  series  of 
specimens,  which  are  now  in  the  possession  of  the 
Rev.  F.  W.  Hope,  so  that  no  doubt  can  possibly  at- 
tach to  the  identity  of  the  insects.  It  may  be  said 
that  the  evidence  from  which  they  are  inferred  to  be 
the  sexes  of  one  species  is  not  absolutely  conclusive, 
for  no  one  has  ever  witnessed  their  union ;  but  Mr. 
Guilding  constantly  found  both  of  them  in  company, 
frequenting  the  same  holes,  the  dark  individuals  being 
invariably  females,  and  the  other  males,  which  affords 
so  strong  a  presumption  in  favour  of  the  opinion 

he  formed,    that   little   doubt  on  the  subject   can 


270  FOREIGN  BEES. 


be  reasonably  entertained.  This  dissimilarity  of 
the  sexes  is  important  to  be  noticed,  on  account 
of  the  difficulty  of  determining  such  exotic  species  of 
Xylocopae  as  are  closely  related  to  each  other.  The 
propriety  of  giving  Xylocopa  Moris  Fab.  as  a  synonym 
of  the  female  of  the  insect  in  question,  or  Apis  Bra- 
silianorum  as  that  of  the  male,  as  Mr.  Guilding  has 
done,  is  extremely  questionable.  Mr.  Westwood, 
whose  opinion  is  of  so  much  value  on  a  point  of  this 
kind,  has  scarcely  a  doubt  that  the  Xylocopa  Chrys- 
optera  of  Latreille  (Humboldt's  South  Amer.  Zool. 
PL  XXXVIII.  fig.  1,)  is  the  female  of  X.  Brasilian- 
orum. 

XYLOCOPA  CORNIGER. 
PLATE  XXI.     Fig.  3. 

THIS  figure  represents  a  very  large,  nondescript,  and 
unique  species  of  Xylocopa,  from  the  coller^on  of  the 
Rev.  F.  W.  Hope.  Mr.  Westwood,  to  whoir*  we  are 
indebted  for  a  beautiful  drawing  of  it,  proposes  to 
name  it  X.  Corniger,  on  account  of  two  short  strong 
horns  upon  the  back  part  of  the  head,  a  character 
which  does  not  occur  in  any  other  known  species  of 
the  genus. 

It  is  entirely  black  and  shining,  the  upper  surface 
of  the  thorax  and  abdomen  being  entirely  destitute  of 
hairs.  The  front  of  the  head  is  broad,  and  bears  two 
oblique  elevated  shining  ridges  above  the  mouth,  and 
between  the  posterior  part  of  the  eyes  are  two  short 
thick  horns.  The  abdomen  is  long  and  depressed, 
with  fascicles  of  black  hairs  on  the  sides  and  extre- 
mity ngs  are  black  and  very  glossy,  with  a 


Cxi 


XYLOCOPA  CORNIGER.  2?1 

rich  violet  blue  tint  at  the  base,  which  alters  slightly 
to  greenish  near  the  middle,  and  this  is  shaded  off  to 
coppery  brown  at  the  tips. 

The  locality  is  unfortunately  unknown  ;  it  is  pro- 
bably Africa. 

XYLOCOPA \(PLATYNOPODA,  WEST.) 

TENUISCAPA. 
PLATE  XXIII.     Fig.  2. 

THIS  figure  represents  a  species  very  closely  related 
to  X.  latipes,  and  the  existence  of  another  with 
greatly  dilated  tarsi  renders  it  expedient  to  propose 
a  distinct  section  or  subgenus  for  their  reception, 
which  Mr.  Westwood  has  accordingly  done  under 
the  above  name.  In  addition  to  the  peculiarity  just 
noted,  the  males  have  the  eyes  approximating  at  the 
hinder  part  of  the  head.  The  near  resemblance  of 
this  insect  to  X.  latipes  will  at  once  appear  from 
comparison.  (For  this  purpose  X.  latipes  is  figured 
on  the  same  plate,  fig.  1.)  The  distinctive  marks 
may  be  embodied  in  the  following  short  specific 
character :—  X.  tenuiscapa,  W. ;  black,  somewhat 
shining ;  the  first  joint  of  the  antennae  not  dilated  at 
the  apex,  which  is  scarcely  thicker  than  the  base ; 
eyes  not  widely  apart  behind ;  the  second,  third,  and 
fourth  joints  of  the  anterior  tarsi  with  a  rather  short 
brush  on  their  inner  edge ;  wings  very  glossy,  violet 
at  the  base,  and  tinged  with  copper  at  the  tip ; 
length  1  j1^  inch,  expansion  of  the  wings  2^  inches. 

As  this  handsome  species  is  now  figured  for  the 
first  time,  it  will  be  necessary*  for  the  satisfaction  of 


272  FOREIGN  BEES. 

entomologists,  to  describe  it  more  in  detail.  In  its 
general  form  it  is  broad  and  depressed,  the  colour 
sbining  black,  the  abdomen  being  duller  than  the 
thorax,  the  latter  clothed  in  front  with  short  black 
hairs,  and  the  sides  and  extremity  of  the  abdomen 
are  fringed  with  longer  hairs  of  the  same  colour.  The 
eyes  are  of  a  dull  white,  and  approaching  each  other 
at  the  hinder  part  of  the  head,  but  separated  by  a 
considerably  wider  space  than  those  of  X.  latipes. 
Antennae  black,  the  basal  joint  not  dilated  as  in  the 
species  just  named ;  legs  black,  clothed  with  long 
hair,  the  anterior  tarsi  of  a  dirty  white  colour,  the 
basal  joint  very  thin,  flat,  and  broad,  (but  not  so  di- 
lated as  in  X.  latipes,)  and  furnished,  especially  on 
the  outer  edge,  with  a  thick  brush  of  brown  hairs, 
the  terminal  joints  flat  and  brown,  with  a  similar 
brush  on  the  outer  margin,  the  brush  on  the  inner 
margin  of  these  joints  being  much  shorter  and  thicker 
than  in  X.  latipes.  The  wings  are  nearly  opaque  at 
the  base,  but  become  gradually  more  transparent  at 
the  tips ;  the  former  portion  with  an  intense  violet 
gloss,  which  is  gradually  shaded  off  to  a  coppery 
green.*  (In  X.  latipes  the  wings  have  a  green  gloss 
at  the  base,  which  is  shaded  off  into  a  purple 
bronze.)  The  clypeus  is  black,  with  the  exception 
of  a  very  minute  pale  spot  on  each  side,  close  to 
the  base  of  the  mandibles. 

This  species  is  from  India,  and  the  individual  figured 

*  Mr.  Westwood  is  of  opinion  that  the  colour  of  the  gloss 
of  the  wing  affords  a  very  good,  although  hitherto  neglected, 
specific  character  in  this  difficult  genus. 


.'lf>l,\    //////. V///W  . 


XYLOCOPA  TENUISCAPA.  273 

Is  preserved  in  the  collection  of  the  Rev.  F.  W.  Hope. 
X.  latipes  is  likewise  an  eastern  insect.  "According 
to  Mr.  Smeathman,  these  bees  are  very  injurious  to 
wooden  houses,  the  posts  of  which  they  bore  and 
perforate  in  various  directions,  so  as  to  weaken  them 
very  much ;  the  holes  they  make  are  half  an  inch 
in  diameter.  Drury  hazards  the  conjecture,  that  the 
curiously  dilated  anterior  tarsi,  and  the  long  hairs 
with  which  they  are  furnished,  appear  to  be  useful  to 
the  creature  for  containing  the  substance  of  which 
these  insects  compose  their  nests.  This,  however, 
is  but  mere  conjecture,  since  it  is  the  males  only  that 
possess  this  curious  construction,  and  this  sex  takes 
no  share  in  the  construction  or  provisioning  of  the 
nest  in  any  species  of  bees  with  whose  economy  we 
are  hitherto  acquainted."* 

Having  given  these  details  respecting  foreign 
species,  most  of  them  bearing  some  affinity  to  the 
Bombinatrices,  we  now  return  to  the  kinds  more 
closely  related  to  the  Hive-Bee,  which  alone  have 
been  subjected  to  an  assured  domestication.  In 
Europe  we  have  two  distinct  species  of  domestic 
honey-bees.  Besides  the  one  commonly  cultivated 
viz.,  the  Apis  mellifica,  which  has  extended  itself 
over  the  greater  part  of  the  European  Continent,  is 
met  with  even  in  Barbary,  and  has  now  been  natu- 
ralized in  the  extensive  wastes  and  prairies  of  North 
America, — the  Apis  Ligustica  of  Spinola^  A.  Ligu- 
rienne  of  Latreille,  (See  PL  XXIV.,)  is  cultivated 
with  success  in  Italy,  and  is  probably  the  same 
*  Drury  'a  Illust.,  West  wood's  ed.,  vol.  ii.  p.  98. 


274-  FOREIGN  BEES. 

species  that  is  found  in  the  Grecian  Archipelago. 
In  its  physical  characters  it  nearly  resembles  our 
own  hive-bee;  the  difference  consists  in  the  two 
first  rings  of  the  abdomen,  (except  at  their  posterior 
edge)  and  the  base  of  the  third,  being  of  a  pale  red- 
dish colour,  instead  of  a  deep  brown. 

The  continent  of  Africa,  in  all  its  widely  extended 
regions,  seems  well  stocked  with  bees,  particularly 
towards  the  sea-coast.  In  lower  Egypt  their  cultiva- 
tion forms  the  employment  of  many  of  the  poorer 
classes  during  a  great  part  of  the  year.  During  the 
inundation  of  the  Nile,  the  cultivators,  unable  to  find 
pasturage  for  their  bee-  stocks  in  the  lower  province* 
transport  them  in  boats  to  upper  Egypt,  resting 
occasionally  by  the  way,  to  allow  the  industrious  in- 
sects an  opportunity  to  forage — and  thus  they  reap 
a  double  harvest.  The  insect  itself,  supposed  to  be 
the  A.  Fasciata  of  Latreille,  bears  a  considerable  re- 
semblance to  that  cultivated  in  Greece.  On  the 
western  coast,  where  it  is  intersected  by  the  Senegal, 
separated  as  this  region  is  from  the  more  northerly 
parts  of  Africa  by  mountains  and  deserts  which  form 
an  insuperable  barrier  to  the  passage  of  the  inferior 
classes  of  animals,  we  find  what  we  are  assured  is 
another  species  of  bees,  viz.,  A.  Adansonii.  It  has, 
however,  a  very  near  resemblance  to  A.  Ligustica  ; 
its  difference  being  in  the  two  first  rings  of  the  ab- 
domen, and  the  anterior  half  of  the  third,  which  are 
of  a  pale  chestnut  colour.  In  the  neighbourhood  of 
the  Gambia,  a  species  of  small  black  bees  is  found  in 
the  woods — in  all  likelihood  the  same  with  those 


FOREIGN  BEES.  275 

last  mentioned ;  and  the  town  of  Vintain,  situated 
on  the  southern  side  of  the  river,  is  much  resorted  to 
by  Europeans  on  account  of  the  great  quantities  of 
bees- wax  brought  thither  for  sale.  It  is  collected  in 
the  woods  by  the  Feloops,  a  wild  and  unsociable  race 
of  people.  The  honey  they  chiefly  use  themselves 
in  making  a  strong  intoxicating  liquor,  much  the 
same  as  the  mead  which  is  produced  from  honey  in 
Britain,*  It  is  said  by  some  writers  that  the  bees 
along  the  west  coast  of  Africa  are  destitute  of  stings. 
It  was  not  so  found  by  Park,  to  whom  we  are  in- 
debted for  the  above  information ;  and  that  those 
farther  in  the  interior,  about  the  1 1  th  deg.  of  west 
long,  are  well  provided  with  this  formidable  weapon, 
appears  from  the  following  incident,  mentioned  by 
the  same  traveller  as  having  taken  place  near  Doo- 
froo: — "We  had  no  sooner  unloaded  the  asses, 
than  some  of  the  people,  being  in  search  of  honey, 
unfortunately  disturbed  a  large  swarm  of  bees.  They 
came  out  in  immense  numbers,  and  attacked  men 
and  beasts  at  the  same  time.  Luckily  most  of  the 
asses  were  loose,  and  galloped  up  the  valley ;  but  the 
horses  and  people  were  very  much  stung,  and  obliged 
to  scamper  off  in  all  directions.  In  fact,  for  half  an 
hour,  the  bees  seemed  completely  to  have  put  an  end 
to  our  journey.  In  the  evening,  when  they  became 
less  troublesome,  and  we  could  venture  to  collect  our 
cattle,  we  found  many  of  them  much  stung  and 
swelled  about  the  head.  Three  asses  were  missing ; 
one  died  in  the  evening,  and  one  next  morning.  Our 
*  Parks  Travels  in  Africa,  vol.  i.  p.  6. 


2?6  FOREIGN  BEES. 

guide  lost  his  horse,  and  many  of  the  people  were 
much  stung  about  the  hands  and  face."  On  the 
eastern  side  of  the  same  continent,  the  bees  appear 
to  resemble  those  of  the  western  coast  in  their  colour 
and  diminutive  size,  but  differ  from  them  in  the  mode 
of  constructing  their  nests,  which  are  formed  under 
the  surface  of  the  ground,  while  those  of  the  others 
are  lodged  in  the  hollows  of  trees.  To  the  south- 
ward, and  in  the  Hottentot  countries,  the  insects  are 
found  in  great  numbers ;  but,  as  appears  from  the 
reports  of  some  late  travellers,  never  build  their  nests 
in  the  trunks  of  trees ;  and  though  they  are  some- 
times found  nestling  under  the  surface  of  the  ground, 
make  their  dwellings  chiefly  in  the  clefts  of  the 
rocks  ;  and  one  large  rock  in  the  Cape  Colony  has 
so  long  served  as  a  favourite  residence  to  these  in- 
sects, as  to  obtain  from  the  Dutch  settlers  the  name 
of  "  Honing  Kliss/'  i.  e.  Honey-rock.  The  following 
anecdotes  relating  to  this  species  are  from  Burchell's 
Travels  in  Africa,  (Vol.  I.  377,  and  II.  81)  :— -"  My 
bedding  having  been  left  out  in  the  air  all  day,  we 
found  in  the  evening  the  mattress  taken  possession 
of  by  a  swarm  of  bees  which  had  taken  shelter  under 
it  for  the  night ;  and  as  a  favour  to  these  industrious 
creatures,  we  left  them  undisturbed.  They  remained 
there  till  the  next  day  at  no0n,  when  they  departed 
in  quest  of  some  convenient  chink  in  the  rocks  for 
their  hive.  Their  manner  of  swarming  appeared  to 
us  to  diifer  in  nothing  from  that  of  the  common 
English  bee.  The  same  species,  or  others  of  the 
genus  Apis,  abounds  in  every  part  of  this  continent 


FOREIGN  BEES.  2?7 

which  has  come  under  my  observation,,  and  is  every- 
where eagerly  robbed  of  its  honey.  None  of  these 
nations  have  the  least  idea  of  bringing  them  under 
domestic  management,  but  are  content  to  take  the 
honey  wherever  it  is  found ;  and  this  being  done 
often  at  an  improper  season,  they  make  a  useless 
destruction  of  the  larvae  or  young  bees  still  in  the 
cells." — f(  One  of  the  Hottentots  observed  a  number 
of  bees  entering  a  hole  in  the  ground,  which  had 
formerly  belonged  to  some  animal  of  the  weasel  kind. 
As  he  made  signs  for  us  to  come  to  him,  we  turned 
that  way,  fearing  he  had  met  with  some  accident ; 
and  when  the  people  began  to  unearth  the  bees,  I 
did  not  expect  that  we  should  escape  without  being 
severely  stung.  But  they  knew  so  well  how  to 
manage  an  affair  of  this  kind,  that  they  robbed  the 
poor  insects  with  the  greatest  ease  and  safety. 
Before  they  commenced  digging,  a  fire  was  made 
near  the  hole,  and  constantly  supplied  with  damp 
fuel  to  produce  a  cloud  of  smoke.  In  this  the  work- 
man was  completely  enveloped ;  so  that  the  bees  re- 
turning from  the  fields  were  prevented  from  ap- 
proaching, and  those  which  flew  out  of  the  nest  were 
driven  by  it  to  a  distance.  Yet  the  rest  of  our  party, 
to  avoid  their  resentment,  found  it  prudent  either  to 
ride  off,  or  stand  also  in  the  smoke.  About  three 
pounds  of  honey  were  obtained,  which,  excepting  a 
small  share  which  I  reserved  till  tea-time,  they  in- 
stantly devoured  in  the  comb;  and  some  of  the 
Hottentots  professed  to  be  equally  fond  of  the  larvae. 
The  honey  appeared  unusually  liquid,  and  nearly  as 


278  POEEIGN  BEES. 

thin  as  water,  yet  it  seemed  as  sweet,  and  of  as 
delicate  a  taste  as  the  hest  honey  of  England." 

"  Whilst  I  was  engaged  in  the  chace  one  day  on 
foot  with  a  Namaqua  attendant,  he  picked  up  a 
small  stone,  looked  at  it  earnestly,  then  over  the 
plain,  and  threw  it  down  again.  I  asked  what  it 
was ;  he  said  there  was  the  ma'rk  of  a  bee  on  it ; 
taking  it  up,  I  also  saw  on  it  a  small  pointed  drop 
of  wax,*  which  had  fallen  from  a  bee  in  its  flight. 
The  Namaqua  noticed  the  direction  the  point  of  the 
drop  indicated,  and,  walking  on,  he  picked  up  an- 
other stone,  also  with  a  drop  of  wax  on  it,  and  so 
on  at  considerable  intervals,  till,  getting  behind  a 
crag,  he  looked  up,  and  bees  were  seen  flying  across 
the  sky,  and  in  and  out  of  a  cleft  in  the  face  of  the 
rock.  Here  of  course  was  the  honey  he  was  in  pur- 
suit of.  A  dry  bush  is  selected,  fire  is  made,  the 
cliffis  ascended,  and  the  nest  is  robbed  in  the  smoke."t 

African  travellers  give  us  an  amusing  account  of 
one  of  the  modes  by  which  the  natives  in  the  interior 
are  enabled  to  discover  the  spot  where  the  bees  have 
deposited  their  treasures.  They  are  guided  by  a 
small  bird  (Cuculus  Indicus,  See  Plate  XXV.)  of  a 
brownish-grey  colour,  well  named  the  Honey -Guide. 
This  little  creature  is  very  fond  of  honey  and  bee- 
brood  ;  but  unable  by  its  own  exertions  to  secure 
the  means  of  gratifying  its  taste,  it  directs  the  negroes, 
by  a  peculiar  cry  or  whistle,  to  the  tree  where  the 
bees  have  taken  up  their  residence,  advancing  before 

*  More  probably  excrement. 

•f  Alexander's  Expedition  into  the  Interior  of  Africa. 


HONEY    GUIDK 


FOREIGN  BEES.  27& 

them  by  longer  or  shorter  flights,  according  to  the 
greater  or  lesser  distance  of  the  object  of  pursuit. 
If  its  followers  lag  behind.,  it  returns  with  manifest 
impatience,  and  by  its  redoubled  cries  appears  to 
chide  their  delay.  As  it  approaches  the  tree,  its 
flights  become  more  limited,  its  whistle  is  repeated 
at  shorter  intervals,  and  at  last,  having  brought  its 
associates  to  the  desired  spot,  it  hovers  over  it  for  a 
moment,  as  if  to  mark  it  out  distinctly,  and  then 
quietly  takes  up  a  station  at  a  little  distance,  wait- 
ing the  result,  and  expecting  its  share  of  the  booty, 
which  it  never  fails  to  obtain. 

In  the  island  of  Madagascar,  and  the  Mauritius, 
is  to  be  found  the  Apis  Unicolor  of  Latreille,  of  a 
bright  shining  black,  without  spots  or  coloured  bands. 
Its  honey,  as  appears  from  a  specimen  brought  home 
by  the  master  of  a  French  vessel,  is  highly  aromatic, 
and  is,  while  in  the  cells,  or  when  recently  abstracted, 
of  a  green  colour,  but  becomes  afterwards  of  a  red- 
dish yellow.  In  these  islands,  the  bee  is  domesti- 
cated ;  and  a  French  Naturalist,  M.  de  Lanux,  has 
published  a  memoir  on  the  form  of  the  Madagascar 
hives — a  circumstance  which  naturally  leads  to  the 
supposition,  that  the  inhabitants  pay  considerable  at- 
tention to  the  cultivation  of  this  insect.* 

Knox,  in  his  history  of  Ceylon,  enumerates  three 
kinds  of  bees  found  in  that  island ;  the  first  of  which 
bears  a  close  resemblance  to  the  European  insect, 
though,  it  would  seem,  by  no  means  so  irritable,  and 
which,  like  those  near  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope,  builds 
*  Latreille,  Obs.  de  Zool.  au  voyage  de  Humboldt. 


280  FOREIGN  BEES. 

in  hollow  trees,  and  also  in  holes  in  the  ground  which 
have  been  made  by  some  burrowing  animals.  The 
natives,  to  obtain  the  honey,  have  merely  to  blow  into 
those  holes,  upon  which  the  bees  instantly  decamp 
without  resistance,  and  the  plunderers,  without  making 
use  of  any  defensive  covering,  pull  out  the  combs 
with  their  hands,  and  deposit  them  in  vessels  brought 
for  that  purpose.  It  is  probable  from  this  account  of 
the  facility  with  which  this  species  is  deprived  of  its 
stores,  and  the  fearlessness  of  the  plunderers,  that,  like 
others  to  be  afterwards  mentioned,  it  has  no  sting. 
A  second  species  found  here  is  of  a  larger  size  and 
brighter  colour  than  our  domestic  bee.  These  build 

o 

their  nests  on  the  branches  of  trees,  and  generally  at 
a  great  height.  At  a  certain  period  of  the  year  the 
inhabitants  of  the  towns  go  out  in  a  body  to  despoil 
them,  and  return  laden  with  the  booty.  The  third 
species  is  a  remarkably  small  bee,  not  larger  than  a 
common  fly,  and  of  a  blackish  hue.  Their  honey  is 
not  generally  much  regarded ;  but  the  children  some- 
times amuse  themselves  by  cutting  a  hole  in  the  trunk 
of  the  tree  where  it  is  deposited,  and  carrying  it  off. 
Nay,  Knox  tells  us  that  the  inhabitants  not  only 
devour  the  honey,  but  have  a  strong  taste — akin  to 
that  of  the  Hottentots  who  feed  on  the  larvae — for  the 
bees  themselves ;  and  that  when  they  discover  a 
swarm  on  an  inaccessible  branch  of  a  tree,  they 
stupify  them  with  the  smoke  of  torches,  causing  them 
to  drop  on  the  ground,  when  they  gather  them  and 
carry  them  home,  "  boiling  and  eating  them,  and 
esteeming  them  excellent  food." 


FOREIGN  BEES.  281 

The  Apis  Indica  of  Fabricius,  found  in  Pondicherry 
and  Bengal,  is  of  a  smaller  size  than  our  domestic 
bee,  if  we  may  judge  from  the  dimensions  of  the 
cells,,  which  are  only  about  three-fifths  of  the  size  of 
the  European.  This  is  probably  the  small  species 
found  in  Ceylon.  Latreille  gives  a  figure  and  descrip- 
tion of  a  piece  of  comb  supposed  to  belong  to  this 
species ;  and  taking  into  account  the  smallness  of  the 
cells,  and  the  consequently  greater  number  in  a  comb 
of  the  same  area  with  one  from  our  hives,  he  con- 
cludes the  population  of  the  Indian  hive  to  consist 
of  not  less  than  80,000  insects.  Besides  the  Apis 
Indica.  the  naturalist  just  mentioned  notices  two 
other  species  met  with  in  that  region,  one  of  which 
is  one-third  longer  and  stronger  than  the  European 
race.  This  may  be  the  same  species  with  the  second 
class  described  by  Knox,  as  inhabiting  Ceylon.  The 
honey  cells  are  much  more  capacious,  arid  the  produce 
considerably  more  abundant  than  from  the  last  men- 
tioned Indian  species. 

Honey-bees  abound  also  in  the  whole  of  the 
Eastern  Archipelago  ;  but  we  have  no  certain  account 
of  their  distinctive  characters.  We  only  know  that 
they  generally  build  on  the  boughs  of  trees,  and  that 
they  are  never  domesticated  or  collected  into  hives. 
In  fact,  no  attention  is  paid  to  them,  farther  than 
what  is  requisite  to  obtain  their  wax.  This,  we  are 
told,*  is  an  article  of  considerable  importance  in  all 
the  eastern  islands,  from  whence  it  is  exported  in  large 
oblong  cakes  to  China,  Bengal,  and  other  parts  of 
*  Marsden's  Sumatra,  p.  175. 


282  FOREIGN  BEES. 

the  continent.  Their  honey  is  much  inferior  to  that 
of  Europe,  as  might  be  expected  from  the  nature  of 
the  vegetation.  The  honey  of  the  Apis  Peronii, 
however,  found  in  the  island  of  Timor,  may  he  con- 
sidered an  exception  to  this.  For  our  knowledge  of 
it  we  are  indebted  to  M.  Peron,  the  intrepid  French 
navigator,  who  describes  it  as  having  a  yellowish  tinge, 
more  liquid  than  ours,  and  of  an  exquisite  flavour. 
It  is  called  by  the  natives  Bee-sugar.  The  dis- 
tinctive characters  of  the  insect  itself  consist  in 
the  two  first  rings  of  the  abdomen  (with  the  excep- 
tion of  their  posterior  edges,)  the  base  of  the  third, 
and  the  greater  part  of  the  breast,  being  of  a  reddish 
yellow,  and  the  superior  wings  of  a  brownish  hue. 
It  appears  from  recent  accounts,  that  in  the  distant 
regions  of  New  South  Wales  and  Van  Dieman's 
Land,  besides  the  indigenous  insect,  the  Bee  of 
Europe  has  obtained  a  firm  footing,  and  already  rivals 
the  prolific  race  of  South  Carolina.  The  following 
account  is  from  a  periodical  of  extensive  circulation 
and  great  utility.* 

"  The  native  bee  is  without  a  sting,  and  is  not 
much  larger  than  a  common  house-fly.  It  produces 
abundance  of  honey  and  wax,  but  has  not  yet  been 
subjected  to  cultivation  ;  and  from  its  small  size,  and 
its  building  on  very  high  trees,  probably  never  will 
be  so.  The  European  Bee  has  been  oftener  than 
once  introduced  into  Sydney,  but  without  success ; 
the  swarms  having  always  left  the  hives  for  the 
woods.  A  hive  was  carried  to  Van  Dieman's  Land, 
*  London's  Gardener's  Magazine,  for  Dec.  1835. 


FOREIGN  BEES.  283 

in  the  autumn  of  the  year  1830,  by  Dr.  T.  B.  Wil- 
son, at  the  suggestion  of  his  friend  Mr.  R.  Gunter  of 
Earl's  Court,  brought  from  London  in  a  wire  case. 
It  arrived  in  safety,  and  the  bees  swarmed  several 
times  the  first  year ;  and  in  the  True  Colonist  (a 
Hobart-Town  newspaper)  of  February  14th  1835, 
it  is  stated  that  a  hive  descended  from  Dr.  Wilson's, 
belonging  to  a  gentleman  in  the  neighbourhood  of 
Hobart-Town,  had  already  swarmed  eighteen  times!*' 
Major  Mitchell  states,  in  his  recently  published 
account  of  his  expedition  into  the  interior  of  Australia, 
that  he  sometimes  met  with  bees  in  great  plenty,  and 
some  of  them  were  not  a  little  curious  in  their  habits. 
Although  his  rifle  was  in  frequent  use,  he  one  day 
found  that  a  quantity  of  wax  and  honey  had  been 
deposited  in  the  barrel,  and  also  in  the  hollow  part 
of  the  ramrod  !  He  had  previously  noticed  a  bee 
occasionally  entering  the  barrel,  and  it  now  appeared 
that  wax  and  honey  had  been  lodged  immediately 
above  the  charge  to  the  depth  of  about  two  inches. 
The  bee  which  he  most  frequently  observed  about 
his  tent,  and  which  was  probably  the  species  that 
selected  this  perilous  depository,  was  as  large  as  the 
English  bee,  and  had  a  sting.  "  We  were  now,"  he 
says,  in  another  part  of  his  interesting  work,  "  in  a 
'  land  flowing  with  milk  and  honey ;'  for  the  natives 
with  their  new  tomahawks  extracted  it  in  abundance 
from  the  hollow  branches  of  the  trees,  and  it  seemed 
that,  in  the  season,  they  could  find  it  almost  every- 
where. To  such  inexpert  clowns,  as  they  probably 


284  FOREIGN  BEES. 

thought  us,  the  honey  and  the  bees  were  inaccessible, 
and  indeed  invisible,  save  only  when  the  natives  cut 
it  out  and  brought  it  to  us  in  little  sheets  of  bark, 
thus  displaying  a  degree  of  ingenuity  and  skill  in 
supplying  their  wants,  which  we,  with  all  our  science, 
could  not  hope  to  attain.  They  would  catch  one  of 
the  bees  and  attach  to  it,  with  some  rosin  or  gum, 
the  light  down  of  the  swan  or  owl ;  thus  laden,  the 
bee  would  make  for  the  branch  of  some  lofty  tree, 
and  so  betray  its  home  of  sweets  to  its  keen-eyed 
pursuers,  whose  bee-chase  presented  indeed  a  laugh- 
able scene."* 

In  the  Western  Hemisphere  we  find  the  honey- 
bee in  as  great  variety  and  abundance  as  in  the 
Eastern  World.  In  the  United  States  of  America, 
and  stretching  as  far  to  the  westward,  as  95  deg.  W. 
long,  the  domestic  bee  of  Europe  has  been  naturalized, 
and  appears  to  prosper  amazingly,  in  the  new  coun- 
tries continually  opening  to  civilization  in  that  region. 
Little  more  than  thirty  years  ago,  according  to  War- 
den, it  was  not  found  to  the  westward  of  the  Missis- 
sippi ;  but  is  now  spreading  over  the  extensive 
prairies  on  the  western  banks  of  the  Missouri.  In 
these  regions,  bee-hunting,  or  bee-liming,  as  it  is  there 
called,  is  a  very  general  occupation;  and  various 
modes  are  described  by  travellers  of  obtaining  the 
fruit  of  the  insects'  labour.  Knowing  that  in  the 
breeding  season,  the  bees  resort  much  to  springs  of 
water  in  the  woods,  the  hunter  places  on  a  fiat  stone 
*  Vol.  i.  p.  171. 


AMERICAN  TYRANT    FM  CATCH  KK 


FOREIGN  BEES.  285 

a  small  quantity  of  honey-comb,  and  draws  round  it 
a  circle  of  white  paint.  The  bee,  on  approaching  the 
honey,  is  necessitated  generally  to  cross  the  circular 
line,  and,  of  course,  its  body  becomes  bedaubed  with 
the  colouring  matter,  and  the  direction  of  its  route 
when  flying  is  thereby  easily  ascertained.  The  stra- 
tagem is  repeated  at  some  distance  to  the  right  or 
left  of  the  first  station,  and  the  direction  of  the  flight 
again  marked.  As  the  bee  always  flies  in  a  direct 
line  to  her  nest,  it  will  be  found  where  the  two  lines 
of  flight  intersect  each  other.  Another  mode  con- 
sists in  placing  at  the  favourite  resorts  of  the  bees,  a 
piece  of  reed  or  tube  of  some  kind,  having  one  of  its 
ends  closed  up :  Into  this  they  are  enticed  by  the 
smell  of  a  little  honey,  previously  deposited  within. 
The  hunter,  when  a  sufficient  number  has  entered, 
seizes  the  reed,  and  claps  his  thumb  on  the  open  end. 
He  then  allows  one  of  the  captives  to  escape,  and  fol- 
lows the  direction  in  which  it  flies ;  when  it  is  out  of 
sight,  he  releases  another,  and  another  in  succession, 
continuing  the  pursuit  till,  by  the  aid  of  these  guides, 
he  reaches  the  prize. 

The  bee  in  North  America  has  to  encounter, 
amongst  the  feathered  tribe,  an  enemy  still  more 
formidable  than  the  honey-hunter.  This  is  the  King- 
bird, or  Tyrant  Flycatcher,  (Muscicapa  Tyrannus, 
PL  XXVI.)  found  in  both  the  southern  and  northern 
states  of  the  Union,  and  which,  according  to  Mr. 
Hector  St.  John,  is  so  fell  an  enemy  to  the  honey- 
gathering  tribes,  that  upon  dissecting  one  which  he 
had  shot,  he  took  from  its  crop  as  many  as  171 


286  FOREIGN  BEES. 

apparently  dead  bees.*  "  During  the  breeding 
season/'  says  Wilson  in  his  American  Ornithology, 
"  his  extreme  affection  for  his  mate,  and  for  his 
nest  and  young,  makes  him  suspicious  of  every  bird 
that  happens  to  pass  near  his  residence,  so  that  he 
attacks  without  discrimination  every  intruder.  But 
he  has  a  worse  habit  than  this,  and  much  more 
obnoxious  to  the  husbandman,  and  often  more  fatal 
to  himself.  He  loves  not  the  honey,  but  the  bees  ; 
and,  it  must  be  confessed,  is  frequently  on  the  look- 
out for  these  industrious  little  insects.  He  plants 
himself  on  a  post  of  the  fence,  or  on  a  small  tree  in 
the  garden,  not  far  from  the  hives ;  and  from  thence 
sallies  on  them  as  they  pass  and  repass,  making 
great  havoc  among  their  numbers."  The  ravages  of 
this  little  tyrant  are  not  confined  to  the  bee  species ; 
he  is  to  be  seen  often  "  in  pasture  fields,  taking  his 
stand  on  the  top  of  rank  weeds  near  the  cattle,  and 
making  occasional  sweeps  after  passing  insects,  par- 
ticularly the  large  black  gad-fly.  His  eye  moves 
restlessly  around  him,  traces  the  flight  of  an  insect 
for  a  moment  or  two,  then  that  of  a  second,  and  even 
a  third,  until  he  perceives  one  to  his  liking,  when 
with  a  shrill  sweep  he  pursues,  seizes  it,  and  returns 
to  the  same  spot  to  look  out  for  more.  This  habit 
is  so  conspicuous,  when  he  is  watching  the  bee-hives, 
that  several  intelligent  farmers  of  my  acquaintance 

*  Mr.  St.  John  laid  these  dead  bees  on  a  blanket  in  the 
Bun,  and,  mirabile  dictu  !  out  of  the  171,  no  fewer  than  54  re- 
turned to  life,  licked  themselves  clean,  and  joyfully  went  back 
to  their  hives. 


FOREIGN  BEES.  28? 

are  of  opinion,  that  he  picks  out  only  the  drones, 
and  never  injures  the  working-hees.  Be  that  as  it 
may,  he  certainly  gives  a  preference  to  one  bee,  and 
one  species  of  insect  over  another." 

Advancing  southwards,  we  fall  in  with  the  bees 
of  Carolina,  Florida,  Louisiana,  &c.  If  Latreille  he 
correct — and  we  are  disposed  to  think  he  is — these 
are  still  of  the  European  species ;  for  he  tells  us,  that 
they  extend  from  the  northern  States  as  far  south  as 
the  Antilles.  In  the  rich  provinces  ahove  named, 
bees  are  reported  to  increase  with  such  rapidity,  that 
nothing  but  the  most  satisfactory  proofs  can  entitle 
the  report  to  credit.  A  striking  instance  of  this 
rapid  increase  is  given  in  Feburier's  Treatise  on 
Bees.  M.  Bozc,  the  French  Consul  in  Carolina, 
walking  one  morning  in  the  woods  adjoining  his 
house,  found  a  swarm  of  bees  which  the  negroes  had 
just  deprived  of  its  honey  and  wax.  He  succeeded 
in  getting  it  to  enter  his  hat,  brought  it  home,  and 
put  it  into  a  hive.  By  the  end  of  autumn,  it  had 
yielded  eleven  swarms,  and  these  had,  one  with  an- 
other, produced  as  many  more  ;  so  that  at  the  end 
of  the  year  he  had  twenty-two  !  besides  losing  several 
for  want  of  hives  to  lodge  them. 

In  the  island  of  Cuba,  their  multiplication  is  said 
to  be  still  more  extraordinary;  so  much  so,  that 
though  they  have  not  existed  there  above  seventy 
years,  thousands  of  swarms  perish  yearly  from  not 
finding  suitable  places  to  settle  in.  They  were  intro- 
duced into  this  island  in  1763,  by  some  emigrants 
from  Florida ;  and  such  was  the  rapidity  with  which 


288  FOREIGN         4S. 

they  multiplied  in  the  hollo  /s  of  the  old  trees,  that 
there  was  soon  sufficient  wax  for  the  annual  con- 
sumption. In  1 777,  fourteen  years  from  their  intro- 
duction, 715,000  Ibs.  weight  of  wax  were  exported 
from  the  Havannah,  of  a  quality  equal  to  the  wax  of 
Venice.  Including  the  contraband,  Cuba  exported 
in  1 803,  42,670  arohas  of  wax,  equal  to  more  than 
1900  tons.  The  price  was  then  from  twenty  to 
twenty-one  piastres  per  aroha  ;  but  the  average  price 
in  time  of  peace  is  only  fifteen  piastres,  or  £3,  2s.  6d. 
sterling.  A  small  part  of  this  wax  is  produced  by 
the  wild  bees  of  the  genus  Trigones,  which  occupy 
the  trunks  of  the  Cedrela  odorafa;  but  the  prin- 
cipal part  is  the  produce  of  the  common  honey-bee,* 
originally  imported  from  the  old  world  to  America 
— extended  to  the  Southern  States,  and  finally  trans- 
ferred to  Cuba  by  the  settlers  from  Florida. t 

In  Jamaica,  bees  are  cultivated  to  some  extent, 

*  Edinburgh  Encyclop.  article  CUBA. 

•f-  M.  Feburier  states,  in  a  note,  that  M.  Michaux,  a  French 
botanist,  had  been  informed  by  the  natives  of  Florida,  that 
bees  formerly  abounded  in  that  province  ;  but  that  in  one  year 
they  had  almost  all  emigrated  to  Cuba,  which  is  distant  twenty- 
five  leagues.  Upon  this,  M.  Feburier  remarks  : — "  As  that 
island  is  covered  with  orange  and  lemon  trees,  the  fragrance  of 
the  blossoms  must  have  been  wafted  to  Florida,  and  have  at- 
tracted the  bees  ;  a  strong  evidence  of  the  acuteness  of  their 
sense  of  smell."  We  should  say,  that  their  strength  of  wing 
must  have  equalled  their  sense  of  smell.  But  the  truth  is,  M. 
Michaux  had  been  misinformed ;  for  it  is  a  well  known  fact, 
that,  as  we  have  already  stated,  when  the  British  obtained 
possession  of  Florida,  at  the  peace  in  1763,  many  of  the  settlers 
removed  to  Cuba,  and  carried  their  bees  along  with  them. 


FOK     3N  EEES.  289 

occasionally  by  the  plairws,  but  more  generally  by 
the  negroes  and  people  of  colour.  The  honey  is  dark- 
coloured,  and  of  a  flavour  hardly  so  agreeable  as  our 
own.  The  hives  they  use  are  small  square  boxes  of 
one  story.  In  size  and  colour  the  Jamaica  bee  so 
strongly  resembles  the  European,  as  to  suggest  the 
probability  that  it  is  the  same.  The  only  circum- 
stance known  to  us  that  raises  any  doubt  of  this 
identity  is,  that  though  it  possesses  a  sting,  it  seldom 
uses  it,  and  is  apparently  of  a  much  less  irritable 
temper  than  ours.  As  a  proof  of  this  greater  gentle- 
ness, the  apiary  is,  in  many  cases,  situated  directly  in 
front  of  the  dwelling-house ;  and  an  instance  has 
come  to  our  knowledge  of  one  consisting  of  not 
fewer  than  fifty  hives,  belonging  to  a  gentleman 
in  the  neighbourhood  of  Savannah-la-Mar,  ranged 
close  by  the  door,  and  under  the  front  windows.  Were 
the  exotic  insect  as  testy  as  ours,  visiters  would  require 
some  nerve  to  face  coolly  so  formidable  an  outpost. 
The  same  gentleman  has  orr  his  estate  a  row  of  log- 
wood trees,  the  blossoms  of  which  are  much  resorted 
to  by  the  bees.  Whether  there  is  any  species  of  the 
insect  in  this  island  without  stings,  we  have  not  been 
able  to  ascertain  precisely ;  it  seems  probable,  how- 
ever, there  is  not.  A  resident  medical  gentleman,  to 
whom  the  query  was  put,  had  never  heard  of  such ; 
and  an  intelligent  negro,  who  kept  a  large  stock  of 
hives,  when  asked  whether  the  Jamaica  bees  had 
stings,  seemed  surprised  at  the  question,  and  an- 
swered :  "  Hey  !  hab  tings  ?  dem  ting  too  trong  !  dem 
hab  big  big  ting."  _  lie  same  negro  observed  that  he 


29f>  FOREIGN  BEES. 

had  often  seen  "the  leetle  chaps  collaring  the  big 
chaps;"  evidently  alluding  to  the,  massacre  of  the 
drones  hy  the  working-bees.* 

The  bees  of  Guadaloupe  are  decidedly  of  a  diffe- 
rent character  from  the  European,  and  are  probably 
of  the  genus  Melipona.  This  constitutes,  according 
to  the  system  of  Illiger  and  Latreille,  a  genus  dis- 
tinct from  the  genus  Apis  properly  so  called.  In 
this  last,  the  first  articulation  of  the  hinder  tarsi  is 
square-shaped)  while  in  those  of  the  other  it  is  tri- 
angular. From  some  minute  variation  of  anatomical 
structure,  a  portion  of  the  genus  Melipona  has  been 
formed  into  a  distinct  one.  under  the  denomination 
of  Trigones.  Latreille  specifies  the  mandibles  as  a 
distinctive  character,  arid  classes  under  the  genus 
Trigones  those  whose  mandibles  are  toothed,  and 
under  that  of  Melipona,  such  as  have  these  organs 
smooth.  Their  habits  also  differ ;  the  former  build- 
ing their  nest  in  the  open  air,  suspended  from  the 
branches  of  trees;  the  latter  constructing  their 

*  Since  writing  the  above,  the  author  has  received  a  swarm 
of  Bees  from  Jamaica,  which  unfortunately  died  on  the 
passage.  Upon  the  most  minute  examination,  no  difference 
could  be  perceived  between  these  strangers  and  our  own 
home-bred  insects,  either  in  the  class  of  Workers  or  Males; 
the  Queen  could  not  be  found.  It  must  be  observed,  how- 
ever, that  besides  this,  which  we  consider  identical  with  the 
domestic  bee  of  Northern  Europe,  there  is  another  spe-cies 
cultivated  in  Jamaica  of  a  small  black  kind,  of  the  habits  of 
which  we  are  not  aware.  In  one  of  the  combs  of  the  above 
imported  hive,  was  found  the  larva  represented  in  PI.  Vl 
with  t-lre  moth  into  which  it  was  metan.  orphosed. 


FOREIGN  BEES.  291 

habitations  in  the  cavities  of  the  trunks.  The  hees  of 
Guadaioupe,  however,  are  sometimes  found  making 
their  dwellings  in  clefts  of  the  rocks,  as  well  as  in 
the  hollows  of  trees.  Their  honey  is  deposited  in 
clusters  of  cells,  or  rather  cups,  which  are  of  the  size 
and  shape  of  pigeon-eggs;  and  the  wax  of  which 
they  are  formed,  is  of  a  deep  violet  colour,  and  of  so 
soft  a  consistence,  as  materially  to  diminish  its  utility. 
The  insect  itself  is  distinguished  by  its  diminutive 
size,  its  jet-black  colour,  and  its  want  of  a  sting. 

The  bees  of  Guiana  are  generally  small,  and  of  a 
deep  black  colour  like  those  of  Guadaloupe,  but 
armed  with  a  powerful  sting.  Labat,*  however, 
speaks  of  a  species  which  have  no  sting,  or  one  so 
feeble,  that  it  cannot  pierce  the  skin ;  and  states, 
that  the  natives  handle  them  without  dread,  and 
without  any  other  inconvenience  than  a  slight  tickling. 
There  is  a  species  noticed  by  Stedman,  which  builds 
its  nest  in  the  roofs  of  houses,  and  is  said  to  attack 
strangers  with  the  greatest  fury,  while  it  does  not  at 
all  molest  the  regular  occupiers  of  the  habitation 
where  it  has  established  its  residence.  Another 
species  takes  up  its  abode  in  the  trunks  of  decayed 
trees ;  and  if  the  hollow  space  is  too  large  for  their 
purpose,  they  contract  it  by  raising  above  a  kind  of 
waxen  dome.  Their  honey  is  of  the  colour  of  amber, 
and  of  an  agreeable  flavour,  but  becomes  quickly 
acid.  The  wax  is  like  that  of  Guadaloupe,  of  a 
dark  violet  colour,  never  hardens,  and  cannot  be 

*  Voyage  du  Chevalier  des  Marchais  a  Cayenne,  vol.  iii.  253. 


292  FOREIGN  BEES. 

blanched.  The  species  named  Trigonis  Amalthei, 
(PL  XXVII.  fig.  1.)  is  also  found  here.  It  con- 
structs its  nest  of  a  form  somewhat  resembling  a 
Bagpipe,,  eight  or  ten  inches  in  diameter,  and  eighteen 
or  twenty  inches  in  length,  towards  the  top  of  a  tree 
of  moderate  height.  (PI.  XXVII.)  Within  are  found 
large  cells  filled  with  a  fine  reddish-coloured  honey. 
The  nest  which,  on  a  superficial  view,  might  be 
mistaken  for  a  mass  of  coarse  earth  applied  when 
moist  against  the  tree,  cannot  be  procured  until  the 
tree  is  cut  down,  when  the  natives,  after  using  the 
honey,  and  making  a  kind  of  mead,  convert  the  wax 
into  matches. 

In  Brazil,  there  are  many  species  of  bees  described 
by  travellers, — doubtless  including  in  the  number 
those  last  noticed  as  inhabiting  Guiana.  One  or  two, 
however,  may  be  mentioned,  which  differ  in  some 
degree  from  those  alluded  to.  The  first  is  a  species 
surpassing  all  the  others  in  size,  without  a  sting,  and 
building  in  the  hollows  of  trees.  Another  is  de- 
scribed as  of  a  yellowish  hue,  and  of  a  small  size, 
and  having  their  nests  suspended  from  the  branches, 
sometimes  half  an  ell  in  length.  Koster*  notices  a 
species  inhabiting  the  trunks  of  trees,  of  a  black 
colour,  and  smaller  than  the  European ;  their  sting 
not  formidable.  The  natives  of  Pernambuco  pre- 
serve them  in  a  part  of  the  trunk  of  the  tree  in 
which  they  had  been  originally  found.  Their  honey 
is  very  liquid,  and  is  used  as  medicine  rather  than  as 
food;  for  the  small  quantities  obtained  render  the 
*  Travels  in  Brazil,  by  Henry  Koster,  in  1810. 


1.  T?*ujto?ff(    an 

2.. /Y// 

QMelif, 


FOREIGN  BEES.  293 

demand  for  it  by  medical  men  fully  equal  to  the 
supply.  Another  species  have  their  nests  in  the 
ground,  enveloped  like  a  sugar-loaf  in  a  wrapper 
formed  of  a  kind  of  matted  fog.  This  is  perhaps 
the  insect  met  with  hy  Humboldt,  while  exploring 
the  Silla  mountain  in  the  province  of  Caraccas.  It 
is  described  as  a  little  smaller  than  the  honey-bee  of 
Europe,  and  as  making  its  nest  in  the  ground.  It 
seldom  flies,  moves  slowly,  and  is  not  apt  to  use  its 
sting.  Amongst  the  flowers  in  these  regions  to 
which  the  bees  resort,  is  one  which  grows  on  the 
Tapurriba  tree,  and  which  communicates  to  the 
honey  a  peculiar  bitterness. 

In  Paraguay,  several  species  of  bees  are  enume- 
rated by  Don  Felix  d'Azara,  the  largest  of  which  he 
describes  as  more  than  double  the  size  of  the  bee  of 
Old  Spain ;  and  the  smallest  as  less  than  a  fourth  of 
the  size.  Few  of  them,  it  is  said,  have  stings  ;  but 
we  are  disposed  to  think,  with  Latreille,  that  on  this 
part  of  the  organization  of  exotic  bees  generally,  our 
information  is  of  doubtful  accuracy ;  and  suspect  that 
many  of  the  species  which  are  said  to  be  without 
stings,  do  in  fact  possess  the  organ,  though  often  a 
feeble  one,  but  are  not  readily  provoked  to  use  it. 
The  honey  of  the  large  bee  described  by  Azara  is  not 
considered  good ;  that  of  another  species  produces 
intoxication ;  and  that  of  a  third  causes  violent  pains 
and  convulsions  which  continue  for  thirty  hours, 
without,  however,  leaving  behind  any  farther  bad 
consequences.  The  country  people  readily  detect  this 
unwholesome  kind  of  honey,  although  the  taste  is  as 


294*  FOREIGN  BEES. 

agreeable  as  that  of  the  others,  and  the  colour  the 
same.  Like  the  generality  of  the  Melipona  tribe, 
some  species  deposit  their  honey  not  in  combs,  but 
in  small  waxen  vessels  or  cups,  resembling,  from  the 
description,  those  constructed  by  the  humble  bees  of 
Europe,  and  about  half  an  inch  in  diameter.  The 
native  Indians  use  it  much  as  food,  and  after  subjec- 
ting it  to  the  process  of  fermentation,  procure  from  it 
an  intoxicating  drink.  The  wax  is  of  a  deeper  yellow, 
and  of  a  softer  consistence  than  ours.  It  is  never 
whitened,  but  used  in  its  rude  state  for  lighting  the 
country  churches.  It  is  found  in  such  abundance  in 
the  woods  that  the  inhabitants  of  St.  Jago  del  Estero 
collect  yearly  in  their  neighbourhood  not  less  than 
14,000  Ibs.  weight. 

It  may  be  noticed  here  that  the  inhabitants  of 
Paraguay  find  a  species  of  wax  on  the  branches 
of  the  Guabirami.  This  is  a  shrub  two  or  three 
feet  high,  which  produces  one  of  the  finest  fruits 
in  the  country.  The  wax  forms  the  nests  of  some 
small  insects,  constructed  on  the  branches  of  the 
plant;  and  these  tiny  dwelling-places  are  in  shape 
and  size  like  so  many  pearls,  glued  together  in 
strings  or  clusters.  The  substance  itself  is  much 
superior  to  the  wax  of  any  of  the  bees  above  de- 
scribed as  inhabiting  the  province,  both  in  solidity 
and  whiteness. 

One  other  species  is  mentioned  by  Azara  as 
Vound  in  Paraguay — and  is  probably  identical  with 
&ne  found  in  Brazil — which  suspends  its  nest  from 
jiie  branches  of  trees.  It  is  about  two  feet  in  dia- 


FOREIGN  BEES.  295 

meter.,  and  formed  of  a  strong  hard  clay,  having  its 
crust  or  shell  of  about  four  inches  in  thickness.  On 
.  breaking  up  one  of  these  nests — an  operation  which 
required  the  aid  of  a  hatchet — it  was  found  com- 
posed of  combs  of  wax  filled  with  fine  honey.  The 
bee  is  blackish  in  colour,  not  so  taper  in  its  shape 
as  the  European  insect,  but  nearly  of  the  same  size  ; 
less  irritable,  but  possessed  of  a  sting. 

The  most  remarkable  entomological  fact  stated  by 
this  writer,  is  the  existence  in  Brazil  and  Paraguay 
of  a  honey  gathering  Wasp !  When  the  statement 
appeared,  it  was  supposed  by  Latreille  and  others, 
that,  not  being  much  versed  in  entomology,  Azara 
had  mistaken  for  an  individual  of  the  wasp  family 
what  was  in  reality  one  of  the  Melipona  or  Trigonis 
genus,  common  in  South  America.  More  recently, 
however,  the  researches  of  M.  de  St.  Hilaire  have 
confirmed  the  accuracy  of  the  Spaniard ;  and  it  seems 
now  an  established  fact  that  the  insect  provincially 
named  Lecheguana,  belonging  to  the  genus  Vespa 
(Polistes  of  Latreille),  produces  honey  of  a  very  ex- 
cellent kind,  which  it  stores  up  in  cells  for  use  during 
the  season  of  the  repose  of  vegetable  life,  and  which 
differs  from  that  produced  by  the  bees  only  in  being 
wholly  and  completely  soluble  in  alcohol,  leaving  no 
residue ;  whereas  bee -honey,  when  subjected  to  the 
same  chemical  process,  deposits  a  ciystallized  saccha- 
rine matter.  A  figure  of  the  nest  constructed  by  this 
insect  is  given  in  PI.  XXVIII.  It  is  formed  of  the 
same  materials,  and  is  of  similar  architecture  with 
that  of  the  European  Wasp,  viz.  of  woody  fibres  re- 


293  FOREIGN  BEES. 

duced  to  a  pulp  or  paste  before  being  used,  and  is 
of  a  conical  shape.     The  insect  produces  no  wax. 

We  shall  conclude  this  imperfect  notice  of  Foreign 
Bees  with  some  account  of  those  of  Mexico^  con- 
cerning which  more  is  known  than  of  any  others 
out  of  Europe.  Great  attention  is  paid  to  them  by 
the  Mexicans,,  not  so  much  on  account  of  their 
honey,  although  remarkably  rich  and  delicate,  as  for 
the  sake  of  the  wax,  of  which  great  quantities  are 
consumed  in  the  ceremonies  of  the  Roman  Catholic 
worship.  In  the  peninsula  of  Yucatan,  there  are 
colonies  of  them  domesticated,  consisting  of  five  or 
six  hundred  hives.  Many  interesting  particulars  of 
their  natural  history  have  been  furnished  by  Her- 
nandez in  his  account  of  New  Spain ;  and  subse- 
quently by  our  countrymen  Captains  Beechey  and 
Hall,  particularly  by  the  first  named  officer,  who 
has  gone  into  a  minuteness  of  detail,  which  would 
have  done  credit  to  one  who  had  made  the  subject 
of  bees  his  exclusive  study.  Hernandez  describes 
several  kinds  of  the  insect  in  Mexico  : — one  resem- 
bling the  European,  and  which  produces  a  honey  like 
our  own.  It  is  domesticated  by  the  Indians,  who 
lodge  the  swarms,  he  says,  in  the  hollows  of  trees. 
A  second  species  is  noticed  by  the  same  Author,  as 
smaller  than  ours — so  much  smaller  as  to  resemble 
"  winged  ants," — and  as  without  stings.  They 
build  their  nests,  which  are  composed  of  several 
layers,  probably  resembling  those  of  wasps,  in  the 
rocks,  and  also  suspend  them  on  trees,  particularly 
the  oak.  Their  honey  is  dark  coloured  and  high 


FOREIGN  BEES.  297 

flavoured.  The  cells  are  of  smaller  dimensions  than 
those  of  the  domestic  bee  ;  and  it  is  probable,  though 
not  so  stated,  contain  only  brood ;  the  honey  being 
found  in  small  cups  or  sacklets.  The  larvse,  it  ap- 
pears, are  esteemed  a  delicacy;  for  the  historian 
tells  us,  that  ({  when  roasted  and  seasoned  with  salt," 
they  have  the  taste  and  flavour  of  sweet  almonds. 
This  species  collect  their  honey  stores,  and  live  much 
in  the  same  way  with  the  honey-bees  of  Europe. 
Other  small  stingless  bees  are  mentioned,  which 
establish  themselves  under  ground,  in  nests  of  a 
globular  shape,  but  of  very  coarse  workmanship  ; 
their  honey,  too,  is  inferior,  and  is  never  used  but  in 
default  of  better.  We  have  given  a  figure  of  a  Mexi- 
can Bee-Nest,  constructed  by  insects  of  the  genus 
Trigones,  copied  from  Latreille,  (PL  XXVII.) 

It  is  probably  of  the  species  first  mentioned  by 
Hernandez,  that  Captains  Beechey  and  Hall  have 
given  us  the  details.  In  domesticating  their  bees, 
the  Mexicans  lodge  them  in  hives  formed  of  short 
logs  of  wood,  from  2  to  3  feet  long,  hollowed  out 
about  5  inches  in  diameter,  having  the  ends  filled 
with  clay,  or  wooden  doors  removeable  at  pleasure  ; 
and  a  hole  for  entrance  bored  on  one  side,  about 
halfway  between  the  ends.  They  are  suspended  m 
a  horizontal  position  from  the  branches  of  trees,  or 
from  the  cottage  eaves.*  The  hive  which  Captain 
Hall  examined  was  made  of  earthen  ware,  orna- 
mented with  raised  figures  and  circular  rings,  and 
was  hung  in  the  virandah  of  a  dwelling  house.  The 

*  A  hive  of  this  kind  was  sent  to  the  celebrated  Huber. 


298  FOREIGN  BEES. 

interior  of  a  hive  presents,  like  that  of  the  humble- 
bee  in  our  own  country,  a  confused  and  irregular 
appearance.  The  combs,  which  have  but  one  series 
of  cells,  are  placed,  some  in  a  vertical  position,  and 
others  horizontal — the  latter,  superior  to  the  other 
in  regularity  of  form,  and  of  distance  from  one 
another.  They  are  grouped  together  in  an  oval 
mass,  and  occupy  nearly  half  of  the  internal  space, 
while  the  other  half  is  stored  with  the  honey  cups. 
The  cells  which  are  destined  solely  for  the  rearing 
of  the  brood  are,  like  ours,  hexangular,  though  the 
angles  are  not  so  sharply  defined,  nor  is  the  mouth 
of  the  cell  strengthened  by  an  additional  ring  of 
wax.  The  diameter  is  the  same  with  that  of  ours, 
but  the  depth  less  by  one-fifth.  It  is  singular  that 
the  young  bees  are  found  in  the  cells  with  their  hindei 
parts  directed  towards  the  mouth  ;  in  being  hatched, 
they  will  of  course,  make  their  exit  through  the 
bottom,  not  having  the  impediment  to  encounter 
there  which  would  obstruct  the  issue  of  the  Eu- 
ropean bee.  The  honey,  as  has  been  stated,  is 
deposited  in  small  globular  bags,  hung  round  the 
sides  of  the  hive,  or  placed  at  the  bottom  ;  some  of 
these  receptacles  are  more  than  1  ^  inch  in  diameter  ; 
and  in  many  instances  are  so  connected  together  that, 
as  in  the  case  of  cells  of  common  honey  combs,  one 
side  serves  for  two  cups,  thus  combining  economy 
and  strength.  And  these  magazines  of  honey  being 
altogether  apart  from  the  brood-combs,  and  noways 
connected  with  them,  great  facility  is  afforded  in 
depriving  the  bees  of  their  stores.  The  honey  is 


FOREIGN  BEES.  299 

thin  in  consistence,  but  of  a  very  agreeable  flavour, 
and  gives  out  a  ricb  aromatic  perfume.  The  wax 
is  coarse,  and  of  a  brownish  yellow ;  propolis  does 
not  appear  to  be  used. 

The  Mexican  Bee  is  smaller  by  one-fifth  than  the 
European,  and  exhibits  that  difference  in  the  anatomi- 
cal structure  of  the  posterior  tarsi,  already  noticed, 
(page  290)  and  also  in  the  cubital  cells  of  the  upper 
wings,  which  has  been  thought  a  sufficient  reason  for 
regarding  the  Mexican  species — and  indeed  the  South 
American  species  generally — as  distinct  from  that  of 
Europe,  and  to  which  has  been  given  the  denomina- 
tion Melipona  or  Trigona.  Many  of  these  species 
are,  as  wre  have  seen,  described  as  having  no  stings, 
or  at  least  so  feeble  a  weapon  as  to  produce  no  sen- 
sible injury,  and  from  this  circumstance  they  are 
known  in  the  Spanish  Colonies  by  the  name  of 
Angelitos,  or  little  angels.  The  population  of  a 
hive  is  generally  under  a  1000.  Like  their  congeners 
in  Europe,  they  have  enemies  to  guard  against;  and 
the  Black  Ants  occasionally  put  their  vigilance  and 
prowess  to  the  proof,  sometimes  successfully,  but 
more  frequently  coming  off  with  the  worst.  One  of 
the  community,  accordingly,  is  constantly  stationed 
as  a  sentinel  at  the  mouth  of  the  hive — keeping  her 
post  unrelieved  for  a  whole  day  ;  and  as  the  entrance 
is  wide  enough  only  for  the  admission  of  one  bee 
at  a  time,  the  sentinel  has  to  withdraw  into  a  small 
cavity  formed  within  the  threshold,  as  often  as  a 
bee  enters  or  leaves  the  hive.  Captain  Hall  remarks 


SCO  FOKEI6N  BEES. 

that  "  the  office  is  no  sinecure/'  Fortunately  for 
the  insect  on  duty,  the  population  is  small ;  were  it 
equal  to  that  of  a  European  hive,  the  task  would 
be  harder  by  twenty- fold.  Like  the  domestic  bee, 
they  are  fond  of  keeping  their  premises  clear  of  all 
extraneous  and  offensive  matter.  A  little  paint  was 
dropped  at  the  entrance  of  a  hive;  the  sentinel 
carefully  examined  it,  seemed  to  dislike  it,  and  re- 
treated into  the  hive.  In  a  few  seconds  it  returned 
with  a  troop  of  companions,  each  loaded  with  a  por- 
tion of  wax, — probably  a  scale  in  a  half  liquid  state ; 
— this  they  deposited  on  the  soiled  spot,  repeating 
the  operation  till  it  was  entirely  covered,  and  the 
nuisance  abated.  (The  interior  of  the  hive  of  this 
bee  is  represented  on  PI.  XXII.) 

We  omitted  to  notice  in  their  proper  places,  while 
enumerating  the  enemies  of  Exotic  Bees,  the  Ratel 
and  the  European  Bee-Eater,  represented  in  Plates 
XXIX  and  XXX.  The  Ratel  (Viv  err  a  mellivora, 
(M.  rattellus  of  Fred.  Cuv.)  is  an  almost  inseparable 
companion  of  the  Honey-Guide,  (Indicator  major) 
in  its  exploratory  excursions.  It  is  an  animal  found 
near  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope,  and  assisted  by  the 
above-named  bird,  this  creature  discovers  and  suc- 
cessfully attacks  the  bees  in  their  subterraneous  re- 
treats; and  after  having  appropriated  the  honied 
stores  as  its  own  peculiar  prize,  leaves  to  its  assistant 
the  combs  filled  with  brood,  which  is  said  to  be  the 
part  of  the  plunder  most  valued  by  the  bird.  Both 
of  the  plunderers  are  protected  from  the  stings  of 


.v-  .^^ 

DIVERSITY)) 


EUROPEAN   BEE-EATER 


FOREIGN  BEES.  SOI 

the  irritated  insects  by  a  peculiarly  tough  skin.* 
The  European  Bee-Eater  (Merops  apiaster)  is  an 
elegant  bird,  and  clothed  in  brilliant  colours,  but  with 
a  stridulous  and  somewhat  disagreeable  cry.  It 
feeds  on  insects,  especially  bees,  wasps,  hornets, 
&c.,  and  also  on  the  smaller  tribes  of  gnats  and  flies. 
It  inhabits  the  warmer  parts  of  Europe,  South  Africa, 
and  is  seldom  met  with  in  the  northern  regions  of 
the  globe;  while  it  abounds  in  Southern  Russia,  par- 
ticularly about  the  rivers  Don  and  Wolga,  whose 
banks  are  sometimes  perforated  to  a  great  extent  b.v 
their  excavations.t 

*  Kirby's  Bridgewater  Treatise. 

•j-  Edinburgh  Encyclopaedia,  Article  Ornithology. 


FINIS. 


J.  OGDE2J   AWD   CO.,  rBINTEJLS,  IJ2,  bT.  JGUS  BTKliET,  B.C. 


I. 


CEO 
3E